485BPOS 1 d347607d485bpos.htm THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC. The Glenmede Fund, Inc.
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2017

Registration Nos. 33-22884

811-05577

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.  
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 92  

and

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
   Amendment No. 94  

 

 

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

100 Summer Street

SUM0703

Boston, MA 02111

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number:

1-800-442-8299

Michael P. Malloy, Esq.

Secretary

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

One Logan Square

Suite 2000

Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
on February 28, 2017 pursuant to paragraph (b)
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)
on                     pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii)
on                     pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

  this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

Title of Securities Being Registered: Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

Prospectus

February 28, 2017

International Secured Options Portfolio (NOVIX)

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Portfolio’s securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

     3  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

     6  

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

     9  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     10  

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     11  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

     11  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

     13  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     14  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     15  


Table of Contents

International Secured Options Portfolio

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.36

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

     0.08
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses1

     0.99
  

 

 

 

 

1 Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown in the table above may not correspond to the ratio of operating expenses to average net assets in the “Financial Highlights” section of this Prospectus to the extent that Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses are included in the table above.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 101      $ 315      $ 547      $ 1,213  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 70% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio uses option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. The Portfolio will implement buy-write (covered call) and/or cash-secured put option strategies on foreign stock index exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), foreign stock indices and/or individual foreign stocks held by the Portfolio. Covered call and cash-secured put options are intended to reduce volatility, earn option premiums and provide more stable returns. Selling call options reduces the risk of owning stocks by the receipt of the option premiums and selling put options reduces the purchase price of the underlying stock, but both strategies limit the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying security in exchange for up-front cash at the time of selling the call or put option. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on foreign stock index ETFs, foreign stock indices and/or individual foreign stocks held by the Portfolio. The Portfolio is called International “Secured Options” because the call and put options it writes will be covered by owning the foreign security, index or ETFs underlying the option, holding an offsetting option, segregating cash or other liquid assets at not less than the full value of the option or the exercise price, and/or using other permitted coverage methods. At any given time, the Portfolio’s assets may be subject to only calls or only puts, or a combination of both strategies. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to puts, the assets will consist of cash or cash equivalents in order to secure the puts. In that event, there may be few if any foreign stocks or other foreign securities held by the Portfolio. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a foreign stock index, the Portfolio may hold foreign stock index ETFs instead of individual foreign stocks that replicate the movement of the foreign index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are not only subject to cash-secured puts or calls on a foreign stock index covered by foreign stock index ETFs, the Portfolio intends to invest in a diversified portfolio of foreign equity securities of companies based in at least three different countries, other than the United States, with generally similar risk and return characteristics as the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East Index (“MSCI EAFE Index”). The Portfolio may invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations in developed, developing or emerging markets in advancement of its investment objective. The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) which are securities issued by a U.S. bank that represent interests in foreign equity securities listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The Portfolio may also buy call and put options on foreign stock index ETFs, foreign stock indices or individual foreign stocks.

 

3


Table of Contents

Glenmede Investment Management LP’s (the “Advisor”) selection of securities to buy or sell is based on a combination of proprietary multifactor computer models and fundamental analysis. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, such as valuation ratios, and other models focus on risk analysis and overall portfolio characteristics. The Advisor buys securities that the models identify as undervalued and more likely to appreciate, and sells securities that the Advisor identifies as overvalued and more likely to depreciate. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of securities held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Options Risk: Writing and purchasing call and put options are highly specialized activities and entail greater than ordinary investment risks. The successful use of options depends in part on the future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and the securities markets. The value of the Portfolio’s positions in options fluctuates in response to changes in the value of the underlying foreign security, foreign index, or foreign stock index ETF, as applicable. The Portfolio also risks losing all or part of the cash paid for purchasing call and put options. Portfolio assets covering written options cannot be sold while the option is outstanding, unless replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Portfolio’s assets could affect its portfolio management as well as the ability of the Portfolio to meet redemption requests or other current obligations. Unusual market conditions or the lack of a ready market for any particular option at a specific time may reduce the effectiveness of the Portfolio’s option strategies, and for these and other reasons the Portfolio’s option strategies may not reduce the Portfolio’s volatility to the extent desired. The Portfolio may reduce its holdings of put options resulting in an increased exposure to a market decline.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

ADR/Foreign Investment Risk: The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities in the form of ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. The Portfolio is subject to additional risks due to its foreign investments. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

Emerging Markets Risk: The risks associated with foreign investments are heightened when investing in emerging markets. The governments and economies of emerging market countries feature greater instability than those of more developed countries. Such investments tend to fluctuate in price more widely and to be less liquid than other foreign investments.

Exchange Traded Funds: The Portfolio intends to invest in ETFs that seek to track the performance of foreign securities indices. Shares of ETFs have many of the same risks as direct investments in the underlying securities they are designed to track, although the lack of liquidity may make ETFs more volatile. ETFs have investment management fees and other expenses which will be indirectly paid by the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. The since inception performance reflects expense reimbursements made in 2012. If such reimbursements were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance in 2012 would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-422-8299.

 

4


Table of Contents

International Secured Options Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 6.42% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2013) and the lowest quarterly return was -9.60% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2015).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
    Since
Inception
(September
28, 2012)
 

Return Before Taxes

     0.33     2.59

Return After Taxes on Distributions

     (0.03 )%      1.46

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

     0.83     1.70

MSCI EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

     1.00     5.06

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since its inception on September 28, 2012.

Tax Information: The Portfolio’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are purchasing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares: There are no minimum initial or subsequent investment requirements for the Portfolio. The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. (“Glenmede Trust”) has informed The Glenmede Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) that it and its affiliated companies’ (“Affiliates”) minimum initial investment requirements for their clients’ investments in the Portfolio is $1,000, which may be reduced or waived from time to time. Approved brokers and other institutions that purchase shares on behalf of their clients may have their own minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements. You may redeem shares at any time by contacting Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contacting the institution through which you purchased your shares.

Financial Intermediary Compensation: If you purchase shares of the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

5


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks

To help you decide whether the Portfolio is appropriate for you, this section looks more closely at the Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and risks. You should carefully consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio’s investment objective and strategies may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Fund without shareholder approval.

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective of long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal by using option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on foreign stock index ETFs, foreign stock indices and/or individual foreign stocks held by the Portfolio. This is a non-fundamental policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a foreign stock index, the Portfolio may hold foreign stock index ETFs instead of individual foreign stocks that replicate the movement of the index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

The Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, various short-term instruments, such as money market securities (including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits), U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. U.S. Government securities include a variety of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government-related entities. While certain U.S. Government-related entities (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. To the extent that the Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

Options

The writing of options is intended to earn cash through the receipt of option premiums. As the seller of the call option, the Portfolio receives cash (the “premium”) from the purchaser. Depending on the type of call option, the purchaser of a call option has the right to any appreciation in the value over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) of a security or index either on certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or at any time prior to the expiration date. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, the Portfolio retains the premium. If the purchaser exercises the option, the Portfolio pays the purchaser the difference between the value of the security or the index and the exercise price of the option or, in the case of options on securities, closes the option by delivering the underlying security versus the payment of the exercise price. The premium, the exercise price and the value of the security or index determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation, and the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio may also buy call options. The value of a call option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock or index increases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock or index decreases.

The Portfolio will also write cash-secured put options in an attempt to complement the covered call strategy. A put option gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. To the extent the Portfolio sells cash-secured put options it will be required to hold a significant portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, such as U.S. Treasury securities and repurchase agreements, to cover the put option. The Portfolio may also buy put options. The value of a put option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock decreases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock increases.

Writing covered call options may provide a steady cash flow, although it may also reduce the Portfolio’s ability to profit from increases in the value of its equity portfolio. If the Portfolio were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired unexercised. Writing cash-secured put options may also provide a steady cash flow, although it may also require the Portfolio to realize a loss if the put option is exercised. The Portfolio may also buy put options, which may protect the Portfolio from a significant market decline that may occur over a short period of time. The Portfolio may also buy call options, which may result in the purchase of equities below their market value. As the purchaser of either a call or put option, if the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will lose the premium it paid to purchase the option. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Portfolio seeks to enter or close out an open option position. The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for the options becomes less liquid or smaller.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Portfolio may invest in shares of other registered investment companies, including ETFs. If the Portfolio invests in shares of another registered investment company, shareholders would bear not only their proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses, but also management fees and other

 

6


Table of Contents

expenses paid by the other fund. Any investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. Additionally, the risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that the ETF invests in or is designed to track, although the lack of liquidity of an ETF could result in it being more volatile. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the net asset value (“NAV”) of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss. Finally, because ETFs and closed-end funds trade like stocks on exchanges, they are subject to trading and commission costs.

Foreign Securities

The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investment in foreign securities. The Portfolio may purchase securities in any foreign country, developed or underdeveloped. There are substantial risks involved in investing in foreign securities. These risks include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. The dividends payable on the Portfolio’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the income available for distribution to the Portfolio’s shareholders. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities in the Portfolio which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in reports about companies in the United States.

Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign securities markets are generally more expensive than in the United States. Foreign securities markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could prevent the Portfolio from investing the proceeds of the sale. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could expose the Portfolio to losses due either to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the security has been sold, to claims by the purchaser.

Investing in foreign securities includes the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories. Additionally, many countries are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy, and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. In addition, the risks of loss and volatility have increased over the past few years and may continue because of high levels of debt and other economic distress in various countries.

Emerging Market Investments

The Portfolio may also purchase securities in developing or emerging markets. The risks of investing in foreign securities are often heightened for investments by the Portfolio in developing or emerging markets. Developing countries may also impose restrictions on the Portfolio’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital. Even without such restrictions, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolio. Some of the currencies in emerging markets have been devalued relative to the U.S. dollar. In many cases these devaluations have been significant. Certain developing countries impose constraints on currency exchange. Governments of some developing countries exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. As such, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries in these regions, which in turn, could affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments. While in many other emerging markets, there is less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the United States. The Portfolio may invest in foreign securities markets which are smaller, less liquid, and subject to greater price volatility than those in the United States.

Repurchase Agreements

The Portfolio may enter into collateralized repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day or for a fixed term.

In a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by the Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio holding such obligation suffers a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) is less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.

 

7


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover

The Portfolio may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover may involve correspondingly greater expenses to the Portfolio, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Higher portfolio turnover may also increase share price volatility and result in realization of taxable capital gains to shareholders with taxable accounts, including short-term capital gains, and may adversely impact the Portfolio’s after-tax returns. Trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance.

Selection of Investments

The Advisor evaluates the rewards and risks presented by all securities purchased by the Portfolio and how they may advance the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is possible that these evaluations will prove to be inaccurate.

Other Types of Investments

In addition to the Portfolio’s principal investment strategies, and the particular types of securities which the Portfolio may select for investment described above, the Portfolio may make other types of investments and pursue other investment strategies in support of its overall investment goal. Information about some of these investments and strategies is provided below. More information about these and other supplemental investment strategies and the risks involved are described in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Other Derivatives: The Portfolio may use other types of derivatives such as swaps, security-based swaps, futures and options on futures to manage risks inherent in its portfolio and to increase its return. A derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset such as a security or an index. The use of derivative instruments by the Portfolio may involve risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Some of the risks of investing in derivatives include (i) the risk that the other party to the derivative contract may fail to fulfill its obligations; (ii) the risk that the use of derivatives may reduce liquidity and make the Portfolio harder to value, especially in declining markets; (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and (iv) the risk that the Portfolio may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount invested if the Advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. The Portfolio may invest in derivative instruments to increase total return and for hedging purposes. Investing to increase total return is considered a speculative practice and presents even greater risk of loss.

Real Estate Investment Trusts: The Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.

Securities Lending: In order to generate additional income, the Portfolio may lend its securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions. Such loans are required at all times to be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies or letters of credit equal to at least the market value of the loaned securities. The cash collateral received may be invested in short-term investments in accordance with terms approved by the Fund’s Board. The value of the securities loaned may not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio (including the loan collateral). The Portfolio could experience a delay in recovering its securities or a possible loss of income or value if the borrower fails to return the securities when due.

Cyber Security Risk: The Portfolio and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the

 

8


Table of Contents

unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolio or its advisers, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolio. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Portfolio’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuer of securities in which the Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value.

Portfolio Holdings

The Advisor may publicly disclose information concerning the securities held by the Portfolio in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, the Advisor may post the Portfolio’s month-end, top-ten portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each month, and/or the complete quarter-end portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, on its website, www.glenmedeim.com. This information will generally remain available on the website at least until the Fund files with the SEC its annual/semi-annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holding report that includes such period. The Fund may terminate or modify this policy at any time without further notice to shareholders.

A further description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

The price of shares issued by the Portfolio is based on its NAV. The Portfolio’s NAV per share is determined as of the close of regular trading hours of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on each day that the NYSE is open for business. The time at which shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). In addition, the Board has approved that the Portfolio may determine to price its shares on weekdays that the NYSE is temporarily closed due to emergency circumstances.

The Portfolio’s investments generally are valued at market value or, when market quotations are not readily available or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Fund’s Board. The Advisor and State Street Bank & Trust Company, the Fund’s custodian, regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.

Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted price available when assets are valued. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of the Portfolio are not priced; as a result, the value of such securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.

The following are examples of situations that may constitute significant events that could render a market quotation for a specific security “not readily available” and require fair valuation of such security: (i) the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; (ii) the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; (iii) the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; (iv) the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; (v) the security’s authorized pricing sources are not able or willing to provide a price; (vi) an independent price quote from two or more broker-dealers is not available; (vii) trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; (viii) foreign security has reached a pre-determined range of trading set by a foreign exchange (“limit up” or “limit down” price), and no trading has taken place at the limit up price or limit down price; (ix) natural disasters, armed conflicts, and significant government actions; (x) significant events that relate to a single issuer or to an entire market sector, such as significant fluctuations in domestic or foreign markets or between the current and previous days’ closing levels of one or more benchmark indices approved by the Board; (xi) the security’s sales have been infrequent or a “thin” market in the security exists; and/or (xii) with regard to over-the-counter securities, the validity of quotations from broker-dealers appears questionable or the number of quotations indicates that there is a “thin” market in the security.

The frequency with which the Portfolio’s investments are valued using fair value pricing is primarily a function of the types of securities and other assets in which the Portfolio invests pursuant to its investment objective, strategies and limitations. Investments in other registered mutual funds, if any, are valued based on the NAV of those mutual funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

Valuing the Portfolio’s investments using fair value pricing will result in using prices for those investments that may differ from current market prices. Accordingly, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate the Portfolio’s NAV and the prices used by other investment companies, investors and the Portfolio’s benchmark index to price the same investments.

 

9


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The Portfolio may appoint one or more intermediaries as its agent to receive purchase and redemption orders of shares of the Portfolio and cause these orders to be transmitted, on an aggregated basis, to the Portfolio’s transfer agent. Orders placed through these intermediaries will be deemed to have been received and accepted by the Portfolio when the intermediary accepts the order. Therefore, the purchase or redemption order will reflect the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the order by the intermediary, if the intermediary successfully transmits the order to the Portfolio’s transfer agent by the next business morning.

Purchase of Shares

Shares of the Portfolio are sold without a sales commission on a continuous basis to Glenmede Trust acting on behalf of clients and clients of its Affiliates (“Clients”) and to certain approved employee benefit plans and institutions, including brokers acting on behalf of their clients (“Institutions”), at the NAV per share next determined after receipt, in proper order, of the purchase order by the Fund’s transfer agent. We consider orders to be in “proper order” when all required documents are properly completed, signed and received. Beneficial ownership of shares will be reflected on books maintained by Glenmede Trust or the Institutions. If you wish to purchase shares in the Portfolio, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

The Portfolio reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any purchase order, when, in the judgment of management, such rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders.

Your Institution may charge you for purchasing or selling shares of the Portfolio. There is no transaction charge for shares purchased directly from the Portfolio through Glenmede Trust.

Purchases of the Portfolio’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued except upon your written request. Certificates for fractional shares, however, will not be issued.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of the Portfolio or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of the Advisor, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Advisor will monitor the Portfolio’s total assets and may decide to close the Portfolio at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Portfolio may adversely affect the implementation of the Portfolio’s investment strategy. Subject to the Board’s discretion, once closed, the Advisor may also choose to reopen the Portfolio to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Portfolio again should concerns regarding the Portfolio’s size recur. If the Portfolio closes to new investments, generally that Portfolio would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Portfolio and certain other persons, who may be generally subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts. The Fund, however, reserves the right to reopen the Portfolio, once closed, to new investments from time to time at its discretion.

Redemption of Shares

You may redeem shares of the Portfolio at any time, without cost, at the NAV per share next determined after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your redemption order. Generally, a properly signed written order is all that is required. If you wish to redeem your shares, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

You will ordinarily be paid your redemption proceeds within one business day, but normally in no more than seven days, after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your order in proper form. The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

Redemption proceeds are normally paid in cash, although the Fund has the right to limit each shareholder to cash redemptions of $250,000 or 1% of the Portfolio’s NAV, whichever is less, within a 90-day period. Any additional redemption proceeds would be made in readily marketable securities. A shareholder will be exposed to market risk until the readily marketable securities are converted to cash and may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

Mutual fund market timing involves the frequent purchase and redemption of shares of mutual funds within short periods of time with the intention of capturing short-term profits resulting from market volatility. Market timing may disrupt portfolio management strategies; harm the performance of the Portfolio; dilute the value of Portfolio shares held by long-term shareholders; increase brokerage and administrative costs; and for a Portfolio that invests to a significant extent in foreign securities, foster time-zone arbitrage.

The Fund does not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares by shareholders. Pursuant to a policy adopted by the Board to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares, the Fund has established the following procedures designed to discourage market timing of the Portfolio. The Fund will enforce its policies and procedures to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares equitably on all shareholders. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to identify individual shareholders who may be market timing the Portfolio or curtail their trading activity in every instance, particularly if they are investing through financial intermediaries.

 

10


Table of Contents

Shares of the Portfolio may be sold through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus account information generally does not identify the underlying investors’ trading activity on an individual basis. In an effort to identify and deter market timing in omnibus accounts, Glenmede Trust and the Advisor periodically review trading activity at the omnibus level and will seek to obtain underlying account trading activity information from the financial intermediaries when, in their judgment, the trading activity suggests possible market timing. Requested information relating to trading activity will be reviewed to identify accounts that may be engaged in excessive trading based on criteria established by Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable. If this information shows that an investor’s trading activity suggests market timing, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will contact the financial intermediary and follow its procedures, including but not limited to, warnings, restricting the account from further trading and/or closing the account. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Portfolio using criteria that may differ from the criteria established by Glenmede Trust and the Advisor and there is no assurance that the procedures used by the financial intermediaries will be able to curtail excessive trading. If a third-party financial intermediary does not provide underlying account trading activity information upon request, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will determine what action to take, including terminating the relationship with the financial intermediary.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Portfolio normally distributes substantially all of its net investment income to shareholders in the form of a quarterly dividend.

The Portfolio normally distributes any realized net capital gains at least once a year.

Dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares at the option of the shareholder.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding Federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation. Additional information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

Distributions

The Portfolio contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as discussed below, you will be subject to Federal income tax on Portfolio distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Portfolio distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Portfolio will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Portfolio. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Portfolio’s ex-dividend date (and the Portfolio will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Portfolio’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, certain options transactions, a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

Distributions from the Portfolio will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Portfolio in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

It is expected that the Portfolio will be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign income taxes with respect to dividends or interest received from (and, in some cases, gains recognized on shares of stock of) non-U.S. companies. The Portfolio may, to the extent eligible, make an election to treat a proportionate amount of those taxes as constituting a distribution to each shareholder, which would allow you either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. Federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit, subject to applicable limitations, or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction.

 

11


Table of Contents

A portion of distributions paid by the Portfolio to shareholders who are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate, or by investments in non-U.S. corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

It is contemplated that the Portfolio will write call and put options and may invest in derivative securities, including swaps, futures and options on futures. The tax treatment of these sorts of transactions is complex and may (as may the Portfolio’s high turnover rate) result in the recognition by the Portfolio of significant amounts of short-term capital gain and ordinary income. This, in turn, may cause significant portions of the distributions by the Portfolio to shareholders to be taxable at an ordinary income rate. Also, in some cases, these transactions may cause the Portfolio to recognize income or gain without any corresponding receipt of cash, in which case the Portfolio may have to liquidate other positions to enable it to distribute the amount of that income or gain to shareholders so as to avoid incurring corporate-level tax.

Sales and Redemptions

You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Portfolio shares for over 12 months at the time you dispose of them.

Certain special tax rules may apply to losses realized in some cases. Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Portfolio (or relevant broker or financial advisor) are required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Portfolio shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Portfolio has elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Portfolio to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial advisor, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial advisor to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolio and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your Federal and state income tax returns. Portfolio shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares.

Backup Withholding

The Portfolio may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of a regulated investment company such as the Portfolio, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Portfolio’s net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Portfolio’s interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Portfolio.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Portfolio, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Portfolio.

 

12


Table of Contents

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in the Portfolio is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Portfolio will generally be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Portfolio will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Portfolio.

State and Local Taxes

You may also be subject to state and local taxes on distributions, sales and redemptions. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Portfolio’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. Government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio. The Advisor, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of December 31, 2016, the Advisor had over $15 billion in assets under management.

Under its Investment Advisory Agreements with the Fund, the Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the Fund’s Board and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of the Portfolio, manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Portfolio. It is the responsibility of the Advisor to make investment decisions for the Portfolio and to place the Portfolio’s purchase and sale orders.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016, the Portfolio paid a management fee to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the renewal of the Investment Advisory Agreement is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

Shareholders in the Portfolio who are clients of Glenmede Trust, or its Affiliates, pay fees which vary, depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or its Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular Client (e.g., personal trust, estate settlement, advisory and custodian services) (“Client Fees”). Glenmede Trust and its Affiliates currently intend to exclude the portion of their Clients’ assets invested in the Portfolio when calculating Client Fees. Shareholders in the Portfolio who are customers of other Institutions may pay fees to those Institutions.

The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of their assets, and not as an additional charge to the Portfolio, to selected Institutions that provide services to the Institution’s customers who are beneficial owners of the Portfolio and other persons in connection with servicing and/or sales of Portfolio shares and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.

Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Portfolio. Mr. Heron has been responsible for the management of the Portfolio since it commenced operations on September 28, 2012. He has been employed by the Advisor since June 2010. Since 2006, Mr. Heron has served as Vice President to Glenmede Trust. Prior to that time, Mr. Heron was employed by McGowan Investors LP (2004-2006) and Goldman Sachs & Co. (1999-2003) as a Senior Derivatives Trader.

The SAI provides additional information about Mr. Heron’s compensation, other accounts he manages and his ownership of shares of the Fund Portfolios he manages.

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the International Secured Options Portfolio

The portfolio manager for the Portfolio is an employee of both the Advisor and the Advisor’s affiliate, Glenmede Trust. The table below set forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “International Secured Options Composite,”) managed by the portfolio manager on behalf of Glenmede Trust. All of the accounts comprising the International Secured Options Composite have investment objectives, policies and strategies the Advisor believes are substantially similar to the International Secured Options Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way the International Secured Options Portfolio is managed by the Advisor. The International Secured Options Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Code that the Portfolio is subject to, which had they applied might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the International Secured Options Composite, but the Advisor believes differences donot alter the conclusion that the International Secured Options Portfolio is substantially similar to the International Secured Options Composite.

 

13


Table of Contents

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio manager in managing substantially similar accounts and do not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Portfolio, which are listed in its Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the International Secured Options Composite performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPSTM”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

International Secured Options Composite

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     Since
June 30, 20091
 

International Secured Options Composite

     0.45     (1.88 )%      4.00     5.46
MSCI EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)      1.00     (1.60 )%      6.53     6.33

75% MSCI EAFE/25% BCI TBill3

     0.97     (1.04 )%      5.06     4.99

 

1  The International Secured Options Composite was created on June 30, 2009. It has been managed by the current portfolio manager since its inception. As of December 31, 2016, there were 2 accounts in the International Secured Options Composite. Composite performance calculations are time-weighted to account for periodic contributions and withdrawals. Composite returns consist of asset-weighted portfolio returns using beginning of period values to weight portfolio returns.
2  The MSCI EAFE Index (Europe, Australia, New Zealand and Far East) is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, excluding the US & Canada. The MSCI EAFE Index consists of the following 21 developed market country indices: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.
3  The 75% MSCI EAFE/25% BCI TBill is comprised of two benchmarks, weighted 75% MSCI EAFE Index and 25% Bloomberg Barclays Capital 3 Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index (“BCI TBill”). The BCI TBill includes all publicly issued zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Bills that have a remaining maturity of less than 3 months, are rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed rate and non-convertible. Each Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in either Index.

GENERAL INFORMATION

If you have any questions regarding the Portfolio contact the Fund at the address or telephone number stated on the back cover page.

 

14


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance since its inception. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolio’s financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available upon request.

International Secured Options Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     For The Year Ended October 31,        
     20162     20152     20142     20132     For the Period
September 28,  20121
through
October 31, 20122
 

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 9.96     $ 10.58     $ 11.52     $ 10.15     $ 10.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income (loss)3

     0.15       0.19       0.13       (0.08     (0.01

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.30     (0.48     (0.11     1.48       0.16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     (0.15     (0.29     0.02       1.40       0.15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.21     (0.21     (0.11     —         —    

Net realized capital gains

     —         (0.12     (0.85     (0.03     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.21     (0.33     (0.96     (0.03     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 9.60     $ 9.96     $ 10.58     $ 11.52     $ 10.15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     (1.47 )%      (2.78 )%      0.30     13.78     1.50 %4,5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 28,818     $ 88,478     $ 100,552     $ 98,182     $ 21,115  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets3

     0.91     0.84     0.87     0.95     3.68 %6 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets3

     0.91     0.84     0.87     0.95     1.00 %6 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets3

     1.61     1.83     1.20     (0.74 )%      (1.00 )%6 

Portfolio turnover rate

     70     106     81     7     0.00 %7,8 

 

1  Commencement of operations.
2  Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.
3 This ratio/per share amount does not include the expenses of the Exchange-Traded Fund held in the Portfolio.
4  Total return calculation is not annualized.
5  The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lover in their absence.
6  Annualized.
7  Amount rounds to less than 0.01% per share.
8  Calculation represents portfolio turnover for the Portfolio for the period of September 28, 2012 through October 31, 2012.

 

15


Table of Contents

Where to find more information

More Portfolio information is available to you upon request and without charge:

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports provide additional information about the Portfolio’s investments. The Annual Report also contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio’s performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The SAI includes additional information about the Portfolio’s investment policies, organization and management. It is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference).

You can get free copies of the Portfolio’s Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report or SAI by calling or writing to the address shown below. These documents are also available on Glenmede Investment Management’s website at www.glenmedeim.com. You may also request other information about the Portfolio, and make inquiries as follows:

 

Write to:   The Glenmede Fund, Inc.
  100 Summer Street, Floor 7
  SUM0703
  Boston, MA 02111
By phone:  
  1-800-442-8299

Information about the Portfolio (including the Portfolio’s SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Portfolio are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-1520.

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05577

The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

Prospectus

February 28, 2017

Equity Portfolios

Equity Income Portfolio (GEQIX)

International Portfolio (GTCIX)

Large Cap Core Portfolio (GTLOX)

(Advisor Shares)

Large Cap Growth Portfolio (GTLLX)

(Advisor Shares)

Large Cap Value Portfolio (GTMEX)

Long/Short Portfolio (GTAPX)

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (GMQAX)

(Advisor Shares)

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio (RESGX)

Secured Options Portfolio (GTSOX)

(Advisor Shares)

Small Cap Equity Portfolio (GTCSX)

(Advisor Shares)

Strategic Equity Portfolio (GTCEX)

Total Market Portfolio (GTTMX)

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (GTGSX)

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio (GWILX)

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Portfolios’ securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

     3  

Equity Income Portfolio

     3  

International Portfolio

     5  

Large Cap Core Portfolio Advisor Shares

     8  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio Advisor Shares

     11  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

     14  

Long/Short Portfolio

     17  

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio Advisor Shares

     21  

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

     24  

Secured Options Portfolio Advisor Shares

     27  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio Advisor Shares

     30  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

     33  

Total Market Portfolio

     36  

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

     39  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

     42  

Tax Information

     44  

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     44  

Financial Intermediary Compensation

     44  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

     45  

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

     53  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     54  

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     56  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

     56  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

     59  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     63  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     64  


Table of Contents

SUMMARY SECTION

Equity Income Portfolio

Investment Objective: A high level of current income and long-term growth of capital consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)
1

     2.08
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     2.63

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements2

     1.78
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     0.85
  

 

 

 

 

 

1 

Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year of the Portfolio.

2 

Glenmede Investment Management LP (the “Advisor”) has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years  
$ 87      $ 648  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate has been omitted because the Portfolio had not commenced operations prior to the end of the most recent fiscal year.

Principal Investment Strategies: The Portfolio invests, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in income-producing equity securities, such as common and preferred stocks. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and the recovery of investment should the issuer be liquidated. The Portfolio primarily invests in U.S. large cap companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in either the Russell 1000® Index or the S&P 900® Index, and that have a dividend yield above the S&P 500® Index at the time of purchase. Additional consideration is given to the expected future growth rate of such dividends. As of its last rebalancing on May 27, 2016, the market capitalization of the companies in the Russell 1000® Index was between approximately $2.0 billion and $549.7 billion. As of January 31, 2017, the market capitalization of the companies in the S&P 900® Index was between approximately $948.1 million and $647.1 billion.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which identifies a list of attractive securities using such variables as return of capital, dividend growth, payout ratio and earnings trends, and then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

 

3


Table of Contents

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Dividend Paying Security Risk: Income provided by the Portfolio may be affected by changes in the dividend policies of the companies in which the Portfolio invests and the capital resources available for such payments at such companies. Issuers that have paid regular dividends or distributions to shareholders may not continue to do so at the same level or at all in the future. Dividend paying securities can fall out of favor with the market, causing the Portfolio during such periods to underperform funds that do not focus on dividends.

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock generally does not exhibit as great a potential for appreciation as common stock, although it ranks above common stock in its claim on income for dividend payments. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Preferred stock may also be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Performance Information: The Portfolio commenced operation on December 21, 2016. Performance history and average total returns will be provided after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year and will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by comparing the Portfolio’s performance to a broad measure of market performance.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Wade Wescott, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since its inception on December 21, 2016.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

4


Table of Contents

International Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.75

Other Expenses
(includes 0.25% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.36
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     1.11

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     0.11
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.00
  

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 102      $ 342      $ 601      $ 1,342  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 121% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), which are depository receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by foreign companies. Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio will invest in ADRs in companies based in at least three countries other than the United States in primarily developed markets. The Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select ADRs in foreign companies that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with the risks of investing in foreign securities. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.

ADR/Foreign Investment Risk: The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities in the form of ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. The Portfolio is subject to additional risks due to its foreign investments. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO Risk: The market value of initial public offering (“IPO”) shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholder’s returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers made in 2014 and 2016. If such expense reimbursements or waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance in 2014 and 2016 would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-422-8299.

 

6


Table of Contents

International Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 29.47% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -24.32% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   (2.31)%   4.29%   (1.03)%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   (2.59)%   4.01%   (1.53)%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   (0.82)%   3.48%   (0.40)%
MSCI EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   1.00%   6.53%   0.75%
Morningstar Foreign Large Value Average1   3.34%   5.69%   0.01%

 

1 

The Morningstar Foreign Large Value Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: The Portfolio is managed by Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor. They have managed the Portfolio since December 29, 2014.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents

Large Cap Core Portfolio

(Advisor Shares)

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Advisor Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.33
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.88
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 90      $ 281      $ 488      $ 1,084  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 111% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. In addition, at times, the Portfolio may make significant investments in ADRs listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and may invest in IPOs. An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public.

The Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

8


Table of Contents

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholder’s returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one year, five years and ten years of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 16.50% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -21.78% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

9


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   11.05%   16.27%   8.01%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   10.75%   15.68%   7.62%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   6.48%   13.10%   6.48%
Russell 1000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.05%   14.69%   7.08%
Morningstar Large Blend Average1   10.37%   12.62%   5.58%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on February 27, 2004.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

10


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

(Advisor Shares)

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Advisor Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.33
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.88
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 90      $ 281      $ 488      $ 1,084  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 88% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. The Portfolio may invest in IPOs.

The Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

11


Table of Contents

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Growth Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. The values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. There is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year, five years and ten years of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 18.10% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -25.44% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

12


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

    

Past 1

Year

 

Past 5

Years

  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   7.14%   16.65%   8.80%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   6.98%   16.11%   8.45%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   4.16%   13.41%   7.16%
Russell 1000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   7.08%   14.50%   8.33%
Morningstar Large Growth Average1   3.23%   12.66%   6.32%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Growth Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on February 27, 2004.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

13


Table of Contents

Large Cap Value Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.36
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.91
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 93      $ 290      $ 504      $ 1,120  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 110% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: The Portfolio invests, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, including dividend-paying common stocks, and preferred stocks, of primarily U.S. large cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, with in the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. In addition, at times, the Portfolio may make significant investments in ADRs listed on the NYSE.

The Advisor attempts to purchase stocks that it considers to be undervalued based on earnings power and/or asset value. The Advisor uses a quantitative computer model to help identify securities using such variables as price in relation to earnings, cash flow and assets. A stock is sold for a number of reasons, including when the Advisor considers it to be fully valued or likely to experience deterioration in underlying fundamentals. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Large Cap Value Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 21.83% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -21.77% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

15


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   18.00%   14.34%   6.88%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   15.55%   11.00%   4.96%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   12.17%   10.78%   5.11%
Russell 1000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   17.34%   14.80%   5.72%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%
Morningstar Large Value Average2   14.81%   12.71%   4.92%

 

1 

The S&P 500® Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of leading U.S. companies.

2 

The Morningstar Large Value Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Wade Wescott, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since 2008.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

16


Table of Contents

Long/Short Portfolio

Investment Objective: Absolute return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     1.20

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.32

Short Sale Expenses

     1.20
  

 

 

 

Total Other Expenses

     1.52
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     2.72

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     0.35
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     2.37
  

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its Management Fee so that the Management Fee is 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets and to waive an additional portion of its Management Fee and/or reimburse the Portfolio to the extent that total annual Portfolio operating expenses exceed 1.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, short sale dividends, prime broker interest, brokerage commissions, taxes, interest, and extraordinary expenses). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 240      $ 811      $ 1,409      $ 3,026  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 98% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in long and short positions with respect to equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. public companies. The Portfolio will invest in companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 3000® Index. That capitalization range was $133 million to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. In addition, at times, the Portfolio may invest in ADRs listed on the NYSE and in IPOs.

The Advisor’s selection of securities to buy, sell or borrow is based on a combination of proprietary multifactor computer models and fundamental analysis. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings related measures, and other models focus on risk analysis and overall portfolio characteristics. The Advisor takes long positions in securities that the models identify as undervalued and more likely to appreciate, and takes short positions in equity securities that the Advisor identifies as overvalued and more likely to depreciate. The Advisor will determine the size of each long or short position and its impact on the risk to the overall portfolio. The frequency and size of short sales will vary substantially in different periods as market opportunities change. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will generally have an operating target of 60-140 long

 

17


Table of Contents

positions that may range from 75% to 100% of net assets and 40-120 short positions that may range from 50% to 95% of net assets from time to time. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Short Sales Risk: The Portfolio’s short positions involve a form of leveraging of the Portfolio’s assets, and may involve more risk than other funds that do not engage in short selling. The Portfolio’s short positions may result in a loss if the price of the borrowed security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Portfolio purchases the security to replace the borrowed security. This potential loss is unlimited because the loss increases as the price of the security sold short rises, and the price may rise indefinitely. The use of short sales may cause the Portfolio to have higher expenses than those of other equity mutual funds because of higher transaction costs, premiums, interest or dividends payable to the lender. Market or other factors may prevent the Portfolio from initiating or closing out a short position at the most desirable time or at a favorable price.

Until the Portfolio replaces a borrowed security, it is required to pledge assets with the lender as collateral and to segregate an amount of liquid assets with its custodian to cover the Portfolio’s short position marked-to-market daily. Therefore, short sales involve credit exposure to the lender that executes the short sale. In addition, segregated assets cannot be sold while the position it is covering is outstanding, unless it is replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Portfolio’s assets could affect its portfolio management as well as the ability of the Portfolio to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

 

18


Table of Contents

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Long/Short Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 6.04% (for the quarter ended March 31, 2012) and the lowest quarterly return was -8.11% (for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

    

Past 1

Year

 

Past 5

Years

 

Past 10
Years

Return Before Taxes   6.66%   6.47%   2.39%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   6.66%   6.47%   2.31%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   3.77%   5.07%   1.85%
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.74%   14.67%   7.07%
Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Bellwether 3-Month Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
1
  0.35%   0.14%   0.84%
Blended Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)2   4.00%   4.39%   2.87%
Morningstar Long/Short Average3   2.34%   4.04%   1.47%

 

1 

The performance of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Bellwether 3-Month Index is provided so that investors may compare it to the performance of the Portfolio’s cash position.

2 

The Blended Index is comprised of two benchmarks, weighted 70% Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Bellwether 3-Month Index and 30% Russell 3000® Index. It is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a combination of indices that the Advisor considers similar to the Portfolio.

3 

The Morningstar Long/Short Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

 

19


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor, have managed the Portfolio since its inception on September 29, 2006. Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since 2015.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

20


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

(Advisor Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Advisor Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.25% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.60
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     1.15

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     0.15
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.00
  

 

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 102      $ 350      $ 618      $ 1,384  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 84% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. mid cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. Mid cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell Midcap® Index or the S&P MidCap 400® Index at their last rebalancing. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $26.3 billion as of May 27, 2016 for the Russell Midcap® Index and $948.1 million to $10.6 billion for the S&P MidCap 400® Index as of January 31, 2017.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which identifies a list of attractive securities having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations, and then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you want your capital to grow over the long term, are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

Mid Cap Risk: The Portfolio is subject to the risk that the stocks of mid cap companies can be more volatile and riskier than the stocks of larger issuers. Mid cap companies tend to have more limited resources, product lines and market share than larger more established businesses. As a result, their share prices tend to fluctuate more than those of larger companies. Their shares may also trade less frequently and in limited volume, making them potentially less liquid. The price of mid cap company stocks might fall regardless of trends in the broader market.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one year and since inception of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers in effect. If such expense reimbursements or fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-422-8299.

 

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 7.54% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was -8.86% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2015).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

22


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Since
Inception

(September 30, 2014)

Return Before Taxes   9.27%   4.62%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   9.11%   4.40%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   5.37%   3.52%
S&P MidCap 400® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   20.74%   10.65%

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Christopher J. Colarik, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on September 30, 2014.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

23


Table of Contents

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     1.67
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     2.22

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     1.22
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.00
  

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 102      $ 577      $ 1,078      $ 2,459  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 65% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies that meet the Portfolio’s environmental, socially responsible and governance (“ESG”) criteria. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016.

The Advisor uses a screening process to identify, at the time of investment, companies that satisfy its ESG criteria. Typically, environmental assessment categories include climate change, natural resource use, waste management and environmental opportunities. Social evaluation categories include human capital, product safety and social opportunities. Governance assessment categories include corporate governance, business ethics and government and public policy. How well companies adhere to international norms and principles and involvement in major ESG controversies (examples of which may relate to the environment, customers, human rights and community, labor rights and supply chain, and governance) are other considerations. The ESG evaluation process is conducted on an industry-specific basis and involves the identification of key performance indicators. These ESG categories may be changed without shareholder approval.

The Advisor’s screening process uses positive screening to preference companies that demonstrate positive or improving performance on ESG criteria, and negative screening to exclude companies that do not meet minimum ESG performance standards. After identifying companies that meet these criteria, the Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor

 

24


Table of Contents

computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, want exposure to companies that are socially responsible and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.

Strategy Risk: The application of social, governance and/or environmental standards will affect the Portfolio’s exposure to certain issuers, industries, sectors, regions and countries and may impact the relative financial performance of the Portfolio – positively or negatively – depending on whether such investments are in or out of favor.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart will show how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers in effect. If such expense reimbursements or fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-422-8299.

 

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 6.15% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was 1.62% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).

 

25


Table of Contents

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Since
Inception

(December 22, 2015)

Return Before Taxes   17.74%   16.88%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   17.53%   16.68%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   10.20%   12.86%
Russell 1000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.05%   12.07%
Morningstar Large Blend Average1   10.37%   10.06%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor, have managed the Portfolio since its inception on December 22, 2015.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

26


Table of Contents

Secured Options Portfolio

(Advisor Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Advisor Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.30
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.85
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 87      $ 271      $ 471      $ 1,049  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 0% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio uses option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. The Portfolio will implement buy-write (covered call) and/or cash-secured put option strategies on stock index exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. Covered call and cash-secured put options are intended to reduce volatility, earn option premiums and provide more stable returns. Selling call options reduces the risk of owning stocks by the receipt of the option premiums and selling put options reduces the purchase price of the underlying stock, but both strategies limit the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying security in exchange for up-front cash at the time of selling the call or put option. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. The Portfolio is called “Secured Options” because the call and put options it writes will be covered by owning the security, index or ETFs underlying the option, holding an offsetting option, segregating cash or other liquid assets at not less than the full value of the option or the exercise price, and/or using other permitted coverage methods. At any given time, the Portfolio’s assets may be subject to only calls or only puts, or a combination of both strategies. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to puts, the assets will consist of cash or cash equivalents in order to secure the puts. In that event, there may be few if any stocks or other securities held by the Portfolio. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a stock index, the Portfolio may hold stock index ETFs instead of individual stocks that replicate the movement of the index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are not only subject to cash-secured puts or calls on a stock index covered by stock index ETFs, the Portfolio intends to invest in a diversified portfolio of equity securities with generally similar risk and return characteristics as the S&P 500® Index. The Portfolio may invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations in advancement of its investment objective. In addition, the Portfolio may invest in sponsored ADRs listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The Portfolio may also buy call and put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices or individual equity securities.

 

27


Table of Contents

The Advisor’s selection of securities to buy or sell is based on a combination of proprietary multifactor computer models and fundamental analysis. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, such as valuation ratios, and other models focus on risk analysis and overall portfolio characteristics. The Advisor buys securities that the models identify as undervalued and more likely to appreciate, and sells securities that the Advisor identifies as overvalued and more likely to depreciate. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of securities held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Options Risk: Writing and purchasing call and put options are highly specialized activities and entail greater than ordinary investment risks. The successful use of options depends in part on the future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and the securities markets. The value of the Portfolio’s positions in options fluctuates in response to changes in the value of the underlying security, index, or stock index ETF, as applicable. The Portfolio also risks losing all or part of the cash paid for purchasing call and put options. Portfolio assets covering written options cannot be sold while the option is outstanding, unless replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Portfolio’s assets could affect its portfolio management as well as the ability of the Portfolio to meet redemption requests or other current obligations. Unusual market conditions or the lack of a ready market for any particular option at a specific time may reduce the effectiveness of the Portfolio’s option strategies, and for these and other reasons the Portfolio’s option strategies may not reduce the Portfolio’s volatility to the extent desired. The Portfolio may reduce its holdings of put options resulting in an increased exposure to a market decline.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in sponsored ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

Exchange Traded Funds: The Portfolio intends to invest in ETFs that seek to track the performance of stock indices. Shares of ETFs have many of the same risks as direct investments in the underlying securities they are designed to track, although the lack of liquidity may make ETFs more volatile. ETFs have investment management fees and other expenses which will be indirectly paid by the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one year, five years and since inception of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

28


Table of Contents

Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 13.43% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2011) and the lowest quarterly return was -9.43% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Past 5

Years

  Since
Inception
(June 30, 2010)
Return Before Taxes   5.88%   8.10%   10.63%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   4.36%   5.80%   8.57%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   4.00%   5.80%   8.05%
CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   7.07%   7.24%   8.98%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   11.96%   14.66%   15.10%

 

1 

The S&P 500® Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of leading U.S. companies.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since its inception on June 30, 2010.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

29


Table of Contents

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

(Advisor Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Advisor Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.25% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.36
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.91
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 93      $ 290      $ 504      $ 1,120  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 58% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. small cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index at its last rebalancing. That capitalization range was $133 million to $3.9 billion as of May 27, 2016.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which identifies a list of attractive securities having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations, then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

30


Table of Contents

Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

Small Cap Risk: The Portfolio is subject to the risk that the stocks of smaller and newer issuers can be more volatile and more speculative than the stocks of larger issuers. Smaller companies tend to have limited resources, product lines and market share. As a result, their share prices tend to fluctuate more than those of larger companies. Their shares may also trade less frequently and in limited volume, making them potentially less liquid. The price of small company stocks might fall regardless of trends in the broader market.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one, five and ten years of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 24.89% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -24.75% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

31


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   18.10%   15.32%   8.41%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   17.56%   14.55%   7.82%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   10.68%   12.24%   6.79%
Russell 2000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   21.31%   14.46%   7.07%
Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   31.74%   15.07%   6.26%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)2   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%
Morningstar Small Blend Average3   20.78%   13.46%   6.40%

 

1 

The Russell 2000® Value Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio to another well-known index for small cap stocks.

2 

The S&P 500® Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of leading U.S. companies.

3 

The Morningstar Small Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Christopher J. Colarik, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since 1996 and 2001, respectively.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

32


Table of Contents

Strategic Equity Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.29
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.84
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 86      $ 268      $ 466      $ 1,037  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 22% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowing for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks, of U.S. companies. The Portfolio may also invest in foreign securities either directly or through ADRs listed on the NYSE.

The Advisor’s selection of securities to buy and sell is based on a combination of proprietary multi-factor computer models and fundamental analysis to select securities that appear to the Advisor to be reasonably priced and have revenue and earnings growth potential that the Advisor believes is greater than the stock market in general. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings growth potential. Then the Advisor applies fundamental analysis to assess a company’s business model and revenue, earnings and cash flow growth rates.

The Advisor attempts to minimize the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns by, for example, investing in stocks with low dividend yields and in companies with above average earnings predictability and stability, holding stocks for several years and selling depreciated securities to offset realized capital gains.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market RiskStocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

33


Table of Contents

ADR/Foreign Securities RiskThe Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

Tax Managed RiskThe Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns. As a result, this Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Investment Style RiskThe Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Strategic Equity Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 16.28% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -23.32% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

34


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   12.27%   13.72%   6.73%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   10.37%   11.43%   5.53%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   8.52%   10.73%   5.31%
Dow Jones Industrial Average Index   16.50%   12.92%   7.52%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%
Morningstar Large Growth Average1   3.23%   12.66%   6.32%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Growth Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: John R. Kichula, Director of Fundamental Equity Research of the Advisor, and Mark Livingston, CFA, research analyst for the Advisor, have managed the Portfolio since 2015 and 2016, respectively.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

35


Table of Contents

Total Market Portfolio

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     1.20

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.47

Short Sale Expenses

     0.71
  

 

 

 

Total Other Expenses

     1.18
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     2.38

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     0.42
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.96
  

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its Management Fee so that the Management Fee is 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets and to waive an additional portion of its Management Fee and/or reimburse the Portfolio to the extent that total annual Portfolio operating expenses exceed 1.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, short sale dividends, prime broker interest, brokerage commissions, taxes, interest, and extraordinary expenses). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement anytime thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 199      $ 702      $ 1,232      $ 2,684  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 88% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in long and short positions with respect to equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. public companies. The Portfolio will invest in companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 3000® Index. That capitalization range was $133 million to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. In addition, at times, the Portfolio may invest in ADRs listed on the NYSE and IPOs.

The Advisor’s selection of securities to buy, sell or borrow is based on a combination of proprietary multifactor computer models and fundamental analysis. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings related measures, and other models focus on risk analysis and overall portfolio characteristics. The Advisor takes long positions in equity securities that the models identify as undervalued and more likely to appreciate, and takes short positions in equity securities that the Advisor identifies as overvalued and more likely to depreciate. The Advisor will determine the size of each long or short position and its impact on the risk to the overall portfolio. The frequency and size of short sales will vary substantially in different periods as market

 

36


Table of Contents

opportunities change. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will generally have an operating target of 60-140 long positions that may range from 100% to 150% of net assets, and 40-100 short positions that may range from 0% to 50% of net assets, from time to time. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market RiskStocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Short Sales RiskThe Portfolio’s short positions involve a form of leveraging of the Portfolio’s assets, and may involve more risk than other funds that do not engage in short selling. The Portfolio’s short positions may result in a loss if the price of the borrowed security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Portfolio purchases the security to replace the borrowed security. This potential loss is unlimited because the loss increases as the price of the security sold short rises, and the price may rise indefinitely. The use of short sales may cause the Portfolio to have higher expenses than those of other equity mutual funds because of higher transaction costs, premiums, interest or dividends payable to the lender. Market or other factors may prevent the Portfolio from initiating or closing out a short position at the most desirable time or at a favorable price. In addition, the investment of cash proceeds from a short position in equity securities or other investments may increase further the volatility of the Portfolio’s net asset value (“NAV”) and investment performance, and may result in greater potential investment losses.

Until the Portfolio replaces a borrowed security, it is required to pledge assets with the lender as collateral and to segregate an amount of liquid assets with its custodian to cover the Portfolio’s short position marked-to-market daily. Therefore, short sales involve credit exposure to the lender that executes the short sale. In addition, segregated assets cannot be sold while the position it is covering is outstanding, unless it is replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Portfolio’s assets could affect its portfolio management as well as the ability of the Portfolio to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Frequent Trading RiskA high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

ADR/Foreign Securities RiskThe Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO RiskThe market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

 

37


Table of Contents

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year, five years and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects fee waivers in effect. If fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Total Market Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 15.76% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -20.51% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   13.88%   14.59%   6.04%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   13.72%   14.12%   5.80%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   7.97%   11.70%   4.83%
Russell 3000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.74%   14.67%   7.07%
Morningstar Mid-Cap Value Average1   18.06%   13.89%   6.71%

 

1 

The Morningstar Mid-Cap Value Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on December 21, 2006. Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since 2015.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

38


Table of Contents

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.25% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.39
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.94
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 96      $ 300      $ 520      $ 1,155  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 100% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks of U.S. emerging growth companies. Emerging growth companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index or the S&P SmallCap 600® Index. The capitalization range of the Russell 2000® Index was $133 million to $3.9 billion as of May 27, 2016 and the capitalization range of the S&P SmallCap 600® Index was $35.2 million to $4.9 billion as of January 31, 2017. In addition, at times the Portfolio may make investments in ADRs listed on the NYSE and IPOs.

The Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having strong revenue and earnings potential, and accompanying capital growth potential. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

39


Table of Contents

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Small Cap Risk: The Portfolio is subject to the risk that the stocks of smaller and newer issuers can be more volatile and more speculative than the stocks of larger issuers. Smaller companies tend to have limited resources, product lines and market share. As a result, their share prices tend to fluctuate more than those of larger companies. Their shares may also trade less frequently and in limited volume, making them potentially less liquid. The price of small company stocks might fall regardless of trends in the broader market.

Growth Style Risk: The values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. There is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

 

LOGO

 

40


Table of Contents

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 21.67% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -25.07% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   17.41%   12.77%   6.07%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   17.32%   12.07%   5.64%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   9.92%   10.14%   4.85%
S&P Small Cap 600 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   17.28%   15.40%   9.45%
Russell 2000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   11.32%   13.74%   7.76%
Morningstar Small Growth Average2   11.20%   12.10%   6.22%

 

1 

The Russell 2000® Growth Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio to another well-known index for small cap growth stocks.

2 

The Morningstar Small Growth Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since 2005.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 44 of this Prospectus.

 

41


Table of Contents

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.20% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     1.68
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     2.23

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     1.23
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.00
  

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 102      $ 579      $ 1,082      $ 2,468  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 81% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies that are demonstrating commitment to advancing women through gender diversity on their boards or in management (“Women in Leadership” criteria). Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016.

The Advisor uses a screening process to identify, at the time of investment, companies that satisfy its Women in Leadership criteria. The Advisor’s screening process uses positive screening to preference companies that meet its Women in Leadership criteria by the inclusion of women in significant roles including, but not limited to, a chairwoman, female board members, a female chief executive officer or women in management positions. After identifying companies that meet these criteria, the Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

 

42


Table of Contents

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, want exposure to companies that have Women in Leadership roles and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.

Strategy Risk: Since the Portfolio seeks to make investments consistent with its Women in Leadership criteria, it may choose to sell, or not purchase, investments that are otherwise consistent with its investment objective. The application of Women in Leadership criteria will affect the Portfolio’s exposure to certain issuers, industries, sectors, regions and countries and may impact the relative financial performance of the Portfolio – positively or negatively – depending on whether such investments are in or out of favor.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart will show how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers in effect. If such expense reimbursements or fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-422-8299.

 

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 7.07% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was -0.48% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

43


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Since
Inception

(December 22, 2015)

Return Before Taxes   13.92%   13.41%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   13.51%   13.02%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   8.18%   10.19%
Russell 1000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.05%   12.07%
Morningstar Large Blend Average1   10.37%   10.06%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor, have managed the Portfolio since its inception on December 22, 2015.

Tax Information: Each Portfolio’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are purchasing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares: There are no minimum initial or subsequent investment requirements for the Portfolios. The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. (“Glenmede Trust”) has informed The Glenmede Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) that it and its affiliated companies’ (“Affiliates”) minimum initial investment requirements for their clients’ investments in the Portfolios is $1,000, which may be reduced or waived from time to time. Approved brokers and other institutions that purchase shares on behalf of their clients may have their own minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements. You may redeem shares at any time by contacting Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contacting the institution through which you purchased your shares.

Financial Intermediary Compensation: If you purchase shares of a Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

44


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks

To help you decide which Portfolio is appropriate for you, this section looks more closely at the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and risks. You should carefully consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in a Portfolio.

Each Portfolio’s investment objectives and strategies may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Fund without shareholder approval.

Each Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, various short-term instruments, such as money market securities (including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits), U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. U.S. Government securities include a variety of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government-related entities. While certain U.S. Government-related entities (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. To the extent that a Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on that Portfolio’s performance.

Equity Income Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in income-producing equity securities, such as common and preferred stocks. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Portfolio primarily invests in U.S. large cap companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in either the Russell 1000® Index or the S&P 900® Index, and that have a dividend yield above the S&P 500® Index at the time of purchase. Additional consideration is given to the expected future growth rate of such dividends. The Portfolio seeks to invest in companies with yields higher than the yield of the S&P 500® Index in an attempt to provide a high level of current income relative to other mutual funds that invest in equity securities.

International Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in ADRs, which are depository receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued for a foreign company. Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio will invest in ADRs in companies based in at least three countries other than the United States.

Large Cap Core Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Advisor Class offered in this Prospectus and the Institutional Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived

 

45


Table of Contents

in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Advisor Class offered in this Prospectus and the Institutional Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Large Cap Value Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. large cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index.

Long/Short Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide absolute return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in long and short positions with respect to equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. public companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Board. The Portfolio invests in companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 3000® Index.

There may be times when the Portfolio holds a significant portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents as a temporary defensive measure, although the Portfolio generally intends to have all its assets invested (either long or short) in equities at all times.

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. mid cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Mid cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell Midcap® Index or the S&P MidCap 400® Index.

Equity securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ, although the Portfolio may purchase unlisted securities and penny stocks. The securities held by the Portfolio may represent many different types of companies and industries.

 

46


Table of Contents

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Advisor Class offered in this Prospectus and the Institutional Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.25% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class charges a 0.05% fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies that meet the Portfolio’s ESG criteria. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The research vendor currently providing the ESG performance evaluation is MSCI, Inc. (“MSCI”).

Secured Options Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective of long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal by using option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. This is a non-fundamental policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. At any given time, the Portfolio’s assets may be subject to only calls or only puts, or a combination of both strategies. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to puts, the assets will consist of cash or cash equivalents in order to secure the puts. In that event, there may be few, if any, stocks or other securities held by the Portfolio. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a stock index, the Portfolio may hold stock index ETFs instead of individual stocks that replicate the movement of the index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Advisor Class offered in this Prospectus and the Institutional Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. small cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index.

Equity securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ, although the Portfolio may purchase unlisted securities and penny stocks. The securities held by the Portfolio may represent many different types of companies and industries.

 

47


Table of Contents

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Advisor Class offered in this Prospectus and the Institutional Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.25% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class charges a .05% fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Strategic Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities such as common and preferred stock and securities convertible into such stock of U.S. companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily those traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ.

Although the Portfolio is not a tax-exempt fund, it will use several methods to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns. For example, the Portfolio:

 

 

attempts to distribute relatively low levels of taxable investment income by investing in stocks with low dividend yields;

 

 

attempts to hold taxes on realized capital gains to a minimum by investing primarily in the securities of companies with above average earnings predictability and stability which the Portfolio expects to hold for several years;

 

 

attempts to avoid realizing short-term capital gains; and

 

 

sells depreciated securities to offset realized capital gains, when consistent with its overall investment approach, thus reducing capital gains distributions.

However, when deciding whether to sell a security, investment considerations will take precedence over tax considerations.

Total Market Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in long and short positions with respect to equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. public companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Board. The Portfolio invests in companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 3000® Index.

The Portfolio intends, under normal circumstances, to have up to 10% of its assets in cash or cash equivalents.

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. emerging growth companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Emerging growth companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index or the S&P SmallCap 600® Index.

Equity securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ, although the Portfolio may purchase unlisted securities and penny stocks. The securities held by the Portfolio may represent many different types of companies and industries.

 

48


Table of Contents

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies that satisfy the Advisor’s Women in Leadership criteria. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The Women in Leadership performance evaluation data is currently provided by MSCI and Bloomberg.

Foreign Securities

The Equity Income, International, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Value, Long/Short, Strategic Equity, Total Market, U.S. Emerging Growth, Secured Options and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios may invest in ADRs, which involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investment in foreign securities. There are substantial risks involved in investing in foreign securities. These risks include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. The dividends payable on a Portfolio’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the income available for distribution to the Portfolio’s shareholders. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities in a Portfolio which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in reports about companies in the United States.

Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign securities markets are generally more expensive than in the United States. Foreign securities markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could prevent a Portfolio from investing the proceeds of the sale. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could expose the Portfolio to losses due either to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the security has been sold, to claims by the purchaser.

Investing in foreign securities includes the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories. Additionally, many countries are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy, and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. In addition, the risks of loss and volatility have increased over the past few years and may continue because of high levels of debt and other economic distress in various countries.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Secured Options Portfolio may invest in shares of other registered investment companies, including ETFs. If the Portfolio invests in shares of another registered investment company, shareholders would bear not only their proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses, but also management fees and other expenses paid by the other fund. Any investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. Additionally, the risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that the ETF invests in or is designed to track, although the lack of liquidity of an ETF could result in it being more volatile. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the net asset value of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss. Finally, because ETFs and closed-end funds trade like stocks on exchanges, they are subject to trading and commission costs.

Options

The Secured Options Portfolio may write and buy call and put options. The writing of options is intended to earn cash through the receipt of option premiums. As the seller of the call option, the Portfolio receives cash (the “premium”) from the purchaser. Depending on the type of call option, the purchaser of a call option has the right to any appreciation

 

49


Table of Contents

in the value over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) of a security or index either on certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or at any time prior to the expiration date. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, the Portfolio retains the premium. If the purchaser exercises the option, the Portfolio pays the purchaser the difference between the value of the security or the index and the exercise price of the option or, in the case of options on securities, closes the option by delivering the underlying security versus the payment of the exercise price. The premium, the exercise price and the value of the security or index determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation, and the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio may also buy call options. The value of a call option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock or index increases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock or index decreases.

The Secured Options Portfolio will also write cash-secured put options in an attempt to complement the covered call strategy. A put option gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. To the extent the Portfolio sells cash-secured put options it will be required to hold a significant portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, such as U.S. Treasury securities and repurchase agreements, to cover the put option. The Portfolio may also buy put options. The value of a put option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock decreases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock increases.

Writing covered call options may provide a steady cash flow, although it may also reduce the Portfolio’s ability to profit from increases in the value of its equity portfolio. If the Portfolio were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired unexercised. Writing cash-secured put options may also provide a steady cash flow, although it may also require the Portfolio to realize a loss if the put option is exercised. The Portfolio may also buy put options, which may protect the Portfolio from a significant market decline that may occur over a short period of time. The Portfolio may also buy call options, which may result in the purchase of equities below their market value. As the purchaser of either a call or put option, if the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will lose the premium it paid to purchase the option. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Portfolio seeks to enter or close out an open option position. The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for the options becomes less liquid or smaller.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Portfolio may enter into collateralized repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day or for a fixed term.

In a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by the Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio holding such obligation suffers a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) is less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.

Portfolio Turnover

The Long/Short, Total Market, Large Cap Value, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, U.S. Emerging Growth, International, Secured Options and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover may involve correspondingly greater expenses to a Portfolio, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Higher portfolio turnover may also increase share price volatility and result in realization of taxable capital gains to shareholders with taxable accounts, including short-term capital gains, and may adversely impact a Portfolio’s after-tax returns. Trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect a Portfolio’s performance.

 

50


Table of Contents

Selection of Investments

The Advisor evaluates the rewards and risks presented by all securities purchased by the Portfolios and how they may advance the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is possible that these evaluations will prove to be inaccurate.

In addition, under normal circumstances, the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios’ investment selection process may result in the Advisor taking long positions in a market sector or industry that is not offset, or not offset to the same extent, by corresponding short positions in the same market sector or industry, and vice versa. This may result in increased risk and opportunity for loss should the securities in a particular market sector or industry not perform as predicted by the Advisor’s selection process.

Short Sales

The Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios each take a long position by purchasing a security outright. When a Portfolio takes a short position, it borrows a security and then sells the security at the current market price in anticipation that the market price of the security will decline. To complete, or close out, the short sale transaction, the Portfolio buys the same security in the market and returns it to the lender. A Portfolio makes money when the market price of the borrowed security goes down after the short sale because it will have to pay less to replace the borrowed security than it received when it sold the security short. Conversely, if the price of the security goes up after the sale, a Portfolio will lose money because it will have to pay more to replace the borrowed security than it received when it sold the security short.

The Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios’ short selling activities are significantly different from the investment activities of, and involve more risks than, other funds that do not engage in short selling. If a security is sold short and it increases in price, a Portfolio may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. To borrow the security, a Portfolio also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. The Portfolios will also incur transaction costs in effecting short sales. The amount of gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, interest, dividends and transaction costs a Portfolio may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Positions in shorted securities are more risky than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the stock plus the transaction costs. By contrast, there is no maximum attainable price of a shorted security. Therefore, the theoretical loss on securities sold short is unlimited. By contrast, the gain on a short sale, before transaction costs, is generally limited to the difference between the price at which the borrowed security is sold and the price paid to purchase the security to return it to the lender. The use of short sales may also result in a Portfolio realizing more short-term capital gains than it would if the Portfolio did not engage in short sales.

In addition, a Portfolio may not always be able to close out a short position at a particular time or at an acceptable price. This would occur, for example, if the lender of the borrowed security requires a Portfolio to return the security on short notice and the Portfolio is unable to borrow the security from another lender, which may require the Portfolio to purchase the borrowed security at an unfavorable price, resulting in a loss.

Depending on the arrangement with the lender, each Portfolio may be required to pledge all or a significant portion of its assets, which may include cash collateral from securities lending activities, to the lender as collateral for the short sales. The proceeds from the short sales may be retained by the lender as collateral or the Portfolio may be permitted to use the cash proceeds to purchase additional securities or for any other purposes. Because cash proceeds are Portfolio assets which are typically used to satisfy a portion of lender’s collateral requirements for the short sale, the reinvestment of these cash proceeds may require a Portfolio to post as collateral additional securities that it owns or other assets. For these and other reasons, a Portfolio might be required to liquidate long and short positions at times that may be disadvantageous to the Portfolio.

Other Types of Investments

In addition to each Portfolio’s principal investment strategies, and the particular types of securities which each Portfolio may select for investment described above, each Portfolio may make other types of investments and pursue other investment strategies in support of its overall investment goal. Information about some of these investments and strategies is provided below. More information about these and other supplemental investment strategies and the risks involved are described in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

51


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets: The International Portfolio may also purchase securities in developing or emerging markets. The risks of investing in foreign securities are often heightened for investments by the Portfolio in developing or emerging markets. Developing countries may also impose restrictions on the Portfolio’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital. Even without such restrictions, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolio. Some of the currencies in emerging markets have been devalued relative to the U.S. dollar. In many cases these devaluations have been significant. Certain developing countries impose constraints on currency exchange. Governments of some developing countries exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. As such, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries in these regions, which in turn, could affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments. While in many other emerging markets, there is less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the United States.

Investments in Other Investment Companies: Each Portfolio may also invest in shares of other investment companies, including ETFs. The risks of registered investment company investments are described above under “Investments in Other Investment Companies.”

Other Derivatives: The Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may use other types of derivatives such as swaps, security-based swaps, futures and options on futures to manage risks inherent in its portfolio and to increase its return. A derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset such as a security or an index. The use of derivative instruments by the Portfolio may involve risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Some of the risks of investing in derivatives include (i) the risk that the other party to the derivative contract may fail to fulfill its obligations; (ii) the risk that the use of derivatives may reduce liquidity and make the Portfolio harder to value, especially in declining markets; (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and (iv) the risk that the Portfolio may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount invested if the Advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. The Portfolio may invest in derivative instruments to increase total return and for hedging purposes. Investing to increase total return is considered a speculative practice and presents even greater risk of loss.

Real Estate Investment Trusts: Each Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.

Securities Lending: In order to generate additional income, each Portfolio may lend its securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions. Such loans are required at all times to be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies or letters of credit equal to at least the market value of the loaned securities. The cash collateral received may be invested in short-term investments in accordance with terms approved by the Fund’s Board. All or a portion of the cash collateral received by the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios may be used to finance short sales. The value of the securities loaned may not exceed one-

 

52


Table of Contents

third of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio (including the loan collateral). A Portfolio could experience a delay in recovering its securities or a possible loss of income or value if the borrower fails to return the securities when due.

Cyber Security Risk: The Portfolios and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolios or their advisers, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolios. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Portfolio’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuer of securities in which a Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value.

Portfolio Holdings

The Advisor may publicly disclose information concerning the securities held by each Portfolio in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, the Advisor may post each Portfolio’s month-end, top-ten portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each month, and/or the complete quarter-end portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, on its website, www.glenmedeim.com. This information will generally remain available on the website at least until the Fund files with the SEC its annual/semi-annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holding report that includes such period. The Fund may terminate or modify this policy at any time without further notice to shareholders.

A further description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

The price of shares issued by each Portfolio is based on its NAV. Each Portfolio’s NAV per share is determined as of the close of regular trading hours of the NYSE, currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on each day that the NYSE is open for business. The time at which shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). In addition, the Board has approved that the Portfolios may determine to price their shares on weekdays that the NYSE is temporarily closed due to emergency circumstances.

Each Portfolio’s investments generally are valued at market value or, when market quotations are not readily available or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Fund’s Board. The Advisor and State Street Bank & Trust Company, the Fund’s custodian, regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.

Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted price available when assets are valued. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of a Portfolio are not priced; as a result, the value of such securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.

The following are examples of situations that may constitute significant events that could render a market quotation for a specific security “not readily available” and require fair valuation of such security: (i) the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; (ii) the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; (iii) the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; (iv) the security has not

 

53


Table of Contents

been traded for an extended period of time; (v) the security’s authorized pricing sources are not able or willing to provide a price; (vi) an independent price quote from two or more broker-dealers is not available; (vii) trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; (viii) foreign security has reached a pre-determined range of trading set by a foreign exchange (“limit up” or “limit down” price), and no trading has taken place at the limit up price or limit down price; (ix) natural disasters, armed conflicts, and significant government actions; (x) significant events that relate to a single issuer or to an entire market sector, such as significant fluctuations in domestic or foreign markets or between the current and previous days’ closing levels of one or more benchmark indices approved by the Board; (xi) the security’s sales have been infrequent or a “thin” market in the security exists; and/or (xii) with regard to over-the-counter securities, the validity of quotations from broker-dealers appears questionable or the number of quotations indicates that there is a “thin” market in the security.

The frequency with which a Portfolio’s investments are valued using fair value pricing is primarily a function of the types of securities and other assets in which the Portfolio invests pursuant to its investment objective, strategies and limitations. Investments in other registered mutual funds, if any, are valued based on the NAV of those mutual funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

Valuing a Portfolio’s investments using fair value pricing will result in using prices for those investments that may differ from current market prices. Accordingly, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate a Portfolio’s NAV and the prices used by other investment companies, investors and the Portfolio’s benchmark index to price the same investments.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Each Portfolio may appoint one or more intermediaries as their agent to receive purchase and redemption orders of shares of the Portfolios and cause these orders to be transmitted, on an aggregated basis, to the Portfolios’ transfer agent. Orders placed through these intermediaries will be deemed to have been received and accepted by the Portfolio when the intermediary accepts the order. Therefore, the purchase or redemption order will reflect the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the order by the intermediary, if the intermediary successfully transmits the order to the Portfolio’s transfer agent by the next business morning.

Purchase of Shares

Shares of each Portfolio are sold without a sales commission on a continuous basis to Glenmede Trust acting on behalf of clients and clients of its Affiliates (“Clients”) and to certain approved employee benefit plans and institutions, including brokers acting on behalf of their clients (“Institutions”), at the NAV per share next determined after receipt, in proper order, of the purchase order by the Fund’s transfer agent. We consider orders to be in “proper order” when all required documents are properly completed, signed and received. Beneficial ownership of shares will be reflected on books maintained by Glenmede Trust or the Institutions. If you wish to purchase shares in a Portfolio, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

Each Portfolio reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any purchase order, when, in the judgment of management, such rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders.

Your Institution may charge you for purchasing or selling shares of a Portfolio. There is no transaction charge for shares purchased directly from a Portfolio through Glenmede Trust.

Purchases of a Portfolio’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Portfolio calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued except upon your written request. Certificates for fractional shares, however, will not be issued.

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of the Advisor, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of a Portfolio. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Advisor will monitor each Portfolio’s total assets and may decide to close any of the Portfolios at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of a Portfolio may adversely affect the implementation of the Portfolio’s investment strategy. Subject to the Board’s discretion, once closed, the Advisor may also choose to reopen a Portfolio to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close such Portfolio again should concerns regarding the Portfolio’s size recur. If a Portfolio closes to new

 

54


Table of Contents

investments, generally that Portfolio would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Portfolio and certain other persons, who may be generally subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts. The Small Cap Equity Portfolio is currently closed except to certain existing shareholders and certain other persons, as follows:

 

  a. Fee-based advisory model programs for financial advisors who manage discretionary fee-based wrap accounts that systematically trade in and out of the closed Portfolio based on model portfolio allocations;

 

  b. Persons who already hold shares of the closed Portfolio directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Fund;

 

  c. Existing and future clients of registered investment advisers and planners whose clients already hold shares of the closed Portfolio on transaction fee and non-transaction fee platforms;

 

  d. Existing and future clients of consultants who already hold shares of the closed Portfolio;

 

  e. Existing and future clients of the Advisor and Glenmede Trust; and

 

  f. The closed Portfolio would reserve the right, in its discretion, to accept purchases and exchanges from institutional investors which may include, among others, corporations, endowments, foundations and insurance companies.

The Fund, however, reserves the right to reopen a closed Portfolio to new investments from time to time at its discretion.

Redemption of Shares

You may redeem shares of each Portfolio at any time, without cost, at the NAV per share next determined after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your redemption order. Generally, a properly signed written order is all that is required. If you wish to redeem your shares, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

You will ordinarily be paid your redemption proceeds within one business day, but normally in no more than seven days, after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your order in proper form. The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

Redemption proceeds are normally paid in cash, although the Fund has the right to limit each shareholder to cash redemptions of $250,000 or 1% of such Portfolio’s NAV, whichever is less, within a 90-day period. Any additional redemption proceeds would be made in readily marketable securities. A shareholder will be exposed to market risk until the readily marketable securities are converted to cash and may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

Conversion from Advisor Shares to Institutional Shares of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio and Large Cap Growth Portfolio

If your account balance in the Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio or Large Cap Growth Portfolio is at least $10,000,000, you may contact Glenmede Trust or your Institution to convert your Advisor Shares to Institutional Shares of the same Portfolio. Any such conversion will occur at the respective NAVs of the share classes next calculated after the Fund receives the shareholder’s request in good order. Conversion between share classes of the same Portfolio is a non-taxable event.

If an account no longer meets the minimum balance requirement for Institutional Shares, the Fund may automatically convert the shares in the account to Advisor Shares. A decline in the account balance because of market movement may result in such a conversion. Glenmede Trust will notify you or your Institution in writing before any such conversion occurs.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

Mutual fund market timing involves the frequent purchase and redemption of shares of mutual funds within short periods of time with the intention of capturing short-term profits resulting from market volatility. Market timing may disrupt portfolio management strategies; harm the performance of the Portfolio; dilute the value of Portfolio shares held by long-term shareholders; increase brokerage and administrative costs; and for a Portfolio that invests to a significant extent in foreign securities, foster time-zone arbitrage.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Fund does not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares by shareholders. Pursuant to a policy adopted by the Board to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares, the Fund has established the following procedures designed to discourage market timing of the Portfolios. The Fund will enforce its policies and procedures to discourage market timing of the Portfolios’ shares equitably on all shareholders. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to identify individual shareholders who may be market timing the Portfolios or curtail their trading activity in every instance, particularly if they are investing through financial intermediaries.

Shares of the Portfolios may be sold through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus account information generally does not identify the underlying investors’ trading activity on an individual basis. In an effort to identify and deter market timing in omnibus accounts, Glenmede Trust and the Advisor periodically review trading activity at the omnibus level and will seek to obtain underlying account trading activity information from the financial intermediaries when, in their judgment, the trading activity suggests possible market timing. Requested information relating to trading activity will be reviewed to identify accounts that may be engaged in excessive trading based on criteria established by Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable. If this information shows that an investor’s trading activity suggests market timing, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will contact the financial intermediary and follow its procedures, including but not limited to, warnings, restricting the account from further trading and/or closing the account. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Portfolios using criteria that may differ from the criteria established by Glenmede Trust and the Advisor and there is no assurance that the procedures used by the financial intermediaries will be able to curtail excessive trading. If a third-party financial intermediary does not provide underlying account trading activity information upon request, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will determine what action to take, including terminating the relationship with the financial intermediary.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Portfolios normally distribute substantially all of their net investment income to shareholders in the form of a quarterly dividend.

The Portfolios normally distribute any realized net capital gains at least once a year.

Dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares at the option of the shareholder.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding Federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation. Additional information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

Distributions

Each Portfolio contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as discussed below, you will be subject to Federal income tax on Portfolio distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Portfolio distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Portfolio will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

56


Table of Contents

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Portfolio. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Portfolio’s ex-dividend date (and the Portfolio will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Portfolio’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, certain options transactions, if any, a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

Distributions from a Portfolio will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Portfolio in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

It is expected that the International Portfolio will be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign income taxes with respect to dividends or interest received from (and, in some cases, gains recognized on shares of stock of) non-U.S. companies. The International Portfolio may, to the extent eligible, make an election to treat a proportionate amount of those taxes as constituting a distribution to each shareholder, which would allow you either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. Federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit, subject to applicable limitations, or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction.

A portion of distributions paid by a Portfolio to shareholders who are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate, or by investments in non-U.S. corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

It is contemplated that the Secured Options Portfolio will write call and put options, the Secured Options Portfolio and the Long/Short Portfolio may invest in derivative securities, including swaps, futures and options on futures, and the Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio will engage in short sales. The tax treatment of these sorts of transactions is complex and may (as may a Portfolio’s high turnover rate) result in the recognition by these Portfolios of significant amounts of short-term capital gain and ordinary income. This, in turn, may cause significant portions of the distributions by these Portfolios to shareholders to be taxable at an ordinary income rate. Also, in some cases, these transactions may cause these Portfolios to recognize income or gain without any corresponding receipt of cash, in which case the Portfolios may have to liquidate other positions to enable them to distribute the amount of that income or gain to shareholders so as to avoid incurring corporate-level tax.

Sales and Redemptions

You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Portfolio shares for over 12 months at the time you dispose of them.

Certain special tax rules may apply to losses realized in some cases. Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

57


Table of Contents

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Portfolios (or relevant broker or financial advisor) are required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Portfolio shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Portfolios have elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Portfolios to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial advisor, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial advisor to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolios and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your Federal and state income tax returns. Portfolio shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares.

Backup Withholding

Each Portfolio may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Portfolios.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Portfolios, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Portfolios.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Portfolio is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Portfolio will generally be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Portfolios will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Portfolio.

State and Local Taxes

You may also be subject to state and local taxes on distributions, sales and redemptions. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Portfolio’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. Government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

 

58


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios. The Advisor, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of December 31, 2016, the Advisor had over $15 billion in assets under management.

Under Investment Advisory Agreements with the Fund, the Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the Fund’s Board and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of each Portfolio, manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of each Portfolio. It is the responsibility of the Advisor to make investment decisions for each Portfolio and to place each Portfolio’s purchase and sale orders.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016, the Portfolios paid management fees to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual percentage rates of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, as shown in the following table.

 

Portfolio

   Percentage of Average
Daily Net Assets *
 

Equity Income Portfolio

     0.55 %* 

International Portfolio

     0.75 %** 

Large Cap Core Portfolio — Advisor Shares

     0.55

Large Cap Growth Portfolio — Advisor Shares

     0.55

Large Cap Value Portfolio

     0.55

Long/Short Portfolio

     1.20 %*** 

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio — Advisor Shares

     0.55 %** 

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

     0.55 %** 

Secured Options Portfolio — Advisor Shares

     0.55

Small Cap Equity Portfolio — Advisor Shares

     0.55

Strategic Equity Portfolio

     0.55

Total Market Portfolio

     1.20 %*** 

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

     0.55

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

     0.55 %** 

 

* The Equity Income Portfolio had not commenced operations as of October 31, 2016. The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Equity Income Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.
** The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the International Portfolio’s, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio’s, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio’s and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of such Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.
*** The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its 1.20% management fees so that after giving effect to such contractual waiver, the management fees for the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios are each 0.85% of such Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor has also contractually agreed to waive an additional portion of its management fees and/or reimburse these Portfolios to the extent that total annual portfolio operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average net assets, exceed 1.25% of such Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, short-sale dividends, prime broker interest, brokerage commissions, taxes, interest, and extraordinary expenses). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.

A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving or renewing the Investment Advisory Agreements is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

 

59


Table of Contents

Shareholders in the Portfolios who are clients of Glenmede Trust, or its Affiliates, pay fees which vary, depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or its Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular Client (e.g., personal trust, estate settlement, advisory and custodian services) (“Client Fees”). Glenmede Trust and its Affiliates currently intend to exclude the portion of their Clients’ assets invested in the Portfolios when calculating Client Fees. Shareholders in the Portfolios who are customers of other Institutions may pay fees to those Institutions.

The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of their assets, and not as an additional charge to the Portfolios, to selected Institutions that provide services to the Institution’s customers who are beneficial owners of the Portfolios and other persons in connection with servicing and/or sales of Portfolio shares and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.

Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, manages the Small Cap Equity Portfolio along with Christopher J. Colarik. Mr. Mancuso has been responsible for the management of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio since February 27, 1996. Mr. Mancuso has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since November 1992. Mr. Colarik has been responsible for the management of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio since 2001. Mr. Colarik has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 2001. Mr. Mancuso also manages the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio along with Mr. Colarik. Mr. Mancuso and Mr. Colarik have been responsible for the management of the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio since its inception on September 30, 2014.

Wade Wescott, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Large Cap Value and Equity Income Portfolios. Mr. Wescott has been responsible for the management of the Large Cap Value and Equity Income Portfolios since March 12, 2008 and December 21, 2016, respectively. He has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager and research analyst since April, 2006. Prior to joining the Advisor and Glenmede Trust, Mr. Wescott served as a research analyst at Delaware Investments from April 2005 to April 2006, and as a senior research analyst at Gartmore Global Investments from July 2002 to April 2005.

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the International, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Long/Short, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, Total Market, U.S. Emerging Growth and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios. Mr. de Vassal has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1998. Prior to that time, Mr. de Vassal served as Vice President and Director of quantitative analysis at CoreStates Investment Advisors and as Vice President of interest rate risk analysis at CoreStates Financial Corp. Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, assists Mr. de Vassal in the management of the Portfolios by running portfolio optimizations and entering trades. Mr. Sullivan has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1994. Prior to that time, Mr. Sullivan was employed by SEI Investments Co. where he was a supervisor in the mutual fund accounting department. Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, has been a Portfolio Manager of the Advisor since 2015. Mr. Atanasiu has been employed by the Advisor as a quantitative research analyst since 2005. Messrs. de Vassal and Sullivan have managed the Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Long/Short, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, Total Market and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios since each Portfolio’s commencement of operations on February 27, 2004, February 27, 2004, September 29, 2006, December, 22, 2015, December 21, 2006 and December 22, 2015, respectively, the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio since 2005 and the International Portfolio since December 29, 2014. Mr. Atanasiu has managed the International Portfolio since December 29, 2014, the Long/Short Portfolio and the Total Market Portfolio since 2015 and the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios since each Portfolio’s commencement of operations on December 22, 2015.

John R. Kichula, Director of Fundamental Equity Research of the Advisor and Mark Livingston, a research analyst for the Advisor are primarily responsible for the management of the Strategic Equity Portfolio. Mr. Kichula has managed the Portfolio since 2015. Mr. Kichula joined the Glenmede Trust in 2002 where he worked as a research analyst. Mr. Livingston conducts equity research primarily focusing on companies in the consumer discretionary and industrial sectors. Mr. Livingston has managed the Portfolio since 2016. Prior to joining the Advisor in 2010, Mr. Livingston was an Associate Director of Equity Research at UBS, focusing on the gaming and leisure industries. Prior to UBS, Mr. Livingston was an Associate in Equity Research at Lehman Brothers in New York City, covering the machinery industry.

Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Secured Options Portfolio. Mr. Heron has been responsible for the management of the Secured Options Portfolio since it commenced operations on June 30, 2010. He has been employed by the Advisor since June 2010. Since 2006,

 

60


Table of Contents

Mr. Heron has served as Vice President to Glenmede Trust. Prior to that time, Mr. Heron was employed by McGowan Investors LP (2004-2006) and Goldman Sachs & Co. (1999-2003) as a Senior Derivatives Trader.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Fund Portfolios they manage.

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the Secured Options Portfolio

The portfolio manager for the Secured Options Portfolio is an employee of both the Advisor and the Advisor’s affiliate, Glenmede Trust. The table below set forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “Secured Options Composite”) managed by the portfolio manager on behalf of Glenmede Trust. All of the accounts comprising the Secured Options Composite have investment objectives, policies and strategies the Advisor believes are substantially similar to the Secured Options Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way that the Secured Options Portfolio is managed by the Advisor. The Secured Options Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that the Portfolio is subject to, which had they applied, might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the Secured Options Composite, but the Advisor believes differences do not alter the conclusion that the Secured Options Portfolio is substantially similar to the Secured Options Composite.

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio manager in managing substantially similar accounts and does not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Secured Options Portfolio’s Advisor Shares, which are listed in its Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the Secured Options Composite performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPSTM”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

Secured Options Composite

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year   5 Years   10 Years*
Secured Options Composite   5.97%   8.16%   5.55%
CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index1   7.07%   7.24%   4.28%
S&P 500® Index2   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%

 

* The Secured Options Composite was created on December 31, 2003. It has been managed by the current portfolio manager since December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2016, there were six accounts in the Secured Options Composite.
1 

The CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index is an index designed to track the performance of a hypothetical covered call strategy on the S&P 500® Index. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

2 

The S&P 500® Index is a market capitalization weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the NYSE and NASDAQ. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

 

61


Table of Contents

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

The portfolio managers for the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio are employees of the Advisor and were also employees of the Advisor’s affiliate, Glenmede Trust. The table below sets forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “Mid Cap Equity Composite”) managed by the portfolio managers on behalf of Glenmede Trust that have investment objectives, policies and strategies the Advisor believes are substantially similar to the Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way that the Portfolio is to be managed by the Advisor. The Mid Cap Equity Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Code that the Portfolio is subject to, which had they applied, might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the Mid Cap Equity Composite, but the Advisor believes differences do not alter the conclusion that the Portfolio and the Mid Cap Equity Composite are substantially similar.

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio managers in managing substantially similar accounts and does not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

The performance figures represent the total return for the 1-year, 5-year and 10-year periods. All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares, which are listed in the Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the Mid Cap Equity Composite performance was calculated using GIPSTM. This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year   5 Years   10 Years1
Mid Cap Equity Composite   9.27%   15.30%   7.74%
S&P MidCap 400® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 2   20.74%   15.33%   9.16%

 

1 

The Mid Cap Equity Composite was created on December 31, 2000. It has been managed by Mr. Mancuso since its inception and Mr. Colarik since January 2001. As of December 31, 2016, there were two accounts in the Mid Cap Equity Composite. Composite performance calculations are time-weighted to account for periodic contributions and withdrawals. Composite returns consist of asset-weighted portfolio returns using beginning of period values to weight portfolio returns.

2 

The S&P MidCap 400® Index is designed to measure the performance of 400 mid-size companies in the U.S., reflecting this market segment’s distinctive risk and return characteristics. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the Equity Income Portfolio

The portfolio manager for the Equity Income Portfolio is an employee of the Advisor. The table below sets forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “Equity Income Composite”) managed by the portfolio manager. All of the accounts comprising the Equity Income Composite have investment objectives, policies and strategies the Advisor believes are substantially similar to the Equity Income Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way that the Equity Income Portfolio is to be managed by the Advisor. The Equity Income Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Code that the Portfolio is subject to, which had they applied, might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the Equity Income Composite, but the Advisor believes differences do not alter the conclusion that the Portfolio and the Equity Income Composite are substantially similar.

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio manager in managing substantially similar accounts and does not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as

 

62


Table of Contents

a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Portfolio, which are estimates and are listed in the Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the Equity Income Composite performance was calculated using GIPSTM. This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year   5 Years   Since
March 31, 2008
1
Equity Income Composite   14.38%   13.42%   8.33%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 2   11.96%   14.66%   8.54%
1 

The Equity Income Composite was created on December 31, 2004. It has been managed by Mr. Wescott since March 12, 2008. As of December 31, 2016, there were 516 accounts in the Equity Income Composite. Composite performance calculations are time-weighted to account for periodic contributions and withdrawals. Composite returns consist of asset-weighted portfolio returns using beginning of period values to weight portfolio returns.

2 

The S&P 500® Index is a market capitalization weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the NYSE and NASDAQ. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

GENERAL INFORMATION

If you have any questions regarding the Portfolios contact the Fund at the address or telephone number stated on the back cover page.

 

63


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years or since inception for those Portfolios that have been operational for shorter periods of time. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with each Portfolio’s financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available upon request. Financial highlights for the Equity Income Portfolio are not presented as this Portfolio had not commenced operations as of October 31, 2016.

International Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     20161     20151     20141     20131     20121  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 13.45     $ 13.83     $ 14.52     $ 11.88     $ 12.06  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.24       0.15       0.24       0.25       0.29  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.71     (0.40     (0.65     2.59       (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     (0.47     (0.25     (0.41     2.84       0.14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.22     (0.13     (0.28     (0.20     (0.31

Tax return of capital

                             (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.22     (0.13     (0.28     (0.20     (0.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 12.76     $ 13.45     $ 13.83     $ 14.52     $ 11.88  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     (3.44 )%2      (1.83 )%2      (2.94 )%2      24.21     1.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 441,284     $ 243,403     $ 37,520     $ 63,344     $ 156,046  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

                 1.15     1.14

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     1.12     1.24     1.24        

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     1.04     1.24     1.23        

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.88     1.10     1.64     1.91     2.47

Portfolio turnover rate

     121     148     47     43     45

 

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

The Total Return reflects fee waivers in effect and would have been lower in their absence.

 

64


Table of Contents

Large Cap Core Portfolio Advisor Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     20161     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 22.34     $ 21.76     $ 18.57     $ 14.10     $ 12.62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.25       0.22       0.18       0.17       0.17  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.25       1.23       3.54       4.46       1.48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.50       1.45       3.72       4.63       1.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.25     (0.22     (0.19     (0.16     (0.17

Net realized capital gains

     (0.23     (0.65     (0.34            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.48     (0.87     (0.53     (0.16     (0.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 22.36     $ 22.34     $ 21.76     $ 18.57     $ 14.10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     2.34     6.83     20.46     33.02     13.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 1,691,802     $ 1,643,278     $ 724,089     $ 287,542     $ 115,204  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.88     0.87     0.87     0.86     0.88

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.14     1.05     1.00     1.07     1.23

Portfolio turnover rate

     111     122     73     90     104

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

 

65


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Portfolio Advisor Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For the Year Ended October 31,  
     20161     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 24.70     $ 23.05     $ 19.65     $ 14.81     $ 13.73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.16       0.13       0.14       0.14       0.07  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.05 2      2.26       4.26       4.83       1.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.21       2.39       4.40       4.97       1.15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.15     (0.13     (0.14     (0.13     (0.07

Net realized capital gains

           (0.61     (0.86            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.15     (0.74     (1.00     (0.13     (0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 24.76     $ 24.70     $ 23.05     $ 19.65     $ 14.81  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     0.87     10.60     23.36     33.65     8.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 2,988,342     $ 1,959,171     $ 630,362     $ 184,552     $ 93,527  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.88     0.87     0.88     0.87     0.89

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     0.66     0.59     0.70     0.85     0.52

Portfolio turnover rate

     88     95     76     99     111

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

The amount shown for a share outstanding does not correspond with the aggregate net realized and unrealized loss for the period due to the timing of purchases and redemption of Portfolio shares in relation to the fluctuating net asset value per share of the Portfolio.

 

66


Table of Contents

Large Cap Value Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     20151     2014     20131     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 11.15     $ 12.85     $ 12.96     $ 10.56     $ 9.46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.19       0.12       0.03       0.08       0.13  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.30       0.06       1.72       2.92       1.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.49       0.18       1.75       3.00       1.21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.17     (0.11     (0.05     (0.10     (0.11

Net realized capital gains

     (1.25     (1.77     (1.81     (0.50      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (1.42     (1.88     (1.86     (0.60     (0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 10.22     $ 11.15     $ 12.85     $ 12.96     $ 10.56  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     5.58     1.28     15.48     29.90     12.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 72,154     $ 83,065     $ 98,642     $ 95,748     $ 77,107  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.91     0.91     0.92     0.90     0.91

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.83     1.03     0.28     0.73     1.26

Portfolio turnover rate

     110     106     106     147     157

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

 

67


Table of Contents

Long/Short Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     20161     20151     20141     20131     20121  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 11.32     $ 10.80     $ 10.50     $ 9.29     $ 8.90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment loss

     (0.03     (0.07     (0.07     (0.05     (0.08

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.10       0.59       0.37       1.26       0.47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.07       0.52       0.30       1.21       0.39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 11.39     $ 11.32     $ 10.80     $ 10.50     $ 9.29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return3

     0.62     4.81 %2      2.86 %2      13.02     4.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 239,413     $ 193,480     $ 109,965     $ 29,108     $ 13,752  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     2.73     2.64     2.48     2.62     3.20

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     2.38     2.29     2.13     2.27     2.80

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement excluding dividends on securities sold short

     1.17     1.16     1.22     1.25     1.25

Ratio of net expenses in excess of income to average net assets

     (0.41 )%      (0.67 )%      (0.63 )%      (0.53 )%      (0.83 )% 

Portfolio turnover rate4

     98     119     150     154     128

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value for financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the asset value and returns for shareholder transactions as shown in the management discussion and analysis and as otherwise reported to shareholders.

3 

The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence.

4 

The calculation of the portfolio turnover rate reflects the absolute value of the long and short positions.

 

68


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio Advisor Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     For the
Year Ended
October 31,
    For the Period
September 30, 20141
through
October 31, 20142
 
     2016     20152    

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 10.57     $ 10.23     $ 10.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

      

Net investment income (loss)

     0.08       0.05       (0.01

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.60     0.32 3      0.24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     (0.52     0.37       0.23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

      

Net investment income

     (0.07     (0.03      

Net realized capital gains

     (0.08            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.15     (0.03      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 9.90     $ 10.57     $ 10.23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return5

     (4.94 )%      3.62     2.30 %4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

      

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 18,049     $ 29,980     $ 9,262  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver to net assets

     1.15     1.44     1.58 %6 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     1.00     1.00     1.00 %6 

Ratio of net investment income (loss)(expenses in excess of income) to average net assets

     0.66     0.43     (0.30 )%6 

Portfolio turnover rate

     84     54     3 %7 

 

1 

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

The amount shown for a share outstanding does not correspond with the aggregate net realized and unrealized loss for the period due to the timing of purchases and redemption of Portfolio shares in relation to the fluctuating net asset value per share of the Portfolio.

4 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

5 

The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence.

6 

Annualized.

7 

Calculation represents portfolio turnover for the Portfolio for the period of September 30, 2014 through October 31, 2014.

 

69


Table of Contents

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

     For the Period
December 22, 20151
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment income

     0.07  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.82  
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.89  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net investment income

     (0.05
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.05
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 10.84  
  

 

 

 

Total return

     8.87 %3 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 6,561  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver to net assets

     2.21 %4 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     1.00 %4 

Ratio of net expenses in excess of income to average net assets

     0.76 %4 

Portfolio turnover rate

     65

 

1

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

4 

Annualized.

 

70


Table of Contents

Secured Options Portfolio Advisor Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     20161     20151     20141     20131     20121  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 12.57     $ 12.47     $ 13.24     $ 13.28     $ 12.03  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment loss

     (0.09     (0.09     (0.11     (0.11     (0.10

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.68       0.84       0.85       1.51       1.78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.59       0.75       0.74       1.40       1.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net realized capital gains

     (0.71     (0.65     (1.51     (1.44     (0.43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.71     (0.65     (1.51     (1.44     (0.43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 12.45     $ 12.57     $ 12.47     $ 13.24     $ 13.28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     5.08     6.37     6.22     11.90     14.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 574,200     $ 395,163     $ 365,675     $ 381,546     $ 375,175  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets2

     0.85     0.84     0.87     0.86     0.88

Ratio of net expenses in excess of income to average net assets2

     (0.76 )%      (0.77 )%      (0.81 )%      (0.81 )%      (0.85 )% 

Portfolio turnover rate

     %3      %3      1,108     1,120     1,130

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

This ratio does not include the expense of the Exchange-Traded Fund held in the Portfolio.

3 

All trading activity in the Portfolio during the year was short term and is excluded for portfolio turnover calculations resulting in zero portfolio turnover percentage.

 

71


Table of Contents

Small Cap Equity Portfolio Advisor Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     2015     20141     20131     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 26.02     $ 26.30     $ 26.12     $ 18.24     $ 16.64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income (loss)

     0.03       0.02       (0.02     0.14       0.08  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.15     0.74       1.49       8.05       1.60  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     (0.12     0.76       1.47       8.19       1.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.05     (0.02     (0.10     (0.12     (0.08

Net realized capital gains

     (0.24     (1.02     (1.19     (0.19      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.29     (1.04     (1.29     (0.31     (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 25.61     $ 26.02     $ 26.30     $ 26.12     $ 18.24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     (0.43 )%      3.03     5.86     45.63     10.10 %2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 1,367,160     $ 1,399,042     $ 1,139,273     $ 639,021     $ 363,561  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.91     0.91     0.94     0.91     0.93

Ratio of net investment income (loss)(expenses in excess of income) to average net assets

     0.12     0.07     (0.07 )%      0.63     0.47

Portfolio turnover rate3

     58     53     45     55     49

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

Includes adjustments in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and as such, the net asset value of financial reporting purposes and the returns based upon those net asset values may differ from the net asset value and returns for shareholder transactions as shown in the management discussion and analysis and as otherwise reported to shareholders.

3 

Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level.

 

72


Table of Contents

Strategic Equity Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 21.80     $ 23.89     $ 23.14     $ 19.20     $ 17.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.21       0.23       0.23       0.25       0.18  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.81       0.76       3.20       4.10       2.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     1.02       0.99       3.43       4.35       2.18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.20     (0.24     (0.24     (0.23     (0.17

Net realized capital gains

     (1.68     (2.84     (2.44     (0.18      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (1.88     (3.08     (2.68     (0.41     (0.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 20.94     $ 21.80     $ 23.89     $ 23.14     $ 19.20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     5.22     4.49     16.48     23.08     12.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 176,864     $ 174,409     $ 184,368     $ 179,684     $ 170,580  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.84     0.84     0.86     0.86     0.87

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.00     1.03     1.04     1.21     0.99

Portfolio turnover rate

     22     23     22     46     37

 

73


Table of Contents

Total Market Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 14.68     $ 15.07     $ 12.78     $ 9.68     $ 9.01  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.09       0.08       0.06       0.09       0.03  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.04     0.49       2.29       3.09       0.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.05       0.57       2.35       3.18       0.71  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.08     (0.08     (0.06     (0.08     (0.04

Net realized capital gains

           (0.88     (0.00 )1             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.08     (0.96     (0.06     (0.08     (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 14.65     $ 14.68     $ 15.07     $ 12.78     $ 9.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return2

     0.37     3.94     18.43     33.01     7.93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 61,083     $ 88,734     $ 61,467     $ 38,426     $ 44,619  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     2.59     2.29     2.23     2.29     2.48

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     2.16     1.93     1.85     1.94     2.09

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement excluding dividends and interest on securities sold short and flex fees

     1.25     1.25     1.25     1.20     1.25

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     0.56     0.55     0.41     0.83     0.29

Portfolio turnover rate3

     88     129     117     138     135

 

1 

Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share.

2 

The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence.

3 

The calculation of the portfolio turnover rate reflects the absolute value of the long and short positions.

 

74


Table of Contents

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     20151     2014     2013     20121  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 9.55     $ 10.33     $ 9.77     $ 7.36     $ 6.78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.04       0.03       0.00 2      0.07       0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.03       0.21       0.65       2.41       0.58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.07       0.24       0.65       2.48       0.59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.03     (0.02     (0.01     (0.07     (0.01

Net realized capital gains

     (0.07     (1.00     (0.08            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.10     (1.02     (0.09     (0.07     (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 9.52     $ 9.55     $ 10.33     $ 9.77     $ 7.36  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     0.72     2.58     6.69     33.94     8.77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 53,495     $ 45,267     $ 38,485     $ 37,481     $ 27,385  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.94     0.94     0.96     0.96     1.00

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     0.31     0.30     0.01     0.84     0.17

Portfolio turnover rate

     100     135     127     134     120

 

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share.

 

75


Table of Contents

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      For the Period
December 22, 20151
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment income

     0.14  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.63  
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.77  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net investment income

     (0.12
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.12
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 10.65  
  

 

 

 

Total return

     7.73 %3 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 6,517  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to net assets

     2.22 %4 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     1.00 %4 

Ratio of net expenses in excess of income to average net assets

     1.31 %4 

Portfolio turnover rate

     81

 

1 

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

4 

Annualized.

 

76


Table of Contents

Where to find more information

More Portfolio information is available to you upon request and without charge:

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports provide additional information about the Portfolios’ investments. The Annual Report also contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios’ performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The SAI includes additional information about the Portfolios’ investment policies, organization and management. It is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference).

You can get free copies of the Portfolios’ Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report or SAI by calling or writing to the address shown below. These documents are also available on Glenmede Investment Management’s website at www.glenmedeim.com. You may also request other information about the Portfolios, and make inquiries as follows:

Write to:

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.

100 Summer Street, Floor 7

SUM0703

Boston, MA 02111

By phone:

1-800-442-8299

Information about the Portfolios (including the Portfolios’ SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Portfolios are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-1520.

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05577

The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

THE GLENMEDE PORTFOLIOS

Prospectus

February 28, 2017

Bond Portfolios

Core Fixed Income Portfolio (GTCGX)

High Yield Municipal Portfolio (GHYMX)

Muni Intermediate Portfolio (GTCMX)

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio (GTAWX)

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP

Sub-Investment Advisor

to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio

Capital Guardian Trust Company

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Portfolios’ securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

     3  

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

     3  

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

     6  

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

     10  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

     13  

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     16  

Financial Intermediary Compensation

     16  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

     17  

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

     23  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     24  

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     26  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

     26  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

     28  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     29  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     30  


Table of Contents

SUMMARY SECTION

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.35

Other Expenses
(includes 0.10% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.19
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.54
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 55      $ 173      $ 302      $ 677  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 24% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in fixed income securities.

The Portfolio invests primarily in mortgage-backed securities and fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government agencies or other agencies or instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. Government (collectively, “U.S. Government Securities”) and in debt obligations of domestic and foreign companies. Debt obligations of companies or other entities guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities are considered by the Portfolio to be obligations of the guarantor. The Portfolio may also invest in privately issued mortgage-backed securities and enter into repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities and reverse repurchase agreements. Under normal circumstances, at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in U.S. Government Securities and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government Securities. The Portfolio expects to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of 3 to 10 years. Such securities will be rated at least A-3 by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or A-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, Glenmede Investment Management LP (the “Advisor”) will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable.

The Advisor purchases securities that it believes have potential for higher returns than other securities with similar characteristics and risk, considering factors such as maturity, coupon, credit and any prepayment options. The Advisor will generally sell a security for a number of reasons, including when the expected performance has been realized or to purchase another security with similar characteristics and risk but that the Advisor believes has a higher expected return.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The net asset value (“NAV”) of the Portfolio will fluctuate. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you seek a regular stream of income with higher potential returns than money market funds and if you are also willing to accept more risk.

Interest Rate Risk: The value of fixed income securities tends to fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Generally, their value will decrease when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. Fixed income securities with longer maturities are more susceptible to interest rate fluctuations than those with shorter maturities. Therefore, the risk of interest rate fluctuation is greater to the extent that the Portfolio invests in long-term securities. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance and disrupting portfolio management by increased shareholder redemptions.

Credit Risk: Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. The Portfolio may invest in shares of registered investment companies rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. Securities rated BBB- or Baa3 are considered medium-grade obligations with speculative characteristics and are more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than higher rated securities.

Government Agency Risk: Direct obligations of the U.S. Government such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds are supported by its full faith and credit. Indirect obligations issued by Federal agencies and government-sponsored entities generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Accordingly, while U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Some of these indirect obligations may be supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

Prepayment Risk: The Portfolio is subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that a debt security may be paid off and the proceeds returned to the Portfolio earlier than anticipated. Depending on market conditions, proceeds may be reinvested at lower interest rates.

Default Risk: The Portfolio may make loans through collateralized repurchase agreements. It may also borrow money through reverse repurchase agreements. Although loans made by the Portfolio are collateralized with the borrower’s securities, the Portfolio could suffer a loss if the borrower defaults on its obligation to buy the securities back under the terms of the repurchase agreement.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 5.92% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008) and the lowest quarterly return was -2.73% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2016).

 

4


Table of Contents

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   1.41%   1.70%   3.99%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   0.38%   0.62%   2.69%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   0.94%   0.87%   2.64%
Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   2.65%   2.23%   4.34%
Morningstar Intermediate-Term Bond Average1   3.23%   2.67%   3.89%

 

1 

The Morningstar Intermediate-Term Bond Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Stephen J. Mahoney, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since January 1999.

Tax Information: The Portfolio’s distributions are taxable and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are purchasing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

For important information about purchase and sale of the Portfolio’s shares and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 16 of this Prospectus.

 

5


Table of Contents

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

Investment Objective: A high level of current income exempt from regular Federal income tax.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.65

Other Expenses
(includes 0.25% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.44
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     1.09

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements1

     0.09
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     1.00
  

 

 

 

 

 

1 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 102      $ 338      $ 592      $ 1,321  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 73% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in, or derive at least 80% of its income from, municipal securities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may, in certain instances, subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. Municipal securities are debt obligations generally issued by a state, territory or possession of the United States (including the District of Columbia) or a political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of public facilities. The Portfolio may invest, without limitation, in municipal securities that pay interest that may subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Federal alternative minimum tax is a Federal income tax calculated separately from the regular Federal income tax. It is designed to prevent taxpayers from using certain deductions and credits (called tax-preference items) to pay little or no taxes. Certain private activity bonds pay interest that may be treated as a tax-preference item under the Federal alternative minimum tax. To the extent that the Portfolio invests in private activity bonds, a portion of the Portfolio’s dividends may be subject to Federal income tax for shareholders subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio will generally invest in municipal securities rated BB or below or Ba or below (commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”) by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) designated by Capital Guardian Trust Company (the “Sub-Advisor”), medium quality securities rated BBB or Baa by a NRSRO, or upper medium quality securities rated A by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. There is no minimum rating for a municipal security held by the Portfolio, and the Portfolio may purchase securities that are in default. Some of the securities in which the Portfolio will invest may have credit and liquidity support features,

 

6


Table of Contents

including guarantees and letters of credit. In seeking to achieve its objective, the Portfolio may forego opportunities that would result in capital gains and may accept prudent risks to capital value, in each case to take advantage of opportunities for higher current income. The Portfolio does not have any portfolio maturity limitations and may invest its assets in instruments with short, medium and long maturities.

The Sub-Advisor seeks to purchase attractively priced securities that it considers to represent good, long-term investment opportunities. The Sub-Advisor analyzes various factors to help identify securities, which may include the credit strength of the issuer, prices of similar securities issued by comparable issuers, anticipated changes in interest rates, general market conditions and other factors pertinent to the particular security being evaluated. A security may be sold when the Sub-Advisor believes that it no longer represents a relatively attractive investment opportunity.

The Sub-Advisor uses a system of multiple portfolio managers in managing the Portfolio’s assets. Under this approach, the Portfolio is divided into segments managed by individual managers who decide how their respective segments will be invested.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. The strategy that the Sub-Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The NAV of the Portfolio will fluctuate. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you seek a regular stream of income with higher potential returns than money market funds and if you are also willing to accept more risk. The investments held by the Portfolio are considered speculative and an investment in the Portfolio presents substantial risks in relation to a fund that invests primarily in investment grade securities.

High Yield Securities Risk: High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Portfolio. High yield securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards and their market value is more sensitive to corporate developments, changes in interest rates and economic conditions than higher rated securities. High yield securities generally have greater credit risk, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment grade securities.

Alternative Minimum Tax Risk: The Portfolio has no limit as to the amount that can be invested in municipal securities that pay interest that may subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. Therefore, all or a portion of the Portfolio’s otherwise exempt-interest dividends may be taxable to those shareholders subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

Interest Rate Risk: The value of fixed income securities tends to fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Generally, their value will decrease when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. Fixed income securities with longer maturities are more susceptible to interest rate fluctuations than those with shorter maturities. Therefore, the risk of interest rate fluctuation is greater to the extent that the Portfolio invests in long-term securities. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance and disrupting portfolio management by increased shareholder redemptions.

Credit Risk: Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due which could adversely impact the Portfolio’s return and NAV. Changes in the credit rating of a debt security held by the Portfolio could have a similar effect.

Municipal Obligation Risk: Municipal security prices, payment of interest on, repayment of principal for, and the market for municipal securities can be significantly affected by economic and political changes as well as uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes or the rights of municipal security holders. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, healthcare, transportation and utilities, conditions in those market sectors can affect municipal bond prices. In addition, a portion or

 

7


Table of Contents

all of the interest received from certain tax-exempt municipal securities could become taxable as a result of political and legislative changes, noncompliant conduct of a municipal issuer or determinations by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). A credit rating downgrade, bond default, or bankruptcy involving an issuer within a particular state or territory could affect the market values and marketability of some or all of the municipal obligations of that state or territory.

Call Risk: The Portfolio is subject to call risk. Call risk is the risk that changes in interest rates may cause certain municipal securities to be paid off much sooner or later than expected, which could adversely affect the Portfolio’s value.

Liquidity Risk: Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Portfolio would like, adversely affecting the value of the Portfolio’s investments and its returns.

Market Risk: The market values of fixed income securities owned by the Portfolio may decline, at times sharply and unpredictably.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart will show how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers in effect. If such expense reimbursements or fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced.

The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 4.45% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was -5.50% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2016).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

8


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Since
Inception
(December  22, 2015)
Return Before Taxes   0.97%   1.14%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   0.76%   0.94%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   1.54%   1.32%
Bloomberg Barclays Municipal High Yield 5% Tobacco 2% Issuer Cap Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   2.21%   2.43%
Bloomberg Barclays Municipal BBB Index1   0.35%   0.48%
Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond Index2   0.25%   0.34%
Morningstar High Yield Muni Average3   0.90%   0.91%

 

1 

The Bloomberg Barclays Municipal BBB Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of municipal bonds.

2 

The Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of municipal bonds.

3 

The Morningstar High Yield Muni Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Advisers: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio and Capital Guardian Trust Company serves as sub-advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Neil L. Langberg, Partner – Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor, Karl J. Zeile, Partner — Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor, and Chad M. Rach, Partner — Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor, have managed the Portfolio since its inception on December 22, 2015.

Tax Information: The Portfolio anticipates that substantially all of its income distributions will be “exempt-interest dividends,” which are exempt from Federal income taxes. However, some distributions may be taxable, such as distributions that are derived from occasional taxable investments and distributions of short and long-term capital gains, or may be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

For important information about purchase and sale of the Portfolio’s shares and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 16 of this Prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

Investment Objective: As high a level of current income exempt from Federal income tax as is consistent with preservation of capital.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

  

Maximum Account Fee
(annual percentage of assets under management)
1

     1.25

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.00

Other Expenses
(includes 0.15% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.25
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.25
  

 

 

 

 

1 

Investors in the Portfolio must be clients of The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. (“Glenmede Trust”) or its affiliated companies (“Affiliates”). The “Maximum Account Fee” in the above table is the current maximum annual fee that Glenmede Trust or its Affiliates would charge its clients directly for fiduciary, trust and/or advisory services (e.g., personal trust, estate, advisory, tax and custodian services).

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 26      $ 80      $ 141      $ 318  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 34% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in intermediate and long-term obligations of the states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities and authorities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Federal alternative minimum tax is a Federal income tax calculated separately from the regular Federal income tax. It is designed to prevent taxpayers from using certain deductions and credits (called tax-preference items) to pay little or no taxes. Certain private activity bonds pay interest that may be treated as a tax-preference item under the Federal alternative minimum tax. To the extent that the Portfolio invests in private activity bonds, a portion of the Portfolio’s dividends may be subject to Federal income tax for shareholders subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio may also invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Portfolio expects to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of 3 to 10 years. The Portfolio purchases municipal obligations that the Advisor believes have the best value compared to securities of similar credit quality and maturity range. The Portfolio generally sells municipal obligations for a number of reasons, including a change in credit quality, to extend maturity, to increase yield or to raise funds to cover redemptions.

The Portfolio will invest in securities that are rated at the time of purchase within the three highest ratings assigned by Moody’s (i.e., Aaa, Aa, A) or S&P (AAA, AA, A) in the case of bonds, or rated SP-1 or higher by S&P or MIG-2 or

 

10


Table of Contents

higher by Moody’s in the case of notes. The Portfolio may invest in unrated securities if they are determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. The strategy that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in a Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The NAV of the Portfolio will fluctuate. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you seek a regular stream of income with higher potential returns than money market funds and if you are also willing to accept more risk.

Interest Rate Risk: The value of fixed income securities tends to fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Generally, their value will decrease when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. Fixed income securities with longer maturities are more susceptible to interest rate fluctuations than those with shorter maturities. Therefore, the risk of interest rate fluctuation is greater to the extent that the Portfolio invests in long-term securities. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance and disrupting portfolio management by increased shareholder redemptions.

Credit Risk: Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due.

Municipal Obligation Risk: Municipal security prices, payment of interest on, repayment of principal for, and the market for municipal securities can be significantly affected by economic and political changes as well as uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes or the rights of municipal security holders. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, healthcare, transportation and utilities, conditions in those market sectors can affect municipal bond prices. In addition, a portion or all of the interest received from certain tax-exempt municipal securities could become taxable as a result of political and legislative changes, noncompliant conduct of a municipal issuer or determinations by the IRS. A credit rating downgrade, bond default, or bankruptcy involving an issuer within a particular state or territory could affect the market values and marketability of some or all of the municipal obligations of that state or territory.

Government Agency Risk: Direct obligations of the U.S. Government such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds are supported by its full faith and credit. Indirect obligations issued by Federal agencies and government-sponsored entities generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Accordingly, while U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Some of these indirect obligations may be supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

Call Risk: The Portfolio is subject to call risk. Call risk is the risk that changes in interest rates may cause certain municipal securities to be paid off much sooner or later than expected, which could adversely affect a Portfolio’s value.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s average annual total returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

11


Table of Contents

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 3.91% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008) and the lowest quarterly return was -2.47% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2016).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   (0.06)%   1.45%   2.88%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   (0.15)%   1.38%   2.84%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   0.70%   1.51%   2.76%
Bloomberg Barclays Municipal 1-10 Year Blend Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   (0.10)%   2.03%   3.69%
Morningstar Muni National Short Average1   (0.15)%   0.73%   1.79%

 

1 

The Morningstar Muni National Short Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Michael C. Crow, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since June 30, 2016.

Tax Information: The Portfolio anticipates that substantially all of its income distributions will be “exempt-interest dividends,” which are exempt from Federal income taxes. However, some distributions may be taxable, such as distributions that are derived from occasional taxable investments and distributions of short and long-term capital gains, or may be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

For important information about purchase and sale of the Portfolio’s shares and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 16 of this Prospectus.

 

12


Table of Contents

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

Investment Objective: Maximum after-tax total return consistent with reasonable preservation of capital.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.35

Other Expenses
(includes 0.10% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)
1

     0.56
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.91

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements2

     0.36
  

 

 

 

Net Expenses

     0.55
  

 

 

 

 

1 

Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year of the Portfolio.

2 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.55% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years  
$ 56      $ 254  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 35% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed income securities. The Portfolio invests primarily in short-term municipal securities, corporate bonds, exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and closed-end funds that invest in fixed income securities and U.S. Government Securities. The Portfolio may also invest in preferred stocks. The Portfolio expects to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of 1 to 3 years.

Under normal circumstances, at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in investment grade municipal securities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may, in certain circumstance, subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. Municipal securities are debt obligations generally issued by a state, territory or possession of the United States (including the District of Columbia) or a political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of public facilities. A security is investment grade if it is rated within the top four rating categories by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality by the Advisor at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable.

The Portfolio may invest, without limitation, in municipal securities that pay interest that may subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Federal alternative minimum tax is a Federal income tax calculated separately from the regular Federal income tax. It is designed to prevent taxpayers from using certain deductions and credits (called

 

13


Table of Contents

tax-preference items) to pay little or no taxes. Certain private activity bonds pay interest that may be treated as a tax-preference item under the Federal alternative minimum tax. To the extent that the Portfolio invests in private activity bonds, a portion of the Portfolio’s dividends may be subject to Federal income tax for shareholders subject to Federal alternative minimum tax.

The Portfolio may invest in investment grade corporate bonds and preferred stock. Corporate bonds are debt obligations of domestic or foreign companies issued to raise money for capital expenditures, operations and acquisitions. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and the recovery of investment should the issuer be liquidated. Preferred stock is usually junior to the debt securities of the issuer and the payment of dividends is not guaranteed as with a bond.

The Portfolio may invest in common shares or preferred shares of closed-end funds that primarily invest in fixed income securities. The Portfolio may also invest in ETFs that primarily invest in fixed income securities. The Portfolio may invest in closed-end funds and ETFs that hold high yield fixed income securities which are rated below investment grade and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The ETFs in which the Portfolio may invest are registered investment companies that may seek to track the performance of a particular market index or security. These indices include not only broad-based market indices but more specific indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, markets, regions or industries.

The Portfolio may also invest in U.S. Government Securities which are fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government agencies or other agencies or instrumentalities sponsored by the U.S. Government. Debt obligations of companies or other entities guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities are considered by the Portfolio to be obligations of the guarantor. The Portfolio may also invest in investment grade privately issued mortgage-backed securities and enter into repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government Securities and reverse repurchase agreements.

The Portfolio seeks to balance investment considerations to achieve a best net after-tax total return for an investor in the maximum Federal income tax bracket. The tax aware strategies used by the Portfolio include maintaining diversification across different securities in the fixed income market and seeking best net after-tax yield and total return opportunities in both taxable and tax-exempt securities. For example, during certain market cycles, a two-year corporate bond may offer a significantly higher yield to maturity both gross of taxes and net of the highest Federal tax rate versus a two-year tax-exempt municipal security. In such a scenario, the Portfolio may purchase the corporate bond if a clear net of tax yield advantage can be determined over tax-exempt municipal alternatives. The Advisor will seek to capture such net of tax yield advantages on an opportunistic basis within the Portfolio’s maturity limitations.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which conducts an analysis of general economic and market conditions, compares expected returns and identifies a list of attractive securities having favorable net after-tax return profiles, then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. The strategy that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The NAV of the Portfolio will fluctuate. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you seek a regular stream of income with higher potential returns than money market funds and if you are also willing to accept more risk.

Interest Rate Risk: The value of fixed income securities tends to fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Generally, their value will decrease when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. Fixed income securities with longer maturities are more susceptible to interest rate fluctuations than those with shorter maturities. Therefore, the risk of interest rate fluctuation is greater to the extent that the Portfolio invests in long-term securities. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on

 

14


Table of Contents

investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance and disrupting portfolio management by increased shareholder redemptions.

Prepayment and Call Risks: The Portfolio is subject to prepayment risk and call risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that a debt security may be paid off and the proceeds returned to the Portfolio earlier than anticipated. Depending on market conditions, proceeds may be reinvested at lower interest rates. Call risk is the risk that changes in interest rates may cause certain debt securities to be paid off much sooner or later than expected, which could adversely affect the Portfolio’s value.

Credit Risk: Fixed income securities are also subject to the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due which could adversely impact the Portfolio’s return and NAV. Changes in the credit rating of a debt security held by the Portfolio could have a similar effect.

Government Agency Risk: Direct obligations of the U.S. Government such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds are supported by its full faith and credit. Indirect obligations issued by Federal agencies and government-sponsored entities generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Accordingly, while U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Some of these indirect obligations may be supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

Alternative Minimum Tax Risk: The Portfolio has no limit as to the amount that can be invested in municipal securities that pay interest that may subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. Therefore, all or a portion of the Portfolio’s otherwise exempt-interest dividends may be taxable to those shareholders subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

Municipal Obligation Risk: Municipal security prices, payment of interest on, repayment of principal for, and the market for municipal securities can be significantly affected by economic and political changes as well as uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes or the rights of municipal security holders. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, healthcare, transportation and utilities, conditions in those market sectors can affect municipal bond prices. In addition, a portion or all of the interest received from certain tax-exempt municipal securities could become taxable as a result of political and legislative changes, noncompliant conduct of a municipal issuer or determinations by the IRS. A credit rating downgrade, bond default, or bankruptcy involving an issuer within a particular state or territory could affect the market values and marketability of some or all of the municipal obligations of that state or territory.

Liquidity Risk: Certain portfolio securities may be less liquid than others, which may make them difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the Portfolio would like, adversely affecting the value of the Portfolio’s investments and its returns.

Market Risk: The market values of securities owned by the Portfolio may decline, at times sharply and unpredictably.

ETF and Investment Company Risk: Shares of closed-end funds and ETFs have many of the same risks as direct investments in the underlying fixed income securities they invest in, although the lack of liquidity may make ETFs more volatile. ETFs and closed-end funds have investment management fees and other expenses which will be indirectly paid by the Portfolio. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the NAV of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss and are subject to trading and commission costs.

Preferred Stock Risk: Preferred stock generally does not exhibit as great a potential for appreciation as common stock, although it ranks above common stock in its claim on income for dividend payments. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Preferred stock may also be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Default Risk: The Portfolio may make loans through collateralized repurchase agreements. It may also borrow money through reverse repurchase agreements. Although loans made by the Portfolio are collateralized with the borrower’s securities, the Portfolio could suffer a loss if the borrower defaults on its obligation to buy the securities back under the terms of the repurchase agreement.

 

15


Table of Contents

High Yield Securities Risk: High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for the Portfolio through its investment in closed-end funds or ETFs that invest in such securities. High yield securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards and their market value is more sensitive to corporate developments, changes in interest rates and economic conditions than higher rated securities. High yield securities generally have greater credit risk, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment grade securities.

Performance Information: The Portfolio commenced operations on June 29, 2016. Performance history and average total returns will be provided after the Portfolio has been in operation for one calendar year and will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by comparing the Portfolio’s performance to a broad measure of market performance.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Michael C. Crow, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor has managed the Portfolio since its inception on June 29, 2016.

Tax Information: The Portfolio’s distributions may be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are purchasing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements. However, the Portfolio anticipates that a portion of its income distributions will be “exempt-interest dividends,” which are exempt from Federal income taxes. In certain instances, such dividends paid by the Portfolio, while exempt from regular Federal income taxes, may be subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax.

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares: There are no minimum initial or subsequent investment requirements for the Portfolios. Glenmede Trust has informed The Glenmede Fund, Inc. (the “Glenmede Fund”) and The Glenmede Portfolios (the “Glenmede Portfolios” and collectively with the Glenmede Fund, the “Funds”) that it and its Affiliates’ minimum initial investment requirements for their clients’ investments in the Portfolios is $1,000, which may be reduced or waived from time to time. Approved brokers and other institutions that purchase shares on behalf of their clients may have their own minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements. You may redeem shares at any time by contacting Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contacting the institution through which you purchased your shares.

Financial Intermediary Compensation: If you purchase shares of a Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

16


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks

To help you decide which Portfolio is appropriate for you, this section looks more closely at the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and risks. You should carefully consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in a Portfolio.

The investment objectives of the Core Fixed Income, High Yield Municipal and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios may be changed by the Board of Directors of the Glenmede Fund without shareholder approval. The investment objective of the Muni Intermediate Portfolio may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Glenmede Portfolios without shareholder approval. Unless indicated otherwise, the investment strategies of each Portfolio may be changed by the particular Board without shareholder approval.

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio attempts to achieve its objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal, by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed income securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash and short-term debt instruments which meet the Portfolio’s quality criteria. To the extent the Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio attempts to achieve its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in, or deriving at least 80% of its income from, investments that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. This is a fundamental investment policy and cannot be changed without the approval of the Portfolio’s shareholders.

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in, or derive at least 80% of its income from, municipal securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, tax exempt money market funds and short-term instruments which meet the Portfolio’s credit criteria and higher quality fixed income securities. To the extent the Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position taken at the wrong time would have an adverse impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

As further described in this Prospectus under the heading “Management of the Portfolio,” the Advisor has selected the Sub-Advisor to manage the Portfolio’s assets, as approved by the Glenmede Fund Board. The Advisor monitors the performance of the Sub-Advisor.

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

The Muni Intermediate Portfolio attempts to achieve its objective by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in intermediate and long-term municipal obligations that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. This is a fundamental investment policy and cannot be changed without the approval of the Portfolio’s shareholders.

 

17


Table of Contents

Under normal market circumstances, the Muni Intermediate Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in intermediate and long-term obligations of the states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities and authorities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The Muni Intermediate Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, tax exempt money market funds and short-term instruments which meet the Portfolio’s credit criteria. To the extent the Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio attempts to achieve its objective by investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in fixed income securities which are primarily comprised of short-term municipal securities, corporate bonds, ETFs and closed-end funds that invest in fixed income securities and U.S. Government Securities. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Under normal circumstances, at least 50% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets will be invested in investment grade municipal securities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax.

The Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash and short-term instruments which meet the Portfolio’s credit criteria. To the extent the Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position taken at the wrong time would have an adverse impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

Investment Duration and Quality

The Core Fixed Income and Muni Intermediate Portfolios expect to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of 3 to 10 years. The High Yield Municipal Portfolio does not have any portfolio maturity limitations and may invest its assets in instruments with short, medium and long maturities. The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio does not have a stated maturity but it expects to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of 1 to 3 years.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio’s investments in privately issued mortgage-backed obligations, debt obligations of domestic and foreign companies, and any other publicly or privately placed U.S. Government Securities will be rated at the time of purchase at least A-3 by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s. The Portfolio’s investments in registered investment companies, including ETFs, can be rated investment grade (BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s). The Portfolio may invest in unrated securities if they are determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable.

The Muni Intermediate Portfolio will invest in securities that are rated at the time of purchase within the three highest ratings assigned by Moody’s (i.e., Aaa, Aa, A) or S&P (AAA, AA, A) in the case of bonds, or rated SP-1 or higher by S&P or MIG-2 or higher by Moody’s in the case of notes. The Muni Intermediate Portfolio may invest in unrated securities if they are determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable.

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio will generally invest in municipal securities rated BB or below or Ba or below (commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”) by NRSROs designated by the Sub-Advisor, medium quality securities rated BBB or Baa by a NRSRO, or upper medium quality securities rated A by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. There is no minimum rating for a municipal security held by the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, and the High Yield Municipal Portfolio may purchase securities that are in default.

Under normal circumstances, the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio will invest at least 50% of the value of its total assets in investment grade municipal securities. A security is investment grade if it is rated within the

 

18


Table of Contents

top four rating categories by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality by the Advisor at the time of purchase. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable. The Portfolio may also invest in investment grade corporate bonds and preferred stock and investment grade privately issued mortgage-backed securities. The Portfolio may invest in closed-end funds or ETFs that invest in high yield or non-investment grade fixed income securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”) which generally are rated BB or below by S&P or Fitch, or Ba or below by Moody’s (or have received a comparable rating from another NRSRO), or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality.

Interest Rate Risks

Generally, a fixed income security will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Longer-term securities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter-term securities, but they usually offer higher yields to compensate investors for the greater risks. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets, and any negative impact on fixed income securities could be swift and significant, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance and disrupting portfolio management by increased shareholder redemptions. Substantial redemptions from bond and other income funds may worsen that impact. Dividend paying and other types of equity securities also may be adversely affected from an increase in interest rates.

The Core Fixed Income, Muni Intermediate and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios’ dollar-weighted average maturity is a measure of how each Portfolio will react to interest rate changes. The stated maturity of a bond is the date the issuer must repay the bond’s entire principal value to an investor. A bond’s term to maturity is the number of years remaining to maturity. The Portfolios do not have a stated maturity, but each does have a dollar-weighted average maturity. This is calculated by averaging the terms to maturity of bonds held by a Portfolio, with each maturity “weighted” according to the percentage of net assets it represents.

High Yield Securities

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio will generally invest in high yield or non-investment grade fixed income and convertible securities, and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in closed-end funds or ETFs that invest in high yield or non-investment grade fixed income securities. High yield or non-investment grade fixed income and convertible securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”) generally are rated BB or below by S&P, or Fitch, or Ba or below by Moody’s (or have received a comparable rating from another NRSRO), or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, as applicable.

Non-investment grade fixed income and convertible securities are considered predominantly speculative by traditional investment standards. The market value of these low-rated securities tends to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments, such as corporate reorganizations, restructurings, mergers, acquisitions or similar events, and changes in interest rates and economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, they generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of low-rated securities are often highly leveraged, so their ability to repay their debt during an economic downturn or periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers also is greater because low-rated securities generally are unsecured and often are subordinated to the rights of other creditors of the issuers of such securities. Investment in such defaulted securities poses additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery by the purchaser of its initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation will be uncertain. The purchaser also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery on defaulted securities.

The secondary market for lower quality securities is concentrated in relatively few market makers and is dominated by institutional investors. Accordingly, the secondary market for such securities is not as liquid as, and is more volatile than, the secondary market for higher quality securities. In addition, market trading volume for these securities generally is lower and the secondary market for such securities could contract under adverse market or economic conditions, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the market price and the purchaser’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments. A less developed

 

19


Table of Contents

secondary market also may make it more difficult for the purchaser to obtain precise valuations of such securities in its portfolio.

Investments in lower quality securities, whether rated or unrated, will be more dependent on the evaluation of the credit by the Sub-Advisor solely with respect to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, or the closed-end fund or ETF solely with respect to the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, than would be the case with investments in higher quality securities.

Credit Risks

The risk that the credit strength of an issuer will weaken and/or an issuer of a debt security will fail to make timely payments of principal or interest and the security will default is known as “credit risk.” Although U.S. Government Securities are generally considered to be among the safest type of investment in terms of credit risk, they are not guaranteed against price movements due to changing interest rates. Obligations issued by some U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, while obligations by others, such as Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), are backed solely by the ability of the entity to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or by the entity’s own resources. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to U.S. Government agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if it is not obliged to do so by law.

On September 7, 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively the “GSEs”) were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency to provide stability in the financial markets, mortgage availability and taxpayer protection by preserving the GSEs’ assets and property and putting them in a sound and solvent condition. Under the conservatorship, the management of the GSEs was replaced. The long-term effect that this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by the GSEs is unclear. More information about the conservatorship is in Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Municipal obligations generally rank between U.S. Government Securities and corporate debt securities in terms of credit safety. Corporate debt securities, particularly those rated below investment grade, may present the highest credit risk.

Lower quality debt securities generally have higher rates of interest to compensate investors for the greater risk and may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality debt securities. Credit risk is gauged in part, by the credit ratings of the debt securities in which the Portfolio invests. Although ratings published by rating agencies are widely accepted measures of credit risk, credit ratings are only the opinions of the rating agencies issuing the and are not guarantees as to credit quality or an evaluation of market risk. The Portfolio’s Advisor or Sub-Advisor, as applicable, relies on its own credit analysts to research issuers and issues in seeking to mitigate various credit and default risks.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities are debt obligations generally issued by a state, territory or possession of the United States (including the District of Columbia) or a political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of public facilities. Opinions relating to the validity of municipal bonds, exclusion of municipal bond interest from an investor’s gross income for Federal income tax purposes and, where applicable, state and local income tax, are rendered by bond counsel to the issuing authorities at the time of issuance.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities are general obligation bonds and limited obligation or revenue bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit including, if available, its taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns and various regional or special districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public facilities, such as the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and sewer systems and facilities for a variety of other public purposes. Lease revenue bonds or certificates of participation in leases are payable from annual lease rental payments from a state or locality. Annual rental payments are payable to the extent such rental payments are appropriated annually.

The value of, payment of interest on, repayment of principal for, and the ability to sell a municipal security may be affected by constitutional amendments, legislation, executive orders, administrative regulations, voter initiatives and the

 

20


Table of Contents

economics of the regions in which the issuers are located. A credit rating downgrade, bond default, or bankruptcy involving an issuer within a particular state or territory could affect the market values and marketability of some or all of the municipal obligations of that state or territory. For example, significant economic and financial difficulties in Puerto Rico has lead certain credit rating agencies to downgrade Puerto Rican general obligation debt and certain issuers below investment grade and to continue to have a negative outlook on certain Puerto Rican issuers. Such downgrades and continued financial difficulties could lead to lower prices and increased likelihood of restructurings or default of Puerto Rican bonds which could negatively impact the value of the High Yield Municipal Bond Portfolio’s investments in such obligations. In addition, since many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, conditions in those sectors can affect the overall municipal securities market and a Portfolio’s investments in municipal securities. There is some risk that a portion or all of the interest received from certain tax-free municipal securities could become taxable as a result of determinations by the IRS.

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio, the Muni Intermediate Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in private activity municipal bonds that may subject shareholders to Federal alternative minimum tax. Private activity bonds are a type of revenue bond that includes, for example, pollution control, health care and housing bonds, which, although nominally issued by municipal authorities, are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality but by the revenues of the authority derived from payments by the private entity which owns or operates the facility financed with the proceeds of the bonds. Obligations of housing finance authorities have a wide range of security features, including reserve funds and insured or subsidized mortgages, as well as the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Many of these bonds do not generally constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds. The credit quality of such revenue bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facility being financed or of an institution which provides a guarantee, letter of credit or other credit enhancement for the bond issue.

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.

Mortgage-Backed Obligations

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in investment grade mortgage-backed securities (each including collateralized mortgage obligations) that represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various government-related organizations. These organizations include the Government National Mortgage Association (whose obligations are guaranteed by the U.S. Government), and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (whose obligations are not guaranteed by the U.S. Government). Please refer to the discussion under “Credit Risks” above about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Mortgage-backed securities provide a monthly payment consisting of interest and principal payments. Additional payments may be made out of unscheduled repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure. When interest rates rise, the value of mortgage-backed securities may decline and prepayments may decrease. When interest rates are declining, prepayments of principal on mortgage-backed securities may tend to increase due to refinancing of mortgages. Any premium paid by a Portfolio on purchases of mortgage-backed securities may be lost if an underlying mortgage is prepaid. The yield of a Portfolio may be affected when it reinvests prepayments it receives.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may purchase mortgage-backed securities in a “to be announced” (“TBA”) transaction, which is a form of “when issued” or “delayed settlement” security. No payment or delivery is made by a Portfolio in a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” transaction until a Portfolio receives payment or delivery from the other party to the transaction. Although a Portfolio receives no income from the above-described securities prior to delivery, the market value of such securities is still subject to change. Consequently, the value of such securities may be less than their purchase price, presenting a possible loss of asset value. These transactions also involve the risk that the counterparty may fail to deliver the securities or cash on the settlement date. A Portfolio expects that the commitments to purchase “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” securities will not exceed 30% of the value of its total assets absent unusual market circumstances.

 

21


Table of Contents

A Portfolio does not intend to purchase securities on a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” basis for speculative purposes.

Debt Obligations

Debt obligations of domestic and foreign companies may include a broad range of fixed and variable rate bonds, debentures and notes. The Core Fixed Income and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios’ shares are subject to the risk of market value fluctuations. The market value of securities held by the Portfolios is expected to vary according to factors such as changes in interest rates and changes in the average weighted maturity of the Portfolios.

Municipal Revenue Obligations

The Muni Intermediate Portfolio may invest 25% or more of its net assets in municipal obligations, which pay interest and principal from revenues of similar projects. The Muni Intermediate Portfolio may also invest up to 20% of its total assets in taxable investments including private activity bonds. Such investments involve risks presented by the laws and economic conditions relating to such projects and bonds. These securities do not carry the general obligation of the issuer and are not backed by taxing power.

In many cases, the IRS has not ruled on whether the interest received on a municipal obligation is tax-exempt. The Portfolio and the Advisor rely on the opinion of bond counsel to the issuers at the time of issuance and will not review the bases for them.

Repurchase Agreements

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio may enter into collateralized repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day or for a fixed term. Under normal circumstances, the Muni Intermediate Portfolio, the High Yield Municipal Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may each subject no more than 20% of its total assets to repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Sub-Advisor or Advisor, as applicable.

In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by a Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio holding such obligation suffers a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) is less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.

Selection of Investments

The Advisor and Sub-Advisor, as applicable, evaluate the rewards and risks presented by all securities purchased by the Portfolios they manage and how they may advance the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is possible, however, that these evaluations will prove to be inaccurate.

Other Types of Investments

In addition to each Portfolio’s principal investment strategies, and the particular types of securities which each Portfolio may select for investment described above, each Portfolio may make other types of investments and pursue other investment strategies in support of its overall investment goal. Information about some of these investments and strategies is provided below. More information about these and other supplemental investment strategies and the risks involved are described in the SAI.

Investments in Other Investment Companies: To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), each Portfolio may invest in shares of other registered investment companies, including closed-end funds and ETFs. If a Portfolio invests in shares of another registered investment company, shareholders

 

22


Table of Contents

would bear not only their proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses, but also management fees and other expenses paid by the other fund. Any investment in a closed-end fund or an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. Additionally, the risks of owning a closed-end fund or an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that such fund invests in or is designed to track, although the lack of liquidity of an ETF could result in it being more volatile. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the NAV of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss. Finally, because ETFs and closed-end funds trade like stocks on exchanges, they are subject to trading and commission costs.

Securities Lending: In order to generate additional income, each Portfolio may lend its securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions. Such loans are required at all times to be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies or letters of credit equal to at least the market value of the loaned securities. The cash collateral received may be invested in short-term investments in accordance with terms approved by the Funds’ Boards. The value of the securities loaned may not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio (including the loan collateral). A Portfolio could experience a delay in recovering its securities or a possible loss of income or value if the borrower fails to return the securities when due.

Cyber Security Risk: The Portfolios and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolios or their advisers, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolios. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Portfolio’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuer of securities in which a Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value.

Portfolio Holdings

The Advisor may publicly disclose information concerning the securities held by a Portfolio in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor may post a Portfolio’s month-end, top-ten portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each month, and/or the complete quarter-end portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, on its website, www.glenmedeim.com. This information will generally remain available on the website at least until the Funds file with the SEC their annual/semi-annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holding report that includes such period. The Funds may terminate or modify this policy at any time without further notice to shareholders.

A further description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

The price of shares issued by each Portfolio is based on its NAV. The NAV per share of each Portfolio is determined as of the close of regular trading hours of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on each Business Day, currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). The time at which shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). In addition, the Boards have approved that the Portfolios may determine to price their shares on weekdays that the NYSE is temporarily closed due to emergency circumstances.

Marketable fixed income securities generally are priced at market value and debt securities with maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase generally are valued at “amortized cost” which approximates market value. When

 

23


Table of Contents

market quotations are not readily available or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, each Portfolio’s investments are valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees. The Advisor and State Street Bank & Trust Company, the Funds’ custodian, with input from the Sub-Advisor with respect only to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, as may be relevant, regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.

The following are examples of situations that may constitute significant events that could render a market quotation for a specific security “not readily available” and require fair valuation of such security: (i) the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; (ii) the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; (iii) the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; (iv) the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; (v) the security’s authorized pricing sources are not able or willing to provide a price; (vi) an independent price quote from two or more broker-dealers is not available; (vii) trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; (viii) foreign security has reached a pre-determined range of trading set by a foreign exchange (“limit up” or “limit down” price), and no trading has taken place at the limit up price or limit down price; (ix) natural disasters, armed conflicts, and significant government actions; (x) significant events that relate to a single issuer or to an entire market sector, such as significant fluctuations in domestic or foreign markets or between the current and previous days’ closing levels of one or more benchmark indices approved by the Board; (xi) the security’s sales have been infrequent or a “thin” market in the security exists; and/or (xii) with regard to over-the-counter securities, the validity of quotations from broker-dealers appears questionable or the number of quotations indicates that there is a “thin” market in the security.

The frequency with which a Portfolio’s investments are valued using fair value pricing is primarily a function of the types of securities and other assets in which the Portfolio invests pursuant to its investment objective, strategies and limitations. Investments in other registered mutual funds, if any, are valued based on the NAV of those mutual funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

Valuing a Portfolio’s investments using fair value pricing will result in using prices for those investments that may differ from current market prices. Accordingly, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate a Portfolio’s NAV and the prices used by other investment companies, investors and the Portfolio’s benchmark index to price the same investments.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The Portfolios may appoint one or more intermediaries as its agent to receive purchase and redemption orders of shares of the Portfolios and cause these orders to be transmitted, on an aggregated basis, to the Portfolios’ transfer agent. Orders placed through these intermediaries will be deemed to have been received and accepted by the Portfolios when the intermediary accepts the order. Therefore, the purchase or redemption order will reflect the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the order by the intermediary, if the intermediary successfully transmits the order to the Portfolios’ transfer agent by the next business morning.

Purchase of Shares

Shares of each Portfolio are sold without a sales commission on a continuous basis to Glenmede Trust acting on behalf of its clients or the clients of its Affiliates (“Clients”) and to certain approved employee benefit plans and institutions, including brokers acting on behalf of their clients (“Institutions”), at the NAV per share next determined after receipt, in proper order, of the purchase order by the Funds’ transfer agent. We consider orders to be in “proper order” when all required documents are properly completed, signed and received. Beneficial ownership of shares will be reflected on books maintained by Glenmede Trust or the Institutions. If you wish to purchase shares in the Portfolios, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

Each Portfolio reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any purchase order, when in the judgment of management, such rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders.

Your Institution may charge you for purchasing or selling shares of the Portfolios. There is no transaction charge for shares purchased directly from the Portfolios through Glenmede Trust.

 

24


Table of Contents

Purchases of a Portfolio’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued except upon your written request. Certificates for fractional shares, however, will not be issued.

The Funds reserve the right, in their sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of the Advisor, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of a Portfolio. Subject to the Boards’ discretion, the Advisor will monitor each Portfolio’s total assets and may decide to close any of the Portfolios at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of a Portfolio may adversely affect the implementation of the Portfolio’s investment strategy. Subject to the Boards’ discretion, once closed the Advisor may also choose to reopen a Portfolio to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close such Portfolio again should concerns regarding the Portfolio’s size recur. If a Portfolio closes to new investments, generally that Portfolio would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Portfolio and certain other persons, who may be generally subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts. The Fund, however, reserves the right to reopen a closed Portfolio to new investments from time to time at their discretion.

Redemption of Shares

You may redeem shares of each Portfolio at any time, without cost, at the NAV per share next determined after the transfer agent receives your redemption order. Generally, a properly signed written order is all that is required. If you wish to redeem your shares, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

You will ordinarily be paid your redemption proceeds within one business day, but normally in no more than seven days, after the Funds’ transfer agent receives your order in proper form. The Funds may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment under any emergency circumstances as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Redemption proceeds are normally paid in cash, although the Funds have the right to limit each shareholder to cash redemptions of $250,000 or 1% of such Portfolio’s NAV, whichever is less, within a 90-day period. Any additional redemption proceeds would be made in readily marketable securities. A shareholder will be exposed to market risk until the readily marketable securities are converted to cash and may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

Mutual fund market timing involves the frequent purchase and redemption of shares of mutual funds within short periods of time with the intention of capturing short-term profits resulting from market volatility. Market timing may disrupt portfolio management strategies; harm the performance of the Portfolio; dilute the value of Portfolio shares held by long-term shareholders; increase brokerage and administrative costs; and for a Portfolio that invests to a significant extent in foreign securities, foster time-zone arbitrage.

The Funds do not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares by shareholders. Pursuant to a policy adopted by each Board to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares, each Fund has established the following procedures designed to discourage market timing of the Portfolios. Each Fund will enforce its policies and procedures to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares equitably on all shareholders. There is no guarantee that the Funds will be able to identify individual shareholders who may be market timing the Portfolios or curtail their trading activity in every instance, particularly if they are investing through financial intermediaries.

Shares of the Portfolios may be sold through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus account information generally does not identify the underlying investors’ trading activity on an individual basis. In an effort to identify and deter market timing in omnibus accounts, Glenmede Trust and the Advisor periodically review trading activity at the omnibus level and will seek to obtain underlying account trading activity information from the financial intermediaries when, in their judgment, the trading activity suggests possible market timing. Requested information relating to trading activity will be reviewed to identify accounts that may be engaged in excessive trading based on criteria established by Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable. If this information shows that an investor’s trading activity suggests market timing, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will contact the financial intermediary and follow its procedures, including but not limited to, warnings, restricting the account from further trading and/or closing the account. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’

 

25


Table of Contents

trading activities in the Portfolios using criteria that may differ from the criteria established by Glenmede Trust and the Advisor and there is no assurance that the procedures used by the financial intermediaries will be able to curtail excessive trading. If a third-party financial intermediary does not provide underlying account trading activity information upon request, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will determine what action to take, including terminating the relationship with the financial intermediary.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Portfolios normally distribute substantially all of their net investment income to shareholders monthly.

The Portfolios normally distribute any realized net capital gains at least once a year.

Dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares at the option of the shareholder.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding Federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation. Additional information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

Distributions

Each Portfolio contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any. Except as discussed below, you will be subject to Federal income tax on Portfolio distributions regardless whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Portfolio distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Portfolio will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

Distributions from a Portfolio will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Portfolio in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

High Yield Municipal and Muni Intermediate Portfolios (“Tax-Exempt Portfolio(s)”). Each Tax-Exempt Portfolio anticipates that substantially all of its income distributions will be “exempt-interest dividends,” which are exempt from Federal income taxes. However, some distributions may be taxable, such as distributions that are derived from occasional taxable investments and distributions of short and long-term capital gains.

Interest on indebtedness you incur to purchase or carry shares of each Tax-Exempt Portfolio generally will not be deductible for Federal income tax purposes.

You should note that a portion of the exempt-interest dividends paid by the Tax-Exempt Portfolios may constitute a tax-preference item for purposes of determining Federal alternative minimum tax liability. Exempt-interest dividends will also be considered along with other adjusted gross income in determining whether any Social Security or railroad retirement payments received by you are subject to Federal income taxes.

The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio anticipates that a significant portion of its income distributions will be exempt-interest dividends. For the Portfolio to pay such exempt-interest dividends for any taxable year, however, at least 50% of the aggregate value of the Portfolio’s assets at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year must consist of exempt-interest obligations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Other Information. If you purchase shares of the Core Fixed Income Portfolio just before a distribution, or the Muni Intermediate Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio or Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio just before a distribution of long-term or short-term capital gain, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

Sales and Redemptions

You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares, based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Portfolio shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them.

Certain special tax rules may apply to losses realized in some cases. Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. If you receive an exempt-interest dividend with respect to any share of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Muni Intermediate Portfolio or Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio and the share is held by you for six months or less, any loss on the sale of the share will be disallowed to the extent of that dividend amount. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Portfolios (or relevant broker or financial advisor) are required to compute and report to the IRS and furnish to Portfolio shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Portfolios have elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Portfolios to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial advisor, they may select a different cost basis method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial advisor to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolios and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your Federal and state income tax returns. Portfolio shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares.

Backup Withholding

Each Portfolio may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Portfolios.

 

27


Table of Contents

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Portfolios, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Portfolios.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Portfolio is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Portfolio will generally be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Portfolios will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Portfolio.

State and Local Taxes

You may also be subject to state and local taxes on distributions, sales and redemptions. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Portfolio’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. Government securities or interest on securities of the particular state or localities within the state in which you live. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios. The Advisor, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of December 31, 2016, the Advisor had over $15 billion in assets under management.

Capital Guardian Trust Company, with principal offices at 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071, serves as sub-advisor to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio. The Sub-Advisor is a wholly owned subsidiary of Capital Group International, Inc., which is owned by Capital Research and Management Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. The Sub-Advisor was chartered in 1968 under California banking laws as a non-depository trust company, and is also registered as an investment advisor with the SEC. As of December 31, 2016, the Sub-Advisor had approximately $30.1 billion of assets under management.

Under its Investment Advisory Agreements with the Funds, the Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the particular Fund’s Board and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of each Portfolio, manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of each Portfolio. It is the responsibility of the Advisor to make investment decisions for the Portfolios and to place each Portfolio’s purchase and sale orders.

Under a Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with the Advisor and Fund, the Sub-Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the Advisor and the Board, and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, determines in its discretion the investment decisions for the High Yield Municipal Portfolio and the securities to be purchased or sold, and provides the Advisor and the Board with records and regular reports concerning the discharge of its responsibilities. The Advisor reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, and monitors the services performed by the Sub-Advisor. The Advisor pays the Sub-Advisor a fee for its sub-investment advisory services to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio.

The High Yield Municipal Portfolio pays a management fee to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.65% of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 1.00% of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.

 

28


Table of Contents

The Advisor does not receive any fees from the Muni Intermediate Portfolio for its investment advisory services. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016, the Core Fixed Income Portfolio paid a management fee to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and payable monthly at an annual rate of 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio pays a management fee to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.55% of the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.

Shareholders in the Portfolios who are clients of Glenmede Trust, or its Affiliates, pay fees which vary, depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or its Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular Client (e.g., personal trust, estate settlement, advisory and custodian services) (“Client Fees”). Glenmede Trust and its Affiliates currently intend to exclude the portion of their Clients’ assets invested in the Core Fixed Income, High Yield Municipal and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios when calculating Client Fees. Shareholders in the Portfolios who are customers of other Institutions may pay fees to those Institutions.

A discussion regarding the Boards’ basis for approving or renewing the Investment Advisory Agreements is available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016. A discussion regarding the Boards’ basis for approving the Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio is available in the Funds’ annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2015.

The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of its assets, and not as an additional charge to the Portfolios, to selected Institutions that provide services to its customers who are beneficial owners of the Portfolios and other persons in connection with servicing and/or selling of Portfolio shares and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.

Michael C. Crow, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Muni Intermediate Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio. Mr. Crow has been responsible for the management of the Muni Intermediate Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio since June 30, 2016 and June 29, 2016, respectively. Mr. Crow has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 2001. Prior to that time, Mr. Crow served as a vice president of secondary marketing for Chapel Mortgage Corporation responsible for hedging the mortgage origination portfolio from September 1992 to May 2001.

Stephen J. Mahoney, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Core Fixed Income Portfolio, which he has managed since January 1999. Mr. Mahoney has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since January 1999. Prior to his employment with Glenmede Trust in 1999, Mr. Mahoney had been a portfolio manager at 1838 Investment Advisors from 1997 to 1999, and a portfolio manager and senior fixed income trader at The Vanguard Group from 1995 to 1997.

Neil L. Langberg, Partner – Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor, manages the High Yield Municipal Portfolio along with Karl J. Zeile, Partner – Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor, and Chad M. Rach, Partner – Capital Fixed Income Investors, a division of an affiliate of the Sub-Advisor. Messrs. Langberg, Zeile and Rach have been responsible for the management of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio since its inception on December 22, 2015. Mr. Langberg has been employed by the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates since 1978. Mr. Zeile has been employed by the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates since 1999. Mr. Rach has been employed by the Sub-Advisor and its affiliates since 2004.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Portfolios they manage.

GENERAL INFORMATION

If you have any questions regarding the Portfolios, contact the Funds at the address or telephone number stated on the back cover page.

 

29


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share of a Portfolio. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in a given Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available upon request.

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 11.20     $ 11.21     $ 11.22     $ 11.75     $ 11.67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.21       0.23       0.25       0.26       0.30  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     0.14       0.01       0.02       (0.45     0.32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.35       0.24       0.27       (0.19     0.62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.23     (0.25     (0.26     (0.31     (0.34

Net realized capital gains

     (0.06           (0.02     (0.03     (0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.29     (0.25     (0.28     (0.34     (0.54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 11.26     $ 11.20     $ 11.21     $ 11.22     $ 11.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     3.15     2.20     2.52     (1.64 )%      5.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 486,872     $ 433,086     $ 426,528     $ 398,930     $ 480,499  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.54     0.53     0.56     0.56     0.57

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.84     2.11     2.23     2.29     2.61

Portfolio turnover rate

     24     27     18     19     22

 

30


Table of Contents

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      For the Period
December 22, 20151
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment loss

     0.22  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.34  
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.56  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net Investment Income

     (0.17
  

 

 

 

Total Distributions

     (0.17
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 10.39  
  

 

 

 

Total return3

     5.56 %4 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 153,893  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver to net assets

     1.08 %5 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver to average net assets

     1.00 %5 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     2.44 %5 

Portfolio turnover rate

     73

 

 

1 

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence.

4 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

5 

Annualized.

 

31


Table of Contents

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

     For The Year Ended October 31,  
      2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 10.98     $ 11.04     $ 10.94     $ 11.20     $ 10.95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

      

Net investment income

     0.17       0.16       0.18       0.20       0.24  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     0.10             0.15       (0.25     0.26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.27       0.16       0.33       (0.05     0.50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

      

Net investment income

     (0.17     (0.16     (0.18     (0.21     (0.24

Net realized capital gains

           (0.06     (0.05     (0.00 )1      (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.17     (0.22     (0.23     (0.21     (0.25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 11.08     $ 10.98     $ 11.04     $ 10.94     $ 11.20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     2.45     1.45     3.09     (0.46 )%      4.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

      

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 331,243     $ 299,121     $ 263,867     $ 212,731     $ 231,491  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.25     0.23     0.25     0.25     0.26

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.53     1.44     1.67     1.85     2.19

Portfolio turnover rate

     34     71     46     68     10

 

 

1 

Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share.

 

32


Table of Contents

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      For the Period
June 29, 20161
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment loss

     0.02  

Net realized and unrealized loss on investments

     (0.02
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.00  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net investment income

     (0.01
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.01
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 9.99  
  

 

 

 

Total return

     (0.02 )%3 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 30,076  

Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to net assets

     0.90 %4 

Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets

     0.55 %4 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     0.46 %4 

Portfolio turnover rate

     35

 

1

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

4 

Annualized.

 

33


Table of Contents

Where to find more information

More Portfolio information is available to you upon request and without charge:

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports provide additional information about the Portfolios’ investments. The Annual Report also contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios’ performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The SAI includes additional information about the Portfolios’ investment policies, organization and management. It is legally part of this prospectus (it is incorporated by reference).

You can get free copies of the Portfolios’ Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report or SAI by calling or writing to the address shown below. These documents are also available on Glenmede Investment Management’s website at www.glenmedeim.com. You may also request other information about the Portfolios, and make inquiries as follows:

Write to:

The Glenmede Fund/Portfolios

100 Summer Street, Floor 7

SUM0703

Boston, MA 02111

By phone:

1-800-442-8299

Information about the Portfolios (including the Portfolios’ SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Portfolios are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-1520.

The Glenmede Fund, Inc. Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05577

The Glenmede Portfolios Investment Company Act File No. is 811-06578

The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

Prospectus

February 28, 2017

 

Equity Portfolios

Institutional Classes

Large Cap Core Portfolio (GTLIX)

(Institutional Shares)

Large Cap Growth Portfolio (GTILX)

(Institutional Shares)

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (GMQIX)

(Institutional Shares)

Secured Options Portfolio (GLSOX)

(Institutional Shares)

Small Cap Equity Portfolio (GTSCX)

(Institutional Shares)

 

 

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Portfolios’ securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

     3  

Large Cap Core Portfolio Institutional Shares

     3  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio Institutional Shares

     6  

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio Institutional Shares

     9  

Secured Options Portfolio Institutional Shares

     12  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio Institutional Shares

     15  

Tax Information

     17  

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares

     17  

Financial Intermediary Compensation

     17  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

     18  

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

     23  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     24  

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     26  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

     26  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

     28  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     31  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     32  


Table of Contents

SUMMARY SECTION

Large Cap Core Portfolio

(Institutional Shares)

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Institutional Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses

     0.13
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.68
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 69      $ 218      $ 379      $ 847  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 111% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. In addition, at times, the Portfolio may make significant investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and may invest in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public.

Glenmede Investment Management LP (the “Advisor”) uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

 

3


Table of Contents

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholder’s returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart will show how the performance of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one year and since inception of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Large Cap Core Portfolio (Institutional Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 4.76% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was 0.90% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

 

4


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Since
Inception
(December  30, 2015)
Return Before Taxes   11.31%   10.13%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   10.96%   9.79%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   6.67%   7.70%
Russell 1000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   12.05%   10.20%
Morningstar Large Blend Average1   10.37%   10.06%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on February 27, 2004.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 17 of this Prospectus.

 

5


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

(Institutional Shares)

Investment Objective: Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

     Institutional Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses

     0.13
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.68
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 69      $ 218      $ 379      $ 847  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 88% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Using quantitative analysis, under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $549.7 billion as of May 27, 2016. The Portfolio may invest in IPOs.

The Advisor uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks that the models identify as having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

 

6


Table of Contents

Growth Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. The values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. There is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

IPO Risk: The market value of IPO shares could fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investment in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance.

Tax Managed Risk: The Portfolio uses various investment methods in seeking to reduce the impact of Federal and state income taxes on shareholders’ returns. As a result, the Portfolio may miss the opportunity to realize gains or reduce losses.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart will show how the performance of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one year and since inception of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Institutional Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 5.31% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was -1.00% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

7


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

    

Past 1

Year

 

Since
Inception
(November 5, 2015)

Return Before Taxes   7.37%   4.59%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   7.18%   4.37%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   4.33%   3.49%
Russell 1000® Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   7.08%   4.18%
Morningstar Large Growth Average1   3.23%   1.36%

 

1 

The Morningstar Large Growth Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, and Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on February 27, 2004.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 17 of this Prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

(Institutional Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

      Institutional
Shares
 

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.05% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)
1

     0.40
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.95

Fee Waivers and Expense Reimbursements2

     0.15

Net Expenses

     0.80
  

 

 

 

 

1 

Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year of the Institutional Shares of the Portfolio.

2 

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.80% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018 and may discontinue this arrangement at any time thereafter.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same, taking into account the fee waiver in the first year of each period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 82      $ 288      $ 511      $ 1,153  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 84% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. mid cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. Mid cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell Midcap® Index or the S&P MidCap 400® Index at their last rebalancing. That capitalization range was $2.0 billion to $26.3 billion as of May 27, 2016 for the Russell Midcap® Index and $948.1 million to $10.6 billion for the S&P MidCap 400® Index as of January 31, 2017.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which identifies a list of attractive securities having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations, and then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended

 

9


Table of Contents

result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you want your capital to grow over the long term, are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

Mid Cap Risk: The Portfolio is subject to the risk that the stocks of mid cap companies can be more volatile and riskier than the stocks of larger issuers. Mid cap companies tend to have limited resources, product lines and market share than larger more established businesses. As a result, their share prices tend to fluctuate more than those of larger companies. Their shares may also trade less frequently and in limited volume, making them potentially less liquid. The price of mid cap company stocks might fall regardless of trends in the broader market.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The past performance information shown below is for Advisor Shares, which are not available through this Prospectus. Although Institutional Shares would have similar annual returns to Advisor Shares because the classes are invested in the same portfolio of securities, the returns for Advisor Shares will vary from Institutional Shares because of the lower expenses paid by the Institutional Shares. Performance information for Institutional Shares will be included after the share class has been in operation for one complete calendar year. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares average annual total returns for one year and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Performance reflects expense reimbursements and/or fee waivers in effect. If such reimbursements or fee waivers were not in place, the Portfolio’s performance would be reduced. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 7.54% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2016) and the lowest quarterly return was -8.86% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2015).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

 

10


Table of Contents

Average Annual Total Returns

(for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Since
Inception

(September 30, 2014)

Return Before Taxes   9.27%   4.62%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   9.11%   4.40%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   5.37%   3.52%
S&P MidCap 400® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   20.74%   10.65%

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Christopher J. Colarik, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since its inception on September 30, 2014.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 17 of this Prospectus.

 

11


Table of Contents

Secured Options Portfolio

(Institutional Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

      Institutional Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses1

     0.10
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.65
  

 

 

 

 

1 

Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 66      $ 208      $ 362      $ 810  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 0% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio uses option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. The Portfolio will implement buy-write (covered call) and/or cash-secured put option strategies on stock index exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. Covered call and cash-secured put options are intended to reduce volatility, earn option premiums and provide more stable returns. Selling call options reduces the risk of owning stocks by the receipt of the option premiums and selling put options reduces the purchase price of the underlying stock, but both strategies limit the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying security in exchange for up-front cash at the time of selling the call or put option. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. The Portfolio is called “Secured Options” because the call and put options it writes will be covered by owning the security, index or ETFs underlying the option, holding an offsetting option, segregating cash or other liquid assets at not less than the full value of the option or the exercise price, and/or using other permitted coverage methods. At any given time, the Portfolio’s assets may be subject to only calls or only puts, or a combination of both strategies. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to puts, the assets will consist of cash or cash equivalents in order to secure the puts. In that event, there may be few if any stocks or other securities held by the Portfolio. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a stock index, the Portfolio may hold stock index ETFs instead of individual stocks that replicate the movement of the index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are not only subject to cash-secured puts or calls on a stock index covered by stock index ETFs, the Portfolio intends to invest in a diversified portfolio of equity securities with generally similar risk and return characteristics as the S&P 500® Index. The Portfolio may invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations in advancement of its investment objective. In addition, the Portfolio may invest in sponsored

 

12


Table of Contents

ADRs listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The Portfolio may also buy call and put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices or individual equity securities.

The Advisor’s selection of securities to buy or sell is based on a combination of proprietary multifactor computer models and fundamental analysis. The computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, such as valuation ratios, and other models focus on risk analysis and overall portfolio characteristics. The Advisor buys securities that the models identify as undervalued and more likely to appreciate, and sells securities that the Advisor identifies as overvalued and more likely to depreciate. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of securities held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Options Risk: Writing and purchasing call and put options are highly specialized activities and entail greater than ordinary investment risks. The successful use of options depends in part on the future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and the securities markets. The value of the Portfolio’s positions in options fluctuates in response to changes in the value of the underlying security, index, or stock index ETF, as applicable. The Portfolio also risks losing all or part of the cash paid for purchasing call and put options. Portfolio assets covering written options cannot be sold while the option is outstanding, unless replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Portfolio’s assets could affect its portfolio management as well as the ability of the Portfolio to meet redemption requests or other current obligations. Unusual market conditions or the lack of a ready market for any particular option at a specific time may reduce the effectiveness of the Portfolio’s option strategies, and for these and other reasons the Portfolio’s option strategies may not reduce the Portfolio’s volatility to the extent desired. The Portfolio may reduce its holdings of put options resulting in an increased exposure to a market decline.

Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the realization of short-term capital gains. Distributions derived from such gains will be treated as ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes.

ADR/Foreign Securities Risk: The Portfolio may invest in sponsored ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.

Exchange Traded Funds: The Portfolio intends to invest in ETFs that seek to track the performance of stock indices. Shares of ETFs have many of the same risks as direct investments in the underlying securities they are designed to track, although the lack of liquidity may make ETFs more volatile. ETFs have investment management fees and other expenses which will be indirectly paid by the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The past performance information shown below is for Advisor Shares, which are not available through this prospectus. Although Institutional Shares would have similar annual returns to Advisor Shares because the classes are invested in the same portfolio of securities, the returns for Advisor Shares will vary from Institutional Shares because of

 

13


Table of Contents

the lower expenses paid by the Institutional Shares. Performance information for Institutional Shares will be included after the share class has been in operation for one complete calendar year. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares average annual total returns for one year, five years and since inception compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares)

 

LOGO

During the period shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 13.43% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2011) and the lowest quarterly return was -9.43% (for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
 

Past 5

Years

  Since
Inception
(June 30, 2010)
Return Before Taxes   5.88%   8.10%   10.63%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   4.36%   5.80%   8.57%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   4.00%   5.80%   8.05%
CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   7.07%   7.24%   8.98%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   11.96%   14.66%   15.10%

 

1 

The S&P 500® Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of leading U.S. companies.

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Manager: Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since its inception on June 30, 2010.

For important information about purchase and sale of Portfolio shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to those section headings on page 17 of this Prospectus.

 

14


Table of Contents

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

(Institutional Shares)

Investment Objective: Long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal.

Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio: This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Portfolio.

 

      Institutional Shares  

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

  

Management Fees

     0.55

Other Expenses
(includes 0.05% shareholder servicing fees payable to Glenmede Trust)

     0.16
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses

     0.71
  

 

 

 

Example: This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

     3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
$ 73      $ 227      $ 395      $ 883  

Portfolio Turnover: The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual portfolio operating expenses or in the example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 58% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Investment Strategies: Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. small cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index at its last rebalancing. That capitalization range was $133 million to $3.9 billion as of May 27, 2016.

The Advisor uses a combination of quantitative and fundamental research to select securities. The Advisor uses a quantitative proprietary multi-factor computer model which identifies a list of attractive securities having revenue and earnings growth potential with reasonable valuations, and then applies fundamental research to select which securities to buy and sell for this Portfolio.

Principal Investment Risks: All investments carry a certain amount of risk and the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail to produce the intended result. An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Therefore, you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you want your capital to grow over the long term, are investing for goals several years away, and are comfortable with stock market risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals, or are mainly seeking current income.

Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio will underperform other types of securities.

Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be undervalued, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower.

 

15


Table of Contents

Small Cap Risk: The Portfolio is subject to the risk that the stocks of smaller and newer issuers can be more volatile and more speculative than the stocks of larger issuers. Smaller companies tend to have limited resources, product lines and market share. As a result, their share prices tend to fluctuate more than those of larger companies. Their shares may also trade less frequently and in limited volume, making them potentially less liquid. The price of small company stocks might fall regardless of trends in the broader market.

Performance Information: The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio. The bar chart shows how the performance of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares has varied from year to year. The table shows how the average annual total returns for one, five and ten years of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares compare to those of selected market indices. The Portfolio’s past performance, before and after-taxes, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.glenmedeim.com or by calling 1-800-442-8299.

 

Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Institutional Shares)

 

LOGO

During the periods shown in the bar chart, the highest quarterly return was 24.95% (for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and the lowest quarterly return was -24.75% (for the quarter ended December 31, 2008).

After-tax returns for the Portfolio are calculated using the historical highest individual Federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended December 31, 2016)

 

     Past 1
Year
  Past 5
Years
  Past 10
Years
Return Before Taxes   18.30%   15.56%   8.67%
Return After Taxes on Distributions   17.75%   14.78%   8.07%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares   10.81%   12.44%   7.00%
Russell 2000® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   21.31%   14.46%   7.07%
Russell 2000® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)1   31.74%   15.07%   6.26%
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)2   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%
Morningstar Small Blend Average3   20.78%   13.46%   6.40%

 

1 

The Russell 2000® Value Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio to another well-known index for small cap stocks.

2 

The S&P 500® Index is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a well-known index of leading U.S. companies.

3 

The Morningstar Small Blend Average is provided so that investors may compare the performance of the Portfolio with the performance of a peer group of funds that Morningstar, Inc. considers similar to the Portfolio.

 

16


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser: Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.

Portfolio Managers: Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Christopher J. Colarik, Portfolio Manager, of the Advisor have managed the Portfolio since 1996 and 2001, respectively.

Tax Information: Each Portfolio’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are purchasing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.

Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares: The minimum initial investment is $10,000,000, which may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. There is no minimum for subsequent investments. Approved brokers and other institutions that purchase shares on behalf of their clients may have their own minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements. You may redeem shares at any time by contacting The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. (“Glenmede Trust”) by telephone or facsimile or contacting the institution through which you purchased your shares.

Financial Intermediary Compensation: If you purchase shares of a Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.

 

17


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS

Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks

To help you decide which Portfolio is appropriate for you, this section looks more closely at the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and risks. You should carefully consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in a Portfolio.

Each Portfolio’s investment objectives and strategies may be changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of The Glenmede Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) without shareholder approval.

Each Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, various short-term instruments, such as money market securities (including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits), U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. U.S. Government securities include a variety of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government-related entities. While certain U.S. Government-related entities (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. To the extent that a Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on that Portfolio’s performance.

Large Cap Core Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Institutional Shares offered in this Prospectus and the Advisor Shares. Shares of each class of a Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Shares of the Portfolio charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Shares of the Portfolio does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate net asset value (“NAV”) and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks, of U.S. large cap companies. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Large cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 1000® Index.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Institutional Shares offered in this Prospectus and the Advisor Shares. Shares of each class of a Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Shares of the Portfolio charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Shares of the Portfolio does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

 

18


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities, including common stocks and preferred stocks, of U.S. mid cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Mid cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell Midcap® Index or the S&P MidCap 400® Index.

Equity securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ, although the Portfolio may purchase unlisted securities and penny stocks. The securities held by the Portfolio may represent many different types of companies and industries.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Institutional Class offered in this Prospectus and the Advisor Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.25% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class charges a 0.05% fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Secured Options Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective of long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal by using option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options on stock index ETFs, stock indices and/or individual stocks held by the Portfolio. This is a non-fundamental policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. At any given time, the Portfolio’s assets may be subject to only calls or only puts, or a combination of both strategies. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to puts, the assets will consist of cash or cash equivalents in order to secure the puts. In that event, there may be few, if any, stocks or other securities held by the Portfolio. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a stock index, the Portfolio may hold stock index ETFs instead of individual stocks that replicate the movement of the index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Institutional Shares offered in this Prospectus and the Advisor Shares. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Shares of the Portfolio charges a 0.20% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Shares of the Portfolio does not charge a shareholder service fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide long-term capital appreciation consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of U.S. small cap companies that the Advisor believes are undervalued. This is a non-fundamental investment policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Equity securities include common stocks and preferred stocks. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index.

 

19


Table of Contents

Equity securities purchased by the Portfolio will be primarily traded on the various stock exchanges and NASDAQ, although the Portfolio may purchase unlisted securities and penny stocks. The securities held by the Portfolio may represent many different types of companies and industries.

The Portfolio currently offers two classes of shares: the Institutional Class offered in this Prospectus and the Advisor Class. Shares of each class of the Portfolio represent equal pro rata interests in the Portfolio. The difference between the two classes is their shareholder service fee and minimum initial investment: the Advisor Class charges a 0.25% fee and has no minimum initial investment, and the Institutional Class charges a 0.05% fee and has a $10,000,000 minimum initial investment. This minimum initial investment amount may be reduced or waived in some cases from time to time. Although shares of each class accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner, the NAV, dividends and other distributions, and performance of each class is expected to differ due to different actual expenses and will be quoted separately.

Foreign Securities

The Large Cap Core and Secured Options Portfolios may invest in ADRs, which involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investment in foreign securities. There are substantial risks involved in investing in foreign securities. These risks include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. The dividends payable on a Portfolio’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the income available for distribution to the Portfolio’s shareholders. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities in a Portfolio which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in reports about companies in the United States.

Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign securities markets are generally more expensive than in the United States. Foreign securities markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could prevent a Portfolio from investing the proceeds of the sale. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could expose a Portfolio to losses due either to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the security has been sold, to claims by the purchaser.

Investing in foreign securities includes the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories. Additionally, many countries are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy, and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. In addition, the risks of loss and volatility have increased over the past few years and may continue because of high levels of debt and other economic distress in various countries.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Secured Options Portfolio may invest in shares of other registered investment companies, including ETFs. If the Portfolio invests in shares of another registered investment company, shareholders would bear not only their proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses, but also management fees and other expenses paid by the other fund. Any investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. Additionally, the risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that the ETF invests in or is designed to track, although the lack of liquidity of an ETF could result in it being more volatile. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the net asset value of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss. Finally, because ETFs and closed-end funds trade like stocks on exchanges, they are subject to trading and commission costs.

 

20


Table of Contents

Options

The Secured Options Portfolio may write and buy call and put options. The writing of options is intended to earn cash through the receipt of option premiums. As the seller of the call option, the Portfolio receives cash (the “premium”) from the purchaser. Depending on the type of call option, the purchaser of a call option has the right to any appreciation in the value over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) of a security or index either on certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or at any time prior to the expiration date. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, the Portfolio retains the premium. If the purchaser exercises the option, the Portfolio pays the purchaser the difference between the value of the security or the index and the exercise price of the option or, in the case of options on securities, closes the option by delivering the underlying security versus the payment of the exercise price. The premium, the exercise price and the value of the security or index determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation, and the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio may also buy call options. The value of a call option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock or index increases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock or index decreases.

The Secured Options Portfolio will also write cash-secured put options in an attempt to complement the covered call strategy. A put option gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. To the extent the Portfolio sells cash-secured put options it will be required to hold a significant portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, such as U.S. Treasury securities and repurchase agreements, to cover the put option. The Portfolio may also buy put options. The value of a put option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock decreases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock increases.

Writing covered call options may provide a steady cash flow, although it may also reduce the Portfolio’s ability to profit from increases in the value of its equity portfolio. If the Portfolio were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired unexercised. Writing cash-secured put options may also provide a steady cash flow, although it may also require the Portfolio to realize a loss if the put option is exercised. The Portfolio may also buy put options, which may protect the Portfolio from a significant market decline that may occur over a short period of time. The Portfolio may also buy call options, which may result in the purchase of equities below their market value. As the purchaser of either a call or put option, if the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will lose the premium it paid to purchase the option. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Portfolio seeks to enter or close out an open option position. The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for the options becomes less liquid or smaller.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Portfolio may enter into collateralized repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day or for a fixed term.

In a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by the Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio holding such obligation suffers a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) is less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.

Portfolio Turnover

The Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth and Secured Options Portfolios may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover may involve correspondingly greater expenses to a Portfolio, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Higher portfolio turnover may also increase share price volatility and result in realization of taxable

 

21


Table of Contents

capital gains to shareholders with taxable accounts, including short-term capital gains, and may adversely impact a Portfolio’s after-tax returns. Trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect a Portfolio’s performance.

Selection of Investments

The Advisor evaluates the rewards and risks presented by all securities purchased by the Portfolios and how they may advance the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is possible that these evaluations will prove to be inaccurate.

Other Types of Investments

In addition to each Portfolio’s principal investment strategies, and the particular types of securities which each Portfolio may select for investment described above, each Portfolio may make other types of investments and pursue other investment strategies in support of its overall investment goal. Information about some of these investments and strategies is provided below. More information about these and other supplemental investment strategies and the risks involved are described in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Investments in Other Investment Companies: Each Portfolio may also invest in shares of other investment companies, including ETFs. The risks of registered investment company investments are described above under “Investments in Other Investment Companies.”

Other Derivatives: The Secured Options Portfolio may use other types of derivatives such as swaps, security-based swaps, futures and options on futures to manage risks inherent in its portfolio and to increase its return. A derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset such as a security or an index. The use of derivative instruments by the Portfolio may involve risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Some of the risks of investing in derivatives include (i) the risk that the other party to the derivative contract may fail to fulfill its obligations; (ii) the risk that the use of derivatives may reduce liquidity and make the Portfolio harder to value, especially in declining markets; (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index, and (iv) the risk that the Portfolio may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount invested if the Advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. The Portfolio may invest in derivative instruments to increase total return and for hedging purposes. Investing to increase total return is considered a speculative practice and presents even greater risk of loss.

Real Estate Investment Trusts: Each Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.

Securities Lending: In order to generate additional income, each Portfolio may lend its securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions. Such loans are required at all times to be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies or letters of credit equal to at least the

 

22


Table of Contents

market value of the loaned securities. The cash collateral received may be invested in short-term investments in accordance with terms approved by the Fund’s Board. The value of the securities loaned may not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio (including the loan collateral). A Portfolio could experience a delay in recovering its securities or a possible loss of income or value if the borrower fails to return the securities when due.

Cyber Security Risk: The Portfolios and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cyber security. A breach in cyber security refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cyber security include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolios or their advisers, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolios. For instance, cyber security breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Portfolio’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuer of securities in which a Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value.

Portfolio Holdings

The Advisor may publicly disclose information concerning the securities held by a Portfolio in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, the Advisor may post a Portfolio’s month-end, top-ten portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each month, and/or the complete quarter-end portfolio holdings no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, on its website, www.glenmedeim.com. This information will generally remain available on the website at least until the Fund files with the SEC its annual/semi-annual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holding report that includes such period. The Fund may terminate or modify this policy at any time without further notice to shareholders.

A further description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

The price of shares issued by each Portfolio is based on its NAV. Each Portfolio’s NAV per share is determined as of the close of regular trading hours of the NYSE, currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on each day that the NYSE is open for business. The time at which shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). In addition, the Board has approved that the Portfolios may determine to price their shares on weekdays that the NYSE is temporarily closed due to emergency circumstances.

Each Portfolio’s investments generally are valued at market value or, when market quotations are not readily available or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Fund’s Board. The Advisor and State Street Bank & Trust Company, the Fund’s custodian, regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.

Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted price available when assets are valued. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of a Portfolio are not priced; as a result, the value of such securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.

 

23


Table of Contents

The following are examples of situations that may constitute significant events that could render a market quotation for a specific security “not readily available” and require fair valuation of such security: (i) the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; (ii) the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; (iii) the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; (iv) the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; (v) the security’s authorized pricing sources are not able or willing to provide a price; (vi) an independent price quote from two or more broker-dealers is not available; (vii) trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; (viii) foreign security has reached a pre-determined range of trading set by a foreign exchange (“limit up” or “limit down” price), and no trading has taken place at the limit up price or limit down price; (ix) natural disasters, armed conflicts, and significant government actions; (x) significant events that relate to a single issuer or to an entire market sector, such as significant fluctuations in domestic or foreign markets or between the current and previous days’ closing levels of one or more benchmark indices approved by the Board; (xi) the security’s sales have been infrequent or a “thin” market in the security exists; and/or (xii) with regard to over-the-counter securities, the validity of quotations from broker-dealers appears questionable or the number of quotations indicates that there is a “thin” market in the security.

The frequency with which a Portfolio’s investments are valued using fair value pricing is primarily a function of the types of securities and other assets in which the Portfolio invests pursuant to its investment objective, strategies and limitations. Investments in other registered mutual funds, if any, are valued based on the NAV of those mutual funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

Valuing a Portfolio’s investments using fair value pricing will result in using prices for those investments that may differ from current market prices. Accordingly, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate a Portfolio’s NAV and the prices used by other investment companies, investors and the Portfolio’s benchmark index to price the same investments.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Each Portfolio may appoint one or more intermediaries as their agent to receive purchase and redemption orders of shares of the Portfolios and cause these orders to be transmitted, on an aggregated basis, to the Portfolios’ transfer agent. Orders placed through these intermediaries will be deemed to have been received and accepted by the Portfolio when the intermediary accepts the order. Therefore, the purchase or redemption order will reflect the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the order by the intermediary, if the intermediary successfully transmits the order to the Portfolio’s transfer agent by the next business morning.

Purchase of Shares

Institutional shares of each Portfolio are sold without a sales commission on a continuous basis to Glenmede Trust acting on behalf of its clients or the clients (“Clients”) of its affiliated companies (“Affiliates”) and to certain approved employee benefit plans and institutions, including brokers acting on behalf of their clients (“Institutions”), at the NAV per share next determined after receipt, in proper order, of the purchase order by the Fund’s transfer agent. We consider orders to be in “proper order” when all required documents are properly completed, signed and received. Beneficial ownership of shares will be reflected on books maintained by Glenmede Trust or the Institutions. Glenmede Trust has informed the Fund that it and its Affiliates’ minimum and subsequent investment requirements for their Clients’ investments in the Portfolio are the same as those for the Fund. Other Institutions may have their own minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements. If you wish to purchase shares in a Portfolio, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

Each Portfolio reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any purchase order, when, in the judgment of management, such rejection is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders.

Your Institution may charge you for purchasing or selling shares of a Portfolio. There is no transaction charge for shares purchased directly from a Portfolio through Glenmede Trust.

Purchases of a Portfolio’s shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Portfolio calculated to three decimal places. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates for shares will not be issued except upon your written request. Certificates for fractional shares, however, will not be issued.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares of a Portfolio or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of the Advisor, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of a Portfolio. Subject to the Board’s discretion, the Advisor will monitor each Portfolio’s total assets and may decide to close any of the Portfolios at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of a Portfolio may adversely affect the implementation of the Portfolio’s investment strategy. Subject to the Board’s discretion, once closed the Advisor may also choose to reopen a Portfolio to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close such Portfolio again should concerns regarding the Portfolio’s size recur. If a Portfolio closes to new investments, generally that Portfolio would be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Portfolio and certain other persons, who may be generally subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts. The Small Cap Equity Portfolio is currently closed except to certain existing shareholders and certain other persons, as follows:

 

  a. Fee-based advisory model programs for financial advisors who manage discretionary fee-based wrap accounts that systematically trade in and out of the closed Portfolio based on model portfolio allocations;

 

  b. Persons who already hold shares of the closed Portfolio directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Fund;

 

  c. Existing and future clients of registered investment advisers and planners whose clients already hold shares of the closed Portfolio on transaction fee and non-transaction fee platforms;

 

  d. Existing and future clients of consultants who already hold shares of the closed Portfolio;

 

  e. Existing and future clients of the Advisor and Glenmede Trust; and

 

  f. The closed Portfolio would reserve the right, in its discretion, to accept purchases and exchanges from institutional investors which may include, among others, corporations, endowments, foundations and insurance companies.

The Fund, however, reserves the right to reopen a closed Portfolio to new investments from time to time at its discretion.

Redemption of Shares

You may redeem Institutional Shares of each Portfolio at any time, without cost, at the NAV per share next determined after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your redemption order. Generally, a properly signed written order is all that is required. If you wish to redeem your shares, you should contact Glenmede Trust by telephone or facsimile or contact your Institution.

You will ordinarily be paid your redemption proceeds within one business day, but normally in no more than seven days, after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your order in proper form. The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

Redemption proceeds are normally paid in cash, although the Fund has the right to limit each shareholder to cash redemptions of $250,000 or 1% of such Portfolio’s NAV, whichever is less, within a 90-day period. Any additional redemption proceeds would be made in readily marketable securities. A shareholder will be exposed to market risk until the readily marketable securities are converted to cash and may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

Conversion from Institutional Shares to Advisor Shares

If an account no longer meets the minimum balance requirement for Institutional Shares, the Fund may automatically convert the shares in the account to Advisor Shares. A decline in the account balance because of market movement may result in such a conversion. Glenmede Trust will notify you or your Institution in writing before any such conversion occurs.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares

Mutual fund market timing involves the frequent purchase and redemption of shares of mutual funds within short periods of time with the intention of capturing short-term profits resulting from market volatility. Market timing may disrupt portfolio management strategies; harm the performance of the Portfolio; dilute the value of Portfolio shares held

 

25


Table of Contents

by long-term shareholders; increase brokerage and administrative costs; and for a Portfolio that invests to a significant extent in foreign securities, foster time-zone arbitrage.

The Fund does not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares by shareholders. Pursuant to a policy adopted by the Board to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares, the Fund has established the following procedures designed to discourage market timing of the Portfolios. The Fund will enforce its policies and procedures to discourage market timing of the Portfolio’s shares equitably on all shareholders. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to identify individual shareholders who may be market timing the Portfolios or curtail their trading activity in every instance, particularly if they are investing through financial intermediaries.

Shares of the Portfolios may be sold through omnibus account arrangements with financial intermediaries. Omnibus account information generally does not identify the underlying investors’ trading activity on an individual basis. In an effort to identify and deter market timing in omnibus accounts, Glenmede Trust and the Advisor periodically review trading activity at the omnibus level and will seek to obtain underlying account trading activity information from the financial intermediaries when, in their judgment, the trading activity suggests possible market timing. Requested information relating to trading activity will be reviewed to identify accounts that may be engaged in excessive trading based on criteria established by Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable. If this information shows that an investor’s trading activity suggests market timing, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will contact the financial intermediary and follow its procedures, including but not limited to, warnings, restricting the account from further trading and/or closing the account. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Portfolios using criteria that may differ from the criteria established by Glenmede Trust and the Advisor and there is no assurance that the procedures used by the financial intermediaries will be able to curtail excessive trading. If a third-party financial intermediary does not provide underlying account trading activity information upon request, Glenmede Trust or the Advisor, as applicable, will determine what action to take, including terminating the relationship with the financial intermediary.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Portfolios normally distribute substantially all of their net investment income to shareholders in the form of a quarterly dividend.

The Portfolios normally distribute any realized net capital gains at least once a year.

Dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares at the option of the shareholder.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding Federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation. Additional information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

Distributions

Each Portfolio contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as discussed below, you will be subject to Federal income tax on Portfolio distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Portfolio distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Portfolio will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

26


Table of Contents

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Portfolio to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Portfolio. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Portfolio’s ex-dividend date (and the Portfolio will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Portfolio’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, certain options transactions, if any, a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or non-qualified foreign corporations.

Distributions from a Portfolio will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Portfolio in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

A portion of distributions paid by a Portfolio to shareholders who are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate, or by investments in non-U.S. corporations.

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”

It is contemplated that the Secured Options Portfolio will write call and put options and the Portfolio may invest in derivative securities, including swaps, futures and options on futures. The tax treatment of these sorts of transactions is complex and may (as may the Portfolio’s high turnover rate) result in the recognition by the Portfolio of significant amounts of short-term capital gain and ordinary income. This, in turn, may cause significant portions of the distributions by the Portfolio to shareholders to be taxable at an ordinary income rate. Also, in some cases, these transactions may cause the Portfolio to recognize income or gain without any corresponding receipt of cash, in which case the Portfolio may have to liquidate other positions to enable them to distribute the amount of that income or gain to shareholders so as to avoid incurring corporate-level tax.

Sales and Redemptions

You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on a sale or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Portfolio shares for over 12 months at the time you dispose of them.

Certain special tax rules may apply to losses realized in some cases. Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

For shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012, the Portfolios (or relevant broker or financial advisor) are required to compute and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and furnish to Portfolio shareholders cost basis information when such shares are sold. The Portfolios have elected to use the average cost method, unless you instruct the Portfolios to use a different IRS-accepted cost basis method, or choose to specifically identify your shares at the time of each sale. If your account is held by your broker or other financial advisor, they may select a different cost basis

 

27


Table of Contents

method. In these cases, please contact your broker or other financial advisor to obtain information with respect to the available methods and elections for your account. You should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Portfolios and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required when reporting these amounts on your Federal and state income tax returns. Portfolio shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best IRS-accepted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting requirements apply to them.

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans

The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares.

Backup Withholding

Each Portfolio may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the IRS a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders

Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Portfolios.

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Portfolios, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Portfolios.

In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Portfolio is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Portfolio will generally be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.

The Portfolios will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Portfolio.

State and Local Taxes

You may also be subject to state and local taxes on distributions, sales and redemptions. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Portfolio’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. Government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Investment Advisor

Glenmede Investment Management LP, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as investment advisor to the Portfolios. The Advisor, a limited

 

28


Table of Contents

partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of December 31, 2016, the Advisor had over $15 billion in assets under management.

Under Investment Advisory Agreements with the Fund, the Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the Fund’s Board and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of each Portfolio, manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of each Portfolio. It is the responsibility of the Advisor to make investment decisions for each Portfolio and to place each Portfolio’s purchase and sale orders.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016, the Portfolios paid management fees to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual percentage rates of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, as shown in the following table.

 

Portfolio

   Percentage of Average
Daily Net Assets*
 

Large Cap Core Portfolio — Institutional Shares

     0.55

Large Cap Growth Portfolio — Institutional Shares

     0.55

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio — Institutional Shares

     0.55 %* 

Secured Options Portfolio — Institutional Shares

     0.55

Small Cap Equity Portfolio — Institutional Shares

     0.55

 

* The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio’s annual total operating expenses exceed 0.80% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. Shareholders will be notified if these waivers and/or reimbursements are discontinued after that date.

A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for renewing the Investment Advisory Agreements is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

Shareholders in the Portfolios who are clients of Glenmede Trust, or its Affiliates, pay fees which vary, depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or its Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular Client (e.g., personal trust, estate settlement, advisory and custodian services) (“Client Fees”). Glenmede Trust and its Affiliates currently intend to exclude the portion of their Clients’ assets invested in the Portfolios when calculating Client Fees. Shareholders in the Portfolios who are customers of other Institutions may pay fees to those Institutions.

The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of their assets, and not as an additional charge to the Portfolios, to selected Institutions that provide services to its customers who are beneficial owners of the Portfolios and other persons in connection with servicing and/or sales of Portfolio shares and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios. Mr. de Vassal has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1998. Prior to that time, Mr. de Vassal served as Vice President and Director of quantitative analysis at CoreStates Investment Advisors and as Vice President of interest rate risk analysis at CoreStates Financial Corp. Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, assists Mr. de Vassal in the management of the Portfolios by running portfolio optimizations and entering trades. Mr. Sullivan has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1994. Prior to that time, Mr. Sullivan was employed by SEI Investments Co. where he was a supervisor in the mutual fund accounting department. Messrs. de Vassal and Sullivan have managed the Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios since each Portfolio’s commencement of operations on February 27, 2004.

Robert J. Mancuso, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, manages the Small Cap Equity Portfolio and Mid Cap Equity Portfolio along with Christopher J. Colarik. Mr. Mancuso has been responsible for the management of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio since February 27, 1996. Mr. Mancuso has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since November 1992. Mr. Colarik has been responsible for the management of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio since 2001. Mr. Colarik has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 2001. Messrs. Mancuso and Colarik have been responsible for the management of the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio since its inception on September 30, 2014.

 

29


Table of Contents

Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Secured Options Portfolio. Mr. Heron has been responsible for the management of the Secured Options Portfolio since it commenced operations on June 30, 2010. He has been employed by the Advisor since June 2010. Since 2006, Mr. Heron has served as Vice President to Glenmede Trust. Prior to that time, Mr. Heron was employed by McGowan Investors LP (2004-2006) and Goldman Sachs & Co. (1999-2003) as a Senior Derivatives Trader.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Fund Portfolios they manage.

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

The portfolio managers for the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio are employees of the Advisor and were also employees of the Advisor’s affiliate, Glenmede Trust. The table below sets forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “Mid Cap Equity Composite”) managed by the portfolio managers on behalf of Glenmede Trust that have investment objectives, policies and strategies the Advisor believes are substantially similar to the Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way that the Portfolio is to be managed by the Advisor. The Mid Cap Equity Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Code that the Portfolio is subject to, which had they applied might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the Mid Cap Equity Composite, but the Advisor believes differences do not alter the conclusion that the Portfolio and the Mid Cap Equity Composite are substantially similar.

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio managers in managing substantially similar accounts and does not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

The performance figures represent the total return for the 1-year, 5-year and 10-year periods. All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares, which are estimates and are listed in the Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the Mid Cap Equity Composite performance was calculated using Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPSTM”). This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year   5 Years   10 Years1
Mid Cap Equity Composite   9.27%   15.30%   7.74%
S&P MidCap 400® Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)   20.74%   15.33%   9.16%
1 

The Mid Cap Equity Composite was created on December 31, 2000. It has been managed by Mr. Mancuso since its inception and Mr. Colarik since January 2001. As of December 31, 2016, there were two accounts in the Mid Cap Composite. Composite performance calculations are time-weighted to account for periodic contributions and withdrawals. Composite returns consist of asset-weighted portfolio returns using beginning of period values to weight portfolio returns.

2 

The S&P MidCap 400® Index is designed to measure the performance of 400 mid-size companies in the U.S., reflecting this market segment’s distinctive risk and return characteristics. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

Advisor Prior Performance Information for the Secured Options Portfolio

The portfolio manager for the Secured Options Portfolio is an employee of both the Advisor and the Advisor’s affiliate, Glenmede Trust. The tables below set forth the average annual returns of all separate accounts (referred to in the aggregate as the “Secured Options Composite”) managed by the portfolio manager on behalf of Glenmede Trust. All of the accounts comprising the Secured Options Composite have investment objectives, policies and strategies the

 

30


Table of Contents

Advisor believes are substantially similar to the Secured Options Portfolio, and have been managed in substantially the same way that the Secured Options Portfolio is managed by the Advisor. The Secured Options Composite is not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and other requirements under the 1940 Act and the Code that the Portfolio is subject to, which, had they applied, might have adversely affected its performance. In addition, securities held by the Portfolio will not be identical to the securities held by the Secured Options Composite, but the Advisor believes differences do not alter the conclusion that the Secured Options Portfolio is substantially similar to the Secured Options Composite.

The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of the portfolio manager in managing substantially similar accounts and does not represent the performance of the Portfolio. Investors should not consider this performance data as a substitute for the performance of the Portfolio, nor should investors consider this data as an indication of future performance of the Portfolio, or of the Advisor. The returns are not intended to predict or suggest the returns that might be experienced by the Portfolio or an individual investing in the Portfolio.

All returns presented were calculated on a total return basis and include all dividends and interest, accrued income and realized and unrealized gains and losses, and deductions for brokerage commissions and execution costs. Returns for each period are adjusted to assume that all expenses and fees of the Portfolio’s Institutional Shares, which are estimates and are listed in its Fees and Expenses Table, were deducted during such periods. The Advisor has informed the Fund that the Secured Options Composite performance was calculated using GIPSTM. This method of calculating performance differs from the SEC’s standardized methodology, which may produce different results.

Secured Options Composite

Annual Total Returns for the periods ended December 31, 2016

 

     1 Year   5 Years   10 Years*
Secured Options Composite   5.97%   8.16%   5.55%
CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index1   7.07%   7.24%   4.28%
S&P 500® Index2   11.96%   14.66%   6.95%
* The Secured Options Composite was created on December 31, 2003. It has been managed by the current portfolio manager since December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2016, there were six accounts in the Secured Options Composite.
1 

The CBOE S&P 500 Buy-Write Index is an index designed to track the performance of a hypothetical covered call strategy on the S&P 500® Index. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

2 

The S&P 500® Index is a market capitalization weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the NYSE and NASDAQ®. The Index is unmanaged, and investors cannot invest directly in the Index.

GENERAL INFORMATION

If you have any questions regarding the Portfolios contact the Fund at the address or telephone number stated on the back cover page.

 

31


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolios’ financial statements, is included in the Annual Report, which is available upon request. Financial highlights for the Institutional Shares of the Mid Cap Equity and Secured Options Portfolios are not presented as the Institutional Shares of these Portfolios had not been offered as of October 31, 2016.

Large Cap Core Portfolio Institutional Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      For the Period
December 30, 20151
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 21.85  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment income

     0.29  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     0.45  
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.74  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net investment income

     (0.22
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.22
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 22.37  
  

 

 

 

Total return

     3.41 %3 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 274,982  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.68 %4 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     1.31 %4 

Portfolio turnover rate

     111

 

1 

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

4 

Annualized.

 

32


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Portfolio Institutional Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each period)

 

      For the Period
November 5, 20151
through
October 31, 20162
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 24.83  
  

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

  

Net investment income

     0.22  

Net realized and unrealized loss on investments

     (0.08
  

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.14  
  

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

  

Net investment income

     (0.20
  

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.20
  

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 24.77  
  

 

 

 

Total return

     0.60 %3 
  

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

  

Net assets, end of period (in 000s)

   $ 35,114  

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     0.68 %4 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     0.90 %4 

Portfolio turnover rate

     88

 

1

Commencement of Operations.

2 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

3 

Total return calculation is not annualized.

4 

Annualized.

 

33


Table of Contents

Small Cap Equity Portfolio Institutional Shares

(For a share outstanding throughout each year)

 

      For The Year Ended October 31,  
      2016     2015     20141     20131     20121  

Net asset value, beginning of year

   $ 27.07     $ 27.28     $ 27.00     $ 18.86     $ 17.16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from investment operations:

          

Net investment income

     0.08       0.08       0.01       0.11       0.13  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.16     0.76       1.57       8.39       1.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     (0.08     0.84       1.58       8.50       1.78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to shareholders from:

          

Net investment income

     (0.08     (0.03     (0.11     (0.17     (0.08

Net realized capital gains

     (0.24     (1.02     (1.19     (0.19      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

     (0.32     (1.05     (1.30     (0.36     (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

   $ 26.67     $ 27.07     $ 27.28     $ 27.00     $ 18.86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return

     (0.25 )%      3.24     6.10     45.82     10.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios to average net assets/Supplemental data:

          

Net assets, end of year (in 000s)

   $ 1,264,752     $ 963,970     $ 531,853     $ 154,993     $ 14,305  

Ratio of operating expenses to
average net assets

     0.71     0.71     0.74     0.75     0.73

Ratio of net investment income to
average net assets

     0.30     0.26     0.03     0.48     0.71

Portfolio turnover rate2

     58     53     45     55     49

 

1 

Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period.

2 

Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level.

 

34


Table of Contents

Where to find more information

More Portfolio information is available to you upon request and without charge:

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports provide additional information about the Portfolios’ investments. The Annual Report also contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolios’ performance during the last fiscal year.

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The SAI includes additional information about the Portfolios’ investment policies, organization and management. It is legally part of this Prospectus (it is incorporated by reference).

You can get free copies of the Portfolios’ Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report or SAI by calling or writing to the address shown below. These documents are also available on Glenmede Investment Management’s website at www.glenmedeim.com. You may also request other information about the Portfolios, and make inquiries as follows:

Write to:

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.

100 Summer Street, Floor 7

SUM0703

Boston, MA 02111

By phone:

1-800-442-8299

Information about the Portfolios (including the Portfolios’ SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Portfolios are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-1520.

The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05577

The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

THE GLENMEDE PORTFOLIOS

(800) 442-8299

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 28, 2017

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s (“Glenmede Fund”) and The Glenmede Portfolios’ (“Glenmede Portfolios” and, collectively with the Glenmede Fund, the “Funds”) Prospectuses dated February 28, 2017, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectuses”). This SAI is for the Core Fixed Income Portfolio (GTCGX), Equity Income Portfolio (GEQIX), High Yield Municipal Portfolio (GHYMX), International Portfolio (GTCIX), International Secured Options Portfolio (NOVIX), Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares (GTLOX) and Institutional Shares (GTLIX)), Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Advisor Shares (GTLLX) and Institutional Shares (GTILX)), Large Cap Value Portfolio (GTMEX), Long/Short Portfolio (GTAPX), Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares (GMQAX) and Institutional Shares (GMQIX)), Muni Intermediate Portfolio (GTCMX), Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio (RESGX), Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares (GTSOX) and Institutional Shares (GLSOX)), Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio (GTAWX), Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares (GTCSX) and Institutional Shares (GTSCX)), Strategic Equity Portfolio (GTCEX), Total Market Portfolio (GTTMX), U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (GTGSX) and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio (GWILX), (each, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”). No investment in shares of a Portfolio should be made without first reading the Prospectus of the Portfolio. This SAI is incorporated by reference in its entirety into each Prospectus. The Funds’ audited financial statements and financial highlights appearing in the 2016 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other part of the Annual Report is incorporated by reference herein. A copy of the Funds’ Prospectuses and Annual Report are available without charge, upon request, by calling the Funds at the above telephone number.

Capitalized terms used in this SAI and not otherwise defined have the same meanings given to them in the Funds’ Prospectuses.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

THE FUNDS

     3  

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

     5  

COMMON INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

     11  

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

     26  

PURCHASE OF SHARES

     27  

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     27  

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

     27  

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

     28  

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

     29  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

     36  

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

     44  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

     52  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES

     54  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     58  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     63  

OTHER INFORMATION

     63  

APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES AND RATINGS

     A-1  

APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

     B-1  


Table of Contents

THE FUNDS

The Glenmede Fund was organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 1988. The Glenmede Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize its Board of Directors the (“Board”) to issue 6,000,000,000 shares of common stock, with a $.001 par value. The Board has the power to subdivide these shares into one or more investment portfolios from time to time. The Board also has the power to designate separate classes of shares within the same Portfolio. As of the date hereof, the Glenmede Fund is offering shares of the following eighteen Portfolios, Core Fixed Income Portfolio, Equity Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares and Institutional Shares), Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Advisor Shares and Institutional Shares), Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares and Institutional Shares), Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares and Institutional Shares), Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares and Institutional Shares), Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio.

The Glenmede Portfolios was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on March 3, 1992. The Glenmede Portfolios’ Master Trust Agreement, as amended and restated, authorizes its Board of Trustees (collectively with the Glenmede Fund’s Board of Directors, the “Boards”) to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with a $.001 par value. The Board has the power to subdivide these shares into one or more investment portfolios (“Sub-Trusts”). Currently, the Glenmede Portfolios is offering shares of one Sub-Trust, the Muni Intermediate Portfolio.

Each Fund is an open-end, management investment company. The Core Fixed Income Portfolio, Equity Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio are diversified Portfolios of the Glenmede Fund. The Muni Intermediate Portfolio is a diversified Portfolio of the Glenmede Portfolios.

On February 27, 1997, the Model Equity Portfolio changed its name to the Large Cap Value Portfolio. On September 25, 1997, the Intermediate Government Portfolio changed its name to the Core Fixed Income Portfolio. On February 28, 2000, the Small Capitalization Equity Portfolio (Advisor and Institutional Shares) changed its name to the Small Capitalization Value Portfolio (Advisor and Institutional Shares), and then on March 22, 2002, it changed its name to the Small Cap Equity Portfolio. On August 20, 1998, the Equity Portfolio changed its name to the Tax Managed Equity Portfolio, and then on February 28, 2000, it changed its name to the Strategic Equity Portfolio. On February 27, 2005, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio changed its name to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio. On September 18, 2007, the Absolute Return Portfolio changed its name to the Long/Short Portfolio and the Total Market Long/Short Portfolio changed its name to the Total Market Portfolio. On February 28, 2014, the Large Cap 100 Portfolio changed its name to the Large Cap Core Portfolio. References in this SAI are to a Portfolio’s current name.

On March 1, 1991 the Small Cap Equity Portfolio commenced operations offering a single class of shares. On January 1, 1998, the Small Cap Equity Portfolio began to offer a second class of shares known as “Institutional Shares.” The original class of shares has been designated as “Advisor Shares.”

On February 27, 2004 the Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios commenced operations, each offering a single class of shares. On June 30, 2015, the Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios began to offer a second class of shares known as “Institutional Shares.” The original class of shares has been designated as “Advisor Shares.”

On September 29, 2006 and December 21, 2006, the Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio, respectively, commenced operations, each offering a single class of shares.

On June 30, 2010, the Secured Options Portfolio commenced operations, offering a single class of shares. On July 14, 2016, the Secured Options Portfolio began to offer a second class of shares known as “Institutional Shares.” The original class of shares has been designated as “Advisor Shares.”

On September 28, 2012, the International Secured Options Portfolio commenced operations, offering a single class of shares.

 

3


Table of Contents

On September 30, 2014, the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio commenced operations of Advisor Shares. No Institutional Shares have been issued as of the date hereof.

On December 22, 2015, the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio commenced operations, each offering a single class of shares.

Effective June 1, 2016, the Government Cash Portfolio and Tax-Exempt Cash Portfolio each were liquidated.

On June 29, 2016, the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio commenced operations, offering a single class of shares.

On December 21, 2016, the Equity Income Portfolio commenced operations, offering a single class of shares.

 

4


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The following investment strategies supplement those set forth in the Funds’ Prospectuses. Unless specified below and except as described under “Investment Limitations”, the following investment strategies are not fundamental and a particular Fund’s Board may change such strategies without shareholder approval.

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

The Portfolio may invest in the following securities: (i) straight-debt and mortgage-backed obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its sponsored agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; (ii) securities of international institutions which are not direct obligations of the U.S. Government but which involve governmental agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; (iii) any other publicly or privately placed, unrated securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities, which, in the opinion of the Portfolio’s advisor, are equivalent in credit quality to securities rated at the time of purchase at least A-3 by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or A-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”); (iv) mortgage-backed and asset-backed obligations which are privately issued with a rating at the time of purchase of at least A-3 by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s; (v) debt obligations of domestic and foreign companies rated at the time of purchase at least A-3 by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s; (vi) securities issued by other registered investment companies, including exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), that are rated at the time of purchase at least investment grade (at least BBB- by S&P or Baa(3) by Moody’s); and (vii) taxable municipal bonds rated at the time of purchase at least A-3 by S&P or A-1 by Moody’s. If any of the above securities are unrated at the time of purchase, they will be in the advisor’s opinion, equivalent in credit quality to securities so rated. If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above levels, the advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable. Any of the above securities may be variable or floating rate. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest no more than 35% of the value of its total assets in the securities described in (ii) and (iv), no more than 50% of the value of its total assets in the securities described in (v), no more than 10% of the value of its total assets in the securities described in (vi), and less than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities described in (vii) of the first sentence of this paragraph. Debt obligations issued by companies or other entities that are guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities are considered by the Portfolio to be obligations of the guarantor and are not subject to this percentage limitation.

The Portfolio’s securities held subject to repurchase agreements may have stated maturities exceeding 13 months; however, the Portfolio’s advisor currently expects that repurchase agreements will mature in less than 13 months. Additionally, the Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements.

Equity Income Portfolio

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in income-producing equity securities, such as common and preferred stocks. The Portfolio primarily invests in U.S. large cap companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of any stock in either the Russell 1000® Index or the S&P 900® Index, and that have a dividend yield above the S&P 500® Index at the time of purchase. Additional consideration is given to the expected future growth rate of such dividends. The Portfolio seeks to invest in companies with yields higher than the yield of the S&P 500® Index in an attempt to provide a high level of current income relative to other mutual funds that invest in equity securities.

From time to time, the Portfolio’s advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.

The Portfolio intends to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities which may include, as a non-principal investment, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

The Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20%) in short-term money market instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in similar money market securities.

 

5


Table of Contents

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in, or derive at least 80% of its income from, municipal securities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may, in certain instances, subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio may invest, without limitation, in municipal securities that pay interest that may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio will generally invest in municipal securities rated BB or below or Ba or below (commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”) by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) designated by Capital Guardian Trust Company (“CGTC” or the “Sub-Advisor”), medium quality securities rated BBB or Baa by a NRSRO, or upper medium quality securities rated A by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase. There is no minimum rating for a municipal security held by the Portfolio, and the Portfolio may purchase securities that are in default. The Portfolio’s investments in municipal obligations may also include debt securities rated BBB or higher by NRSROs.

The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are “general obligation” securities and “limited obligation” or “revenue” securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special or specific excise tax or other specific revenue source such as the user of the facility being financed. Revenue securities include private activity bonds which are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Consequently, the credit quality of private activity bonds is usually directly related to the credit standing of the corporate user of the facility involved.

Municipal obligations may also include “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its debt service obligations from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund, the restoration of which is a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality which created the issuer.

During temporary defensive periods, the Portfolio may invest without limitation in obligations which are not municipal obligations and may hold without limitation uninvested cash reserves. Such securities may include, without limitation, bonds, notes, variable rate demand notes and commercial paper, provided such securities are rated within the relevant categories applicable to municipal obligations as set forth above and in the Portfolio’s prospectus under the heading “Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks,” or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Portfolio’s Sub-Advisor. The Portfolio may also invest in higher quality fixed income securities. Additionally, the Portfolio may invest, without limitation, in other non-municipal debt obligations, such as bank obligations which are also of comparable quality as determined by the Portfolio’s Sub-Advisor. Furthermore, the Portfolio may acquire “stand-by commitments” with respect to municipal obligations held by it. Under a stand-by commitment, a dealer agrees to purchase, at the Portfolio’s option, specified municipal obligations at a specified price. The Portfolio will acquire stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its rights thereunder for trading purposes.

International Portfolio

From time to time, the International Portfolio’s advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.

The Portfolio intends to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities of companies located outside of the United States. However, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in the following fixed income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as the European Currency Unit (“ECU”).

The Portfolio may also enter into forward currency exchange contracts only to hedge against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of investment securities; it may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

 

6


Table of Contents

International Secured Options Portfolio

The Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in cash, short-term instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers denominated in dollars, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements or in similar money market securities.

Large Cap Value Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio

From time to time, the Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios’ advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance a Portfolio’s performance.

The Large Cap Value and Large Cap Core Portfolios intend to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities which may include ADRs listed on the NYSE.

The Large Cap Value, Large Cap Core and Large Cap Growth Portfolios will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes each Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20%) in short-term money market instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in similar money market securities.

The Large Cap Value Portfolio may also purchase or write covered call and put options on appropriate securities or securities indices. Options can attempt to enhance return through price appreciation of the option, increase income, hedge to reduce overall portfolio risk, and/or hedge to reduce individual security risk. Additionally, the Portfolio may also enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased.

Long/Short Portfolio

The Portfolio will generally take long positions in equity securities identified as undervalued and take short positions in equity securities identified as overvalued.

From time to time, the Portfolio’s advisor may revise its equity computer programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.

The Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in cash, short-term instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements or in similar money market securities.

In the course of pursuing its investment strategies, the Long/Short Portfolio may invest in derivative instruments. Derivatives may be used in a variety of ways to meet the objectives of the advisor. Options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and swaps are examples of derivative instruments in which the Long/Short Portfolio may invest.

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies located outside the United States.

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in equity securities of U.S. mid cap companies that the Portfolio’s advisor believes are undervalued. Mid cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell Midcap® Index or the S&P MidCap 400® Index. However, if warranted in the judgment of the Portfolio’s advisor, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in preferred stocks and convertible debentures

 

7


Table of Contents

with a minimum rating of BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody’s, and the following fixed income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as ECU.

The Portfolio’s holdings will tend to be characterized by relatively low price-to-earnings ratios. There is no mandated income requirement for securities held by the Portfolio. The Portfolio generally will be more volatile and have a higher expected growth rate than the overall market. In certain periods, the Portfolio may fluctuate independently of broad, larger capitalization indices such as the S&P 500® Index.

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

The Portfolio’s investments in municipal obligations may also include tax-exempt commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 or higher by Moody’s.

For a description of the two principal classifications of municipal obligations, “general obligation” securities and “revenue” securities, see the “High Yield Municipal Portfolio” above.

During temporary defensive periods, the Portfolio may invest without limitation in obligations which are not municipal obligations and may hold without limitation uninvested cash reserves. Such securities may include, without limitation, bonds, notes, variable rate demand notes and commercial paper, provided such securities are rated within the relevant categories applicable to municipal obligations as set forth above and in the Portfolio’s prospectus under the heading “Investment Duration and Quality,” or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Portfolio’s advisor. Additionally, the Portfolio may invest, without limitation, in other non-municipal debt obligations, such as bank obligations which are also of comparable quality as determined by the Portfolio’s advisor. Furthermore, the Portfolio may acquire “stand-by commitments” with respect to municipal obligations held by it. Under a stand-by commitment, a dealer agrees to purchase, at the Portfolio’s option, specified municipal obligations at a specified price. The Portfolio will acquire stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its rights thereunder for trading purposes.

Secured Options Portfolio

The Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in cash, short-term instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers denominated in dollars, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements or in similar money market securities.

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

The Portfolio may invest in the following securities: (i) municipal securities that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may, in certain instances, subject you to Federal alternative minimum tax; (ii) securities issued by other registered investment companies, including closed-end funds and ETFs that invest in fixed income securities; (iii) corporate bonds; (iv) preferred stock; (v) straight-debt and mortgage-backed obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its sponsored agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; (vi) securities of international institutions which are not direct obligations of the U.S. Government but which involve governmental agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; (vii) any other publicly or privately placed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; (viii) mortgage-backed and asset-backed obligations which are privately issued; (ix) debt obligations of domestic and foreign companies; and (x) taxable municipal bonds. Any of the above securities may be variable or floating rate. Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest at least 50% of the value of its total assets in the securities described in (i). Debt obligations issued by companies or other entities that are guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities are considered by the Portfolio to be obligations of the guarantor.

 

8


Table of Contents

All of the above securities, with the exception of other registered investment companies, such as closed-end funds and ETFs, will be rated at the time of purchase at least investment grade (rated within the top four rating categories by a NRSRO or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality by Glenmede Investment Management LP (“GIM” or the “Advisor”) at the time of purchase). If a portfolio security’s rating is reduced to below the above minimum levels, the Advisor will dispose of the security in an orderly fashion as soon as practicable. The Portfolio may invest in other registered investment companies, including closed-end funds or ETFs that hold high-yield fixed income securities that are rated at the time of purchase below investment grade (rated BB or below or Ba or below (commonly referred to as “junk bonds) by NRSROs or unrated but determined to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase).

The Portfolio’s securities held subject to repurchase agreements may have stated maturities exceeding 13 months; however, the Advisor currently expects that repurchase agreements will mature in less than 13 months. Additionally, the Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements.

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies located outside the United States.

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in equity securities of U.S. small cap companies that the Portfolio’s advisor believes are undervalued. Small cap companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index. However, if warranted in the judgment of the Portfolio’s advisor, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in preferred stocks and convertible debentures with a minimum rating of BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody’s, and the following fixed income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as the ECU.

The Portfolio’s holdings will tend to be characterized by relatively low price-to-earnings ratios. There is no mandated income requirement for securities held by the Portfolio. The Portfolio generally will be more volatile and have a higher expected growth rate than the overall market. In certain periods, the Portfolio may fluctuate independently of broad, larger capitalization indices such as the S&P 500® Index

Strategic Equity Portfolio

The Portfolio expects to have a low portfolio turnover rate relative to other funds with similar investment objectives. It is impossible to predict the impact of such a strategy on the realization of gains and losses. Additionally, the Portfolio reserves the right to sell securities irrespective of how long they have been held.

The Portfolio may sell a particular security, even though it may realize a short-term capital gain, if the value of that security is believed to have reached its peak or is expected to decline before the Portfolio would have held it for the long-term holding period. The Portfolio may also be required to sell securities in order to generate cash to pay expenses or satisfy shareholder redemptions. Certain equity and other securities held by the Portfolio will produce ordinary taxable income on a regular basis.

The Portfolio intends to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities, which may include securities of companies located outside the United States and ADRs listed on the NYSE, and will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in preferred stocks, convertible debentures, and the following fixed income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other

 

9


Table of Contents

investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as the ECU.

The Portfolio may also purchase or write call and put options on appropriate securities or securities indices. The aggregate value of the Portfolio’s assets subject to options written may not exceed 50% of its total assets (taken at market value on the date written) and the aggregate premiums on options purchased by the Portfolio will not exceed 50% of its total assets. Options can attempt to enhance return through price appreciation of the option, increase income, hedge to reduce overall portfolio risk, and/or hedge to reduce individual security risk. Additionally, the Portfolio may also enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased.

Total Market Portfolio

The Portfolio will generally take long positions in equity securities identified as undervalued and take short positions in equity securities identified as overvalued.

From time to time, the Portfolio’s advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.

The Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in cash, short-term instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements or in similar money market securities.

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies located outside the United States and ADRs listed on the NYSE.

From time to time, the Portfolio’s advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in equity securities of U.S. emerging growth companies. Emerging growth companies include companies with market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, that are within the market capitalization range of any stock in the Russell 2000® Index or the S&P SmallCap 600® Index. In addition, the Portfolio may make investments in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). The U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, if warranted in the judgment of the Advisor, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in the following fixed income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as the ECU.

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio and Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

From time to time, the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity and Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolios’ advisor may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance a Portfolio’s performance.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio and Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio each intends to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities which may include, as a non-principal investment, ADRs listed on the NYSE.

The Women in Leadership U.S. Equity and Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolios will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes each Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20%) in short-term money market instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, or in similar money market securities.

COMMON INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

Asset Backed Securities

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in asset-backed securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in a trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables and credit card receivables. Payments of principal and interest on the loans or receivables are passed through to certificate holders. Asset-backed securities are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, however, they may be guaranteed up to a certain amount by a private issuer through a letter of credit. Payment on asset-backed securities of private issuers is typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables.

An asset-backed security’s underlying assets may be prepaid with the result of shortening the certificate’s weighted average life. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. It is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool of loans or receivables. The proceeds of prepayments received by a Portfolio must be reinvested in securities whose yields reflect interest rates prevailing at the time. Thus, a Portfolio’s ability to maintain a portfolio which includes high-yielding asset-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent reinvestments are in lower yielding securities. The actual maturity and realized yield will therefore vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, while the secondary market for asset-backed securities is ordinarily quite liquid, in times of financial stress the secondary market may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in a Portfolio’s experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities.

Borrowing

As a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, each Portfolio may borrow money from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of total assets. However, with the exception of the Total Market Portfolio and Long/Short Portfolio, none of the Portfolios will borrow money for speculative purposes. If the market value of a Portfolio’s securities should decline, the Portfolio may experience difficulty in repaying the borrowing.

As required by the 1940 Act, a Portfolio must maintain continuous asset coverage (total assets, including assets acquired with borrowed funds, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of all amounts borrowed. If, at any time, the value of a Portfolio’s assets should fail to meet this 300% coverage test, a Portfolio, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays), will reduce the amount of its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet this 300% coverage. Maintenance of this percentage limitation may result in the sale of portfolio securities at a time when investment considerations otherwise indicate that it would be disadvantageous to do so. Borrowing of securities in connection with short sales and derivative transactions such as options, futures and swaps are not subject to this limitation. The Portfolios are authorized to pledge portfolio securities to the lender as collateral in connection with any borrowings. Reverse repurchase agreements constitute borrowings, and leverage is a related risk.

The Total Market Portfolio and Long/Short Portfolio may each borrow money from banks for investment purposes up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed). Borrowing for investment is known as leveraging. Leveraging investments, by purchasing securities with borrowed money, is a speculative technique that increases investment risk, but also increases investment opportunity. Since substantially all of a Portfolio’s assets will fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligations on borrowings may

 

11


Table of Contents

be fixed, the net asset value per share (“NAV”) of the Portfolio will increase more when the Portfolio’s assets increase in value and decrease more when the Portfolio’s assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case. Moreover, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the returns on the borrowed funds. Unless profits on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of borrowing will diminish the investment performance of the Portfolio. Under adverse conditions, a Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time investment considerations would not favor such sales. A Portfolio may lose money as a result of its borrowing activities.

Credit Risks

Because the Portfolios may invest in fixed income securities, they are subject to “credit risk” — the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. U.S. Government securities are generally considered to be the safest type of investment in terms of credit risk. Municipal obligations generally rank between U.S. Government securities and corporate debt securities in terms of credit safety. Corporate debt securities, particularly those rated below investment grade, may present the highest credit risk.

The Mid Cap Equity, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income and High Yield Municipal Portfolios may invest in securities which have the lowest rating in the investment grade category (i.e., Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P). Such securities are considered to have some speculative characteristics and are more sensitive to economic change than higher rated securities. The High Yield Municipal Portfolio will generally invest in high yield or non-investment grade fixed income and convertible securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in registered investment companies, including closed-end funds or ETFs that hold high-yield fixed income securities that are rated at the time of purchase below investment grade (rated BB or below or Ba or below). Such “junk bond” securities generally present the highest credit risk.

Ratings published by NRSROs are widely accepted measures of credit risk. The lower a bond issue is rated by an agency, the more credit risk it is considered to represent. Lower-rated bonds generally pay higher yields to compensate investors for the greater risk.

Depositary Receipts

The Equity Income Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio may purchase certain sponsored or unsponsored depositary receipts. In sponsored programs, an issuer makes arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of depositary receipts. For purposes of a Portfolio’s investment policies, the Portfolio’s investments in depositary receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. For example, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program. Accordingly, there may be less information available regarding issuers of securities underlying unsponsored programs and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.

The Equity Income Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, International Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio may invest in ADRs. The International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio may also invest in Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Depositary Receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust company, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. ADRs are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. ADRs may be listed on a national securities exchange or may be traded in the over-the-counter market. ADR prices are denominated in U.S. dollars although the underlying securities are denominated in a foreign currency. GDRs are depositary receipts where the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Generally, depositary receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and depositary receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. Investments in ADRs and GDRs, involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities.

 

12


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

In the course of pursuing its investment strategies, the International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may invest in certain types of derivative instruments. Derivatives are financial contracts whose values depend on the values of other investments, exchange rates or indices, in connection with its investment strategies to hedge and manage risk and to increase its return. Derivatives may be used in a variety of ways to meet the objectives of the advisor. These Portfolios may purchase or write call and put options on appropriate securities or securities indices. Futures contracts, forward contracts, options on futures, and index, interest rate, total return and equity swaps are examples of derivative instruments in which the International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may invest. Futures, options and swaps are commonly used for traditional hedging and cash management purposes as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities.

Compared to conventional securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Portfolio’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivative transactions may include elements of leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative transaction in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The price of derivatives can be very volatile and result in disproportionately heavy losses to a Portfolio relative to the amount invested if the advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. A Portfolio’s use of derivatives involves risks that may be different from the risk associated with investing directly in the underlying assets, including the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying assets, interest rate or index. The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates.

Derivatives are also subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, a Portfolio will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

The use of certain derivative instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the several options and futures exchanges upon which they may be traded, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). The Glenmede Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under that Act with respect to such Portfolios as of the date thereof.

Exchange-Traded Funds

The Portfolios may invest in shares of registered open-end or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. Some ETFs seek to track the performance of a particular market index, and are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. These indices include not only broad-market indices but more narrowly-based indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, markets, regions or industries. ETF and closed-end fund shares are traded like traditional equity securities on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ National Market System. The Portfolios may purchase ETF shares as a way of gaining exposure to the segments of the equity or fixed income markets represented by the ETF’s portfolio instead of buying those portfolio securities directly. ETF shares enjoy several advantages over futures. Depending on the market, the holding period, and other factors, ETF shares can be less costly than futures. In addition, ETF shares can be purchased for smaller sums and offer exposure to market sectors and styles for which there is no suitable or liquid futures contract. Because most ETFs are investment companies, the Portfolios’ purchase of ETF shares generally are subject to the percentage limitations and risks described below under “Investment Company Securities.

An investment in an ETF or a closed-end fund generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open- end fund (i.e., one that is not exchange traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies. The price of an ETF or a closed-end fund can fluctuate within a wide range, and the Portfolios could lose money investing in such a fund if the prices of the stocks owned by it go down. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional open-end funds: (i) the market price of their shares may trade at a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for their shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of their shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.

 

13


Table of Contents

Fixed Income Securities

The Portfolios may invest in fixed income securities, which are used by issuers to borrow money. Bonds, notes, debentures, asset-backed securities (including those backed by mortgages), and loan participations and assignments are common types of debt securities. Generally, issuers pay investors periodic interest and repay the amount borrowed either periodically during the life of the security and/or at maturity. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a discount from their face values and their values accrete over time to face value at maturity. Some debt securities bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but that vary with changes in specified market rates or indices. The market prices of debt securities fluctuate depending on such factors as interest rates, credit quality and maturity. In general, market prices of debt securities decline when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. These fluctuations will generally be greater for longer-term debt securities than for shorter-term debt securities.

Debt securities may be sensitive to economic changes, political and corporate developments, and interest rate changes. In addition, during an economic downturn or a period of rising interest rates, issuers that are highly leveraged may experience increased financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to meet projected business goals, to obtain additional financing and to service their principal and interest payment obligations. Periods of economic change and uncertainty also can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices and yields of certain debt securities and derivative instruments. For example, during the financial crisis of 2007-2009, the Federal Reserve implemented a number of economic policies that impacted, and may continue to impact, interest rates and the market. These policies, as well as potential actions by governmental entities both in and outside of the U.S., may expose fixed income markets to heightened volatility and may reduce liquidity for certain investments, which could cause the value of the Portfolio to decline. Prices of debt securities can also be affected by financial contracts held by the issuer or third parties (such as derivatives) relating to the security or other assets or indices.

Debt securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a lower interest rate market, the Portfolio would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in decreased income to investors. If the issuer of a debt security defaults on its obligations to pay interest or principal or is the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, the Portfolio may incur losses or expenses in seeking recovery of amounts owed to it.

There may be little trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may affect adversely the Portfolio’s ability to value accurately or dispose of such debt securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and/or liquidity of debt securities.

Fixed income securities are subject to “credit risk” — the risk that an issuer will be unable to make principal and interest payments when due. U.S. Government securities are generally considered to be the safest type of investment in terms of credit risk. Municipal obligations generally rank between U.S. Government securities and corporate debt securities in terms of credit safety. Corporate debt securities, particularly those rated below investment grade, may present the highest credit risk. The Advisor and the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s Sub-Advisor, as applicable, each attempts to reduce the risks described above through diversification of Portfolio investments and by credit analysis of each issuer, as well as by monitoring broad economic trends and corporate and legislative developments, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

Credit ratings for debt securities provided by rating agencies reflect an evaluation of the safety of principal and interest payments, not market value risk. The rating of an issuer is a rating agency’s view of past and future potential developments related to the issuer and may not necessarily reflect actual outcomes. There can be a lag between the time of developments relating to an issuer and the time a rating is assigned and updated.

Bond rating agencies may assign modifiers (such as +/–) to ratings categories to signify the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Investment policies that are based on ratings categories should be read to include any security within that category, without giving consideration to the modifier except where otherwise provided. See Appendix A to this SAI for more information about credit ratings.

 

14


Table of Contents

Foreign Securities

The International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio invest in foreign securities, either directly or through ADRs. In addition, the Equity Income Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio may invest in foreign securities either directly or through ADRs, and the International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio may invest in foreign securities through GDRs as well. Such investments may involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs and additional taxes by foreign governments. Foreign investments may also present additional risks associated with currency exchange rates, differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, holding securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity, and political instability. Future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on dividends, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of dividends or principal and interest on foreign obligations.

Foreign securities markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of a Portfolio are uninvested and no return is earned. The inability of a Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to these and other settlement problems could cause such Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result in losses to a Portfolio due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Additionally, a Portfolio may encounter difficulties or be unable to pursue legal remedies and obtain judgments in foreign courts.

Although the Portfolios are permitted to invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolios value their securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, the NAV of the Portfolios’ shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as with price changes of a Portfolio’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which the Portfolios make their investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the prices of the Portfolios’ securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar will have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of the Portfolios’ securities in their local markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, the Portfolios are subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.

The International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio may invest in emerging market countries. The risks described above apply to an even greater extent to investments in emerging market countries. The securities markets of emerging market countries are generally smaller, less developed, less liquid, and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and developed foreign countries, and disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent. In addition, the securities markets of emerging market countries are typically subject to a lower level of monitoring and regulation. Government enforcement of existing securities regulations is limited, and any such enforcement may be arbitrary and the results may be difficult to predict. In addition, reporting requirements of emerging countries with respect to the ownership of securities are more likely to be subject to interpretation or changes without prior notice to investors than more developed countries. Developing countries may impose restrictions on a Portfolio’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital. Even if there is no outright restriction on repatriation of investment income or capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolio.

Economies of emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent on international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. Economies of emerging market countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. The economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or dependent on revenues from particular commodities. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on such countries’ economies and securities markets. Some of the currencies in emerging markets have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain developing countries face serious exchange constraints.

 

15


Table of Contents

Custodial services are often more expensive and other investment-related costs higher in emerging countries than in developed countries, which could reduce the Portfolios’ income from investments in securities or debt instruments of emerging country issuers.

Governments of some developing countries exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. As such, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries in these regions, which could affect private sector companies, a Portfolio and the value of its securities. Furthermore, certain developing countries are among the largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. Trading in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by such governments or their agencies and instrumentalities involves a high degree of risk.

Lastly, emerging market countries are more likely than developed countries to experience political uncertainty and instability, including the risk of war, terrorism, nationalization, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets, or diplomatic developments that affect U.S. investments in these countries. No assurance can be given that adverse political changes will not cause the Portfolios to suffer a loss of any or all of its investments (or, in the case of fixed income securities, interest) in emerging market countries.

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

The International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio may enter into forward foreign exchange contracts, but such contracts may not be used for speculative purposes. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC such as the New York Mercantile Exchange. The Portfolios would enter into foreign currency futures contracts solely for hedging or other appropriate investment purposes as permitted by regulations which permit principals of an investment company registered under the Commodity Exchange Act to engage in such transactions without registering or being regulated as commodity pool operators.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts allow a Portfolio to hedge the currency risk of portfolio securities denominated in a foreign currency. This method of protecting the value of a Portfolio’s investment securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange at a future date. Although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. Additionally, investments in foreign currency exchange contracts involve other risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in any given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward foreign exchange contracts are traded directly between currency traders so that no intermediary is required. A forward contract generally requires no margin or other deposit.

At the maturity of a forward contract, a Portfolio may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

Illiquid Securities

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Muni Intermediate Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of their respective net assets in securities that are illiquid. The Equity Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in

 

16


Table of Contents

Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio will not invest more than 15% of their respective net assets in securities that are illiquid. These securities are subject to the risk that should a Portfolio need to dispose of such securities, there may not be a ready market or the Portfolio may have to sell such securities at an undesirable price. Illiquid securities include securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days at approximately the price at which they are being carried on the Funds’ books (including repurchase agreements in excess of seven days).

Indexed Securities

An indexed security is an instrument whose price is indexed to the price of another security, security index, currency, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments. Indexed securities are also subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. Government agencies.

Initial Public Offerings

An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. The U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio may make significant investments in IPOs. The Equity Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Option Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio also may invest in IPOs.

An IPO presents the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk.

When a Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investments in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, a Portfolio may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the portfolio turnover and may lead to increased expenses to the Portfolio, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, the Portfolio may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Portfolio to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.

A Portfolio’s investments in IPO shares may include the securities of “unseasoned” companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.

Interest Rate Risks

The Portfolios may invest in fixed income securities. Generally, a fixed income security will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Longer-term securities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter-term securities, but they usually offer higher yields to compensate investors for the greater risks. Although in recent periods, governmental financial regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have taken steps to maintain historically low

 

17


Table of Contents

interest rates; the Federal Reserve recently raised interest rates slightly. It is possible that governmental action will be less effective in maintaining low interest rates or action will be taken to raise interest rates further. Changes in market conditions and government action may have adverse effects on investments, volatility, and liquidity in debt markets and any negative impact on fixed income securities could be swift and significant, potentially negatively impacting the Portfolio’s performance. Substantial redemptions from bond and other income funds may worsen that impact. Dividend paying and other types of equity securities also may be adversely affected from an increase in interest rates.

Investment Company Securities

Each Portfolio may invest in securities issued by other open-end or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. Each Portfolio may invest in securities issued by such other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, each Portfolio’s investment in such securities currently is limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the Portfolio’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. Investments in the securities of other investment companies will involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act permits a Portfolio to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective. As a shareholder of another mutual fund, a Portfolio would bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s advisory fees and other expenses, in addition to the expenses the Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operations. Furthermore, the investment company securities in which a Portfolio invests may decline in value. Pursuant to orders issued by the SEC to certain ETFs and procedures approved by the Board, certain Portfolios may invest in certain ETFs in excess of the limits described above, provided that the Fund complies with certain conditions of the SEC orders and any other applicable investment limitations.

Each Portfolio’s shares may be purchased by other investment companies, including other Portfolios of the Funds. An investment company’s shares purchased by a Portfolio would be limited to 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the acquired investment company. For so long as a Portfolio invests in or accepts investments by other affiliated investment companies, it will not purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or under the terms of an exemptive order granted by the SEC.

Preferred Stocks

The Equity Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stock includes convertible and non-convertible preferred and preference stocks that are senior to common stock. Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

The Equity Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Equity REITs may further be categorized by the type of real estate securities they own, such as apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, healthcare facilities, manufactured housing and mixed property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Like regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.

 

18


Table of Contents

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.

In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by a Portfolio. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligation.

Options

Purchasing Put and Call Options. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest and on securities indices. An option is a contract giving its owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call) or sell (put) a specified instrument at a fixed price during a specified period. Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities and indices of securities prices. Futures contracts may underlay options written by the International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio.

By purchasing a put option, the purchaser obtains the right to sell the option’s underlying instrument at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the current market price (premium) for the option. The purchaser may terminate its position in a put option by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. If the option is allowed to expire, the purchaser will lose the entire premium. If the option is exercised, the purchaser completes the sale of the underlying instrument at the strike price. A purchaser may also terminate a put option position by closing it out in the secondary market at its current price, if a liquid secondary market exists.

A Portfolio will normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of securities or index. A Portfolio will ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying instrument decreases below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Portfolio will realize either no gain or will suffer a loss on the premium paid for the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options will tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities.

The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option’s strike price. A Portfolio normally purchases call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of the underlying instrument. A Portfolio will ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeds the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Portfolio will realize either no gain or will suffer a loss on the premium paid for the call option.

Writing Put and Call Options. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may write covered put and call options on any securities in which it may invest and on securities indices. The writer (seller) of a put or call option takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for receipt of the premium, the writer of a put option assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for or purchase the option’s underlying instrument if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. The writer may seek to terminate a position in a put option before exercise by closing out the option in the secondary market at its current price. If the secondary market is not liquid for a put option, however, the writer must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes.

 

19


Table of Contents

If security prices rise, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the writer will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss from purchasing the underlying instrument directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should mitigate the effects of the decline.

Writing a call option obligates the writer to sell or deliver the option’s underlying instrument, in return for the strike price, upon exercise of the option. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that writing calls generally is a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium, a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases. At the same time, the seller retains the risk of loss from a decline in the value of the underlying security during the option period. Although the seller may terminate its obligation by executing a closing purchase transaction, the cost of effecting such a transaction may be greater than the premium received upon its sale, resulting in a loss to the seller. If such an option expires unexercised, the seller realizes a gain equal to the premium received. Such a gain may be offset or exceeded by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If an option is exercised, the exercise price, the premium received and the change in the market value of the underlying security during the option period determine the gain or loss realized by the seller. If a Portfolio writes a call option on a security it does not hold and the option is exercised by the buyer, the Portfolio will temporarily be in a short position until the underlying security is purchased and delivered to the buyer.

Covering Call Options. All call options written (sold) by a Portfolio will be “covered” pursuant to SEC and its staff’s requirements. The SEC staff has indicated that a written call option on a security may be covered if a mutual fund: (1) owns the security underlying the call until the option is exercised or expires; (2) holds a call on the same security as the call written with an exercise price (a) no greater than the exercise price of the call written or (b) greater than the exercise price of the call written if the Portfolio segregates cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference; (3) has an absolute and immediate right to acquire the security without additional cost (or if additional consideration is required, cash or other liquid assets in such amount have been segregated); or (4) segregates cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to (when added to any margin on deposit) the current market value of the call option, but not less than the exercise price, marked to market daily. If the call option is exercised by the purchaser during the option period, the seller is required to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price or pay the difference. The seller’s obligation terminates upon expiration of the option period or when the seller executes a closing purchase transaction with respect to such option.

Covering Put Options. All put options written by a Portfolio will be covered by: (1) segregating cash, cash equivalents, such as U.S. Treasury securities or overnight repurchase agreements, or other liquid assets having a value at least equal to exercise price of the option (less cash received, if any); or (2) holding a put option on the same security as the option written where the exercise price of the put option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the put option written or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put option written provided the Portfolio segregates cash or other liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

Options on Securities Indices. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may write (sell) and buy options on securities indices. An option on a securities index is generally similar to an option on an individual stock, but an option on a securities index is settled only in cash. The exercising holder of an index option, instead of receiving a security, receives the difference between the closing price of the securities index and the exercise price of the index option times a specified multiple ($100 in the case of the S&P 500® Index). The seller of index options may realize a gain or loss according to movement in the level of securities prices in that index and in the securities markets generally. The Portfolio will purchase and sell put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it will purchase and sell options on individual securities.

A Portfolio can execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to the option it has sold and sells another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The cost of a closing transaction, while reducing the premium income realized from the sale of the option, should be offset, at least in part, by appreciation in the value of the underlying index (to the extent movements in the Portfolio’s securities portfolio are positively correlated with the value of the index underlying the option), and by the opportunity to realize additional premium income from selling a new option.

 

20


Table of Contents

When a Portfolio sells an index call option, it does not deliver the underlying stocks or cash to the broker through whom the transaction is effected. In the case of an exchange-traded option, the Portfolio establishes an escrow account. The Fund’s Custodian (or a securities depository acting for the Custodian) acts as the Fund’s escrow agent. The escrow agent enters into documents known as escrow receipts with respect to the stocks included in the Fund (or escrow receipts with respect to other acceptable securities). The escrow agent releases the stocks from the escrow account when the call option expires or the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction. Until such release, the underlying stocks cannot be sold by the Portfolio. The Portfolio may enter into similar collateral arrangements with the counterparty when it sells over the counter index call options.

The purchaser of an index call option sold by a Portfolio may exercise the option at a price fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of exercise. Unless the Portfolio has liquid assets sufficient to satisfy the exercise of the index call option, the Portfolio would be required to liquidate portfolio securities to satisfy the exercise. The market value of such securities may decline between the time the option is exercised and the time the Portfolio is able to sell the securities. If the Portfolio fails to anticipate an exercise, it may have to borrow from a bank pending settlement of the sale of the portfolio securities and thereby incurring interest charges. If trading is interrupted on the index option markets, the Portfolio would not be able to close out its option positions.

When a Portfolio sells a call option on a securities index, it is also required to “cover” the option. A Portfolio may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional consideration which has been segregated by the Portfolio) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. Covered calls on a stock index may be covered by holding stock index ETFs instead of individual stocks that replicate the movement of the index. A Portfolio may also cover written call and put options on a securities index by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to any margin on deposit, that is equal to the current market value of the underlying securities, but not (i) less than the exercise price in the case of a call option, or (ii) equal to or higher than the exercise price in the case of a put option, or by owning offsetting options as described above.

Each Portfolio reserves the right to modify its coverage policies in the future to comply with any changes in positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff.

Combined Positions. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may use combined positions. A combined position involves purchasing and writing options in combination with each other, or, in the case of the International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio, in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument would construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out. The written option component of the combined positions will be covered by segregating sufficient liquid assets in accordance with SEC staff articulated guidelines.

Over-the-Counter Options. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio may use combined over-the-counter options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of over-the-counter (“OTC”) options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows the purchaser or writer greater flexibility to tailor an option to its needs, OTC options generally are less liquid and involve greater credit risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange-traded options, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the OTC transactions.

Swaps. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may enter into swaps, including security-based swaps (collectively, “swaps”), for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to pay or exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular assets, which may be adjusted for transaction costs, interest payments, dividends paid on the referenced assets or other factors. The gross returns to be paid or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a ‘‘notional amount,’’ for example, the increase or decrease in value of a particular dollar amount invested in the assets. The agreement can be individually negotiated and

 

21


Table of Contents

structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. For example, index swaps involve the exchange by a party with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect to the notional principal amount at interest rates equal to specified indices; interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a party with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments; and equity swaps are generally contracts that obligate one party to pay the positive return and the other party to pay the negative return on a specific security or basket of securities.

Under a swap, payments may be made at the conclusion of the swap or periodically during its term. Normally, however, the advisor may terminate a swap contract prior to its term, subject to any potential termination fee that is in addition to a Portfolio’s accrued obligation under the swap.

As an investment company registered with the SEC, a Portfolio must segregate liquid assets, or engage in other SEC- or staff- approved measures to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives instruments. In the case of swaps that are not contractually required to cash settle, for example, a Portfolio must set aside cash or other liquid assets equal to the full notional value of the swaps while the positions are open. With respect to swaps that are contractually required to cash settle, however, a Portfolio is permitted to set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the Portfolio’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Portfolio’s daily net liability) under the swaps, if any, rather than their full notional value. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled swaps, the Portfolio will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Portfolio were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the swaps.

A Portfolio will generally enter into swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of a swap contract or periodically during its term. Since swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Portfolio’s exposure, the Portfolio and its advisor believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing restrictions.

Futures Contracts. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may purchase futures contracts. In purchasing a futures contract, the buyer agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. In selling a futures contract, the seller agrees to sell a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when the buyer and seller enter into the contract. Some currently available futures contracts are based on specific securities and some are based on indices of securities prices. Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid secondary market is available.

The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase the purchaser’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When selling a futures contract, by contrast, the value of the futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. However, there is a risk that the price behavior of the futures contract may not correlate with that of the instrument being hedged.

Options on Futures Contracts. The International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may transact in options on futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. The potential for loss related to writing options is unlimited.

 

22


Table of Contents

Risks of Futures Contracts. While the International Secured Options Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may benefit from the use of futures and options on futures, unanticipated changes in securities prices may result in poorer overall performance than if a Portfolio had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. Because perfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position that is intended to be protected is impossible to achieve, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Portfolio may be exposed to additional risk of loss. The loss incurred by a Portfolio in entering into futures contracts and in writing call options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. In addition, futures markets are highly volatile and the use of futures may increase the volatility of a Portfolio’s net asset value. As a result of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to the Portfolio.

In addition, there is no assurance a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular options or futures contract at any particular time. Options may have relatively low trading volume and liquidity if their strike prices are not close to the underlying instrument’s current price. In addition, exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts, and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the secondary market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and potentially could require the Portfolio to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, the Portfolio’s access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired.

Each Portfolio must segregate cash or other liquid assets, or engage in other SEC- or staff-approved measures to ‘‘cover’’ open positions with respect to its transactions in futures contracts. In the case of futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, for example, the Portfolio must set aside cash or other liquid assets equal to the full notional value of the futures contracts while the positions are open. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Portfolio is permitted to set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to the Portfolio’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e. the Portfolio’s daily net liability) under the futures contracts, if any, rather than their full notional value. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled futures contracts, a Portfolio will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Portfolio were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the futures contracts.

Each Portfolio reserve the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by its advisor. Under normal circumstances, however, the Equity Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Muni Intermediate Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio will not enter into repurchase agreements if entering into such agreements would cause, at the time of entering into such agreements, more than 20% of the value of the total assets of the particular Portfolio to be subject to repurchase agreements. The International Portfolio will generally enter into repurchase transactions to invest cash reserves and for temporary defensive purposes.

In effect, by entering into a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio is lending its funds to the seller at the agreed upon interest rate, and receiving a security as collateral for the loan. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day (overnight repo) or for a fixed term (term repo). Repurchase agreements are a common way to earn interest income on short-term funds.

In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by a Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price.

If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, a Portfolio holding such obligation will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) were less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by a Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.

 

23


Table of Contents

Repurchase agreements that do not provide for payment to a Portfolio within seven days after notice without taking a reduced price are considered illiquid securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Long/Short Portfolio, Core Fixed Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement the Portfolio sells a security and simultaneously commits to repurchase that security at a future date from the buyer. In effect, the Portfolio is temporarily borrowing funds at an agreed upon interest rate from the purchaser of the security, and the sale of the security represents collateral for the loan. The Portfolio retains record ownership of the security and the right to receive interest and principal payments on the security. At an agreed upon future date, the Portfolio repurchases the security by remitting the proceeds previously received, plus interest. In certain types of agreements, there is no agreed upon repurchase date and interest payments are calculated daily, often based on the prevailing overnight repurchase rate. These agreements, which are treated as if reestablished each day, are expected to provide the Portfolio with a flexible borrowing tool. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by the Portfolio under the 1940 Act.

A Portfolio’s investment of the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement is the speculative factor known as leverage. The Portfolio may enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest income from investment of the proceeds is greater than the interest expense of the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the agreement. The Portfolio will maintain liquid securities at least equal to its purchase obligations under these agreements. The Portfolio’s advisor will consider the creditworthiness of the other party in determining whether a Portfolio will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement.

The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves certain risks. For example, the securities acquired by a Portfolio with the proceeds of such an agreement may decline in value, although the Portfolio is obligated to repay the proceeds. In addition, the market value of the securities sold by a Portfolio may decline below the repurchase price, to which the Portfolio remains committed.

Securities Lending

Each Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities with a value of up to one-third of its total assets (including the value of the collateral for the loans) to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions who need to borrow securities in order to complete certain transactions, such as covering short sales, avoiding failures to deliver securities or completing arbitrage operations. By lending its investment securities, a Portfolio attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of the Portfolio. A Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities only when the terms, the structure and the aggregate amount of such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the broker, dealer or institution, will be considered by the Portfolio’s advisor in making decisions with respect to the lending of securities, subject to review by the particular Fund’s Board.

When lending portfolio securities, the securities may not be available to a Portfolio on a timely basis. Therefore, a Portfolio may lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Such loans would also involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral if the value of the collateral decreases below the value of the securities loaned or even the loss of rights to the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. Additionally, if a borrower of securities files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of the securities may be delayed pending court action. A Portfolio may also record realized gain or loss on securities deemed sold due to a borrower’s inability to return securities on loan. A Portfolio may, from time to time, pay negotiated fees in connection with the lending of securities. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as the Funds’ securities lending agent. For these services, the lending agent receives a fee based on the income earned on a Portfolio’s investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities, a portion of any loan premium paid by the borrower, and reimbursement of expenses advanced as a result of a Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any.

The lending agent may, on behalf of the Portfolios, invest the cash collateral received in short-term money market instruments, including commercial paper, money market mutual funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other short-term bank obligations, securities issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and other highly rated liquid investments. These investments may include mutual funds, with respect to which State Street and/or its affiliates provide investment management or advisory, trust, custody, transfer agency, shareholder servicing and/or other services for which they are compensated. On behalf of the Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio, some or all of the cash collateral may be used to finance short sales.

 

24


Table of Contents

Short Sales

The Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio will engage in short sales. A security is sold short when a Portfolio sells a security it does not own. To sell a security short, a Portfolio must borrow the security to deliver it to the buyer. The Portfolio is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at, or before, the time of replacement. This price may or may not be less than the price at which the security was sold by the Portfolio. Until the security is replaced, the Portfolio is required to pay the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangement with the lender, in order to borrow the security, the Portfolio may be required to pledge all or a significant portion of its securities and other assets, including cash collateral from securities lending activities, to the lender and may also have to pay a fee which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale may be retained by the lender until the short position is closed out or the proceeds may be released to the Portfolio and used to purchase additional securities or for any other purpose.

The Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Portfolios replace the borrowed security. Each Portfolio will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those two dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss will be increased by any interest, premium and transaction charges or other costs the Portfolio may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Whether each Portfolio will be successful in utilizing a short sale will depend, in part, on the Advisor’s ability to correctly predict whether the price of a security it borrows to sell short will decrease.

The use of short sales is a primary investment of the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios. Each Portfolio is required to segregate cash, cash equivalents or other appropriate liquid marketable securities in at least an amount equal to the current market value of the securities sold short (less any additional collateral pledged to the lender) and the amount of securities lending cash collateral used to finance short sales until the Portfolio replaces a borrowed security. Depending on arrangements made with the lender or custodian, the Portfolio may not receive any payments (including interest) on the deposits made with the lender or custodian. Because of this asset segregation requirement, a Portfolio may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities that it otherwise might not have sold in order to meet its obligations, such as paying for redemption of Portfolio shares. In the alternative, the Portfolio could cover its short positions by purchasing the security sold short in accordance with positions taken by the SEC staff.

There is no guarantee that a Portfolio will be able to close out a short position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. In short sale transactions, a Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short; its loss is limited only by the maximum price it must pay to acquire the security less the price at which the security was sold. In theory, losses from short sales may be unlimited. Short selling may also produce higher than normal portfolio turnover and result in increased transaction costs to a Portfolio. In addition, the use of short sales may result in a Portfolio realizing more short-term capital gains than it would if the Portfolio did not engage in short sales.

The Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio anticipate that the frequency of short sales will vary substantially in different periods. However, no securities will be sold short if, after effect is given to any such short sale, the total market value of all securities sold short would exceed 100% of the value of a Portfolio’s net assets.

Stand-by Commitments

The Muni Intermediate Portfolio may acquire stand-by commitments which may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the municipal obligation to which such commitment relates.

U.S. Government Obligations

The Portfolios may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Direct obligations of the U.S. Government such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds are supported by its full faith and credit. Indirect obligations issued by Federal agencies and government-sponsored entities generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Some of these indirect obligations may be supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Please refer to Appendix A for further information about U.S. Government obligations.

 

25


Table of Contents

“When Issued,” “Delayed Settlement,” and “Forward Delivery” Securities

Each Portfolio may purchase and sell securities on a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” basis. “When issued” or “forward delivery” refers to securities whose terms and indenture are available and for which a market exists, but which are not available for immediate delivery. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis may be settled after a period longer than the regular settlement time of trade date plus three business days. “Delayed settlement” is a term used to describe settlement of a securities transaction in the secondary market which will occur sometime in the future. One form of “when issued” or “delayed settlement” security that the Core Fixed Income Portfolio and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may purchase is a “to be announced” (“TBA”) mortgage-backed security. A TBA transaction arises when a mortgage-backed security, such as a Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) pass-through security, is purchased or sold with the specific pools that will constitute that GNMA pass-through security to be announced on a future settlement date. No payment or delivery is made by a Portfolio in a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” transaction until the Portfolio receives payment or delivery from the other party to the transaction. A Portfolio will segregate cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt obligations at least equal to the value of purchase commitments until payment is made. Such segregated securities will either mature or, if necessary, be sold on or before the settlement date. Although a Portfolio receives no income from the above described securities prior to delivery, the market value of such securities is still subject to change.

A Portfolio will engage in “when issued” transactions to obtain what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of the transaction. When a Portfolio engages in “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring securities consistent with its investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of speculation. Each Portfolio’s “when issued”, “delayed settlement” and “forward delivery” commitments are not expected to exceed 30% of its total assets absent unusual market circumstances, and each Portfolio will only sell securities on such a basis to offset securities purchased on such a basis.

Securities purchased or sold on a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” basis are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. In when-issued and delayed settlement transactions, a Portfolio relies on the seller to complete the transaction; the seller’s failure to do so may cause a Portfolio to miss an advantageous price or yield.

PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES

The NAV per share of each class of shares of each Portfolio is determined by dividing the total market value of its investments and other assets, less liabilities allocated to that share class, by the total number of its shares outstanding of that class.

Equity securities and options listed on a U.S. securities exchange, including ETFs, for which quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price as of the close of the exchange’s regular trading hours on the day the valuation is made. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted U.S. equity securities and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily available are valued not in excess of the asked prices or less than the bid prices. If no sales are reported, listed options are valued at the mean of the bid and ask price. Investments in open-ended investment companies are valued at their respective net asset values as reported by such companies.

Marketable fixed income securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market, at the most recent quoted bid price, or when stock exchange valuations are used, at the latest quoted sale price on the day of valuation. If there is not such a reported sale, the latest quoted bid price will be used. NAV includes interest on fixed income securities which is accrued daily. In addition, bond and other fixed income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service or by using a matrix or formula, when a Portfolio’s advisor believes such prices reflect the fair market value of such securities. The prices provided by a pricing service are determined without regard to bid or last sale prices, but take into account institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and any developments related to specific securities. The matrix pricing method values securities by reference to prices of comparable securities obtained from sources the Portfolio’s advisor deems accurate and reliable. Debt securities with maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which does not take into account unrealized gains or losses. The amortized cost method involves valuing an instrument at its cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Portfolio would receive if it sold the instrument.

 

26


Table of Contents

Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted sales price available when assets are valued. For the International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio, if a subsequent occurrence, based on the movement of an index, is believed to have changed such value, however, the Fund may use a fair valuation model to value those securities in order to adjust for events which may occur between the close of the foreign exchanges and the close of the NYSE. Foreign securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which the above valuation procedures are deemed not to reflect fair value are valued in a manner that is intended to reflect their fair value as determined in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of a Portfolio are not priced; as a result, the NAV of shares of such Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.

The High Yield Municipal, Muni Intermediate and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios’ municipal obligations for which quotations are readily available are valued at the most recent quoted bid price provided by investment dealers, provided that municipal obligations may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service when such prices are determined by the Portfolio’s Advisor, with input from the Sub-Advisor with respect to only the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, as may be relevant, to reflect the fair market value of such municipal obligations. Municipal obligations for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair market value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Boards. Debt obligations with maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued on the basis of amortized cost, which approximates market value.

When market quotations are unavailable or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, the Portfolios’ investments will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Boards.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

The purchase price of shares of each class of a Portfolio is the NAV next determined after receipt of the purchase order by the particular Fund. It is the responsibility of The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. (“Glenmede Trust”), Glenmede Investment Management LP (“GIM” or the “Advisor”) or certain approved brokers, employee benefit plans or other institutions (“Institutions”) to transmit orders for share purchases to State Street, the Funds’ transfer agent, and to deliver, or provide instructions to investors for the delivery of, required funds to State Street, the Funds’ custodian, on a timely basis.

Each Portfolio reserves the right in its sole discretion (i) to suspend the offering of its shares, (ii) to reject purchase orders when in the judgment of management such rejection is in the best interest of the particular Portfolio, (iii) to reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investments, from time to time and (iv) close at any time to new investments or to new accounts.

At the discretion of the Funds, investors may be permitted to purchase Portfolio shares by transferring securities to the Portfolio that meet the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Redemption proceeds are normally paid in cash, although the Funds have elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act which permits them to limit each shareholder to cash redemptions of $250,000 or 1% of such Portfolio’s NAV, whichever is less, within a 90-day period. Any additional redemption proceeds would be made in readily marketable securities.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The Equity Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio may engage in active short-term trading to benefit from price disparities among different issues of securities or among the markets for equity securities, or for other reasons. The other Portfolios will not normally engage in short-term trading, but reserve the right to do so. It is anticipated that the portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements which enable the Portfolios to receive favorable tax treatment. The Portfolios are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolio from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate.

 

27


Table of Contents

A high portfolio turnover rate can result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions; however, the Portfolios’ advisors will not consider turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions consistent with that Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.

The portfolio turnover rates disclosed in the financial highlights for the Secured Options Portfolio for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016 and October 31, 2015 were zero because all trading activity in the Portfolio was short term and excluded from the portfolio turnover calculation.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Boards have adopted a policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings (including, but not limited to, portfolio securities holdings, asset allocations, sector allocations, and other portfolio holdings statistics, collectively referred to herein as “portfolio holdings”). The policy provides that neither a Fund, nor its Advisor, sub-advisor, administrator, transfer agent nor distributor (“Fund Service Provider”) will disclose the Funds’ portfolio holdings to any person other than in accordance with the policy. Under the policy, neither a Fund, any Fund Service Provider, nor any of their affiliated persons may receive any compensation in any form, whether in cash or otherwise, in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings. A Fund Service Provider may provide portfolio holdings to third parties if such information has been included in the Funds’ public filings as required by the SEC or other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the SEC or other applicable regulatory authorities may require. The Advisor may post the following portfolio holdings on its website or any website maintained for the Funds or otherwise in a manner available to all shareholders: (1) no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each month, the month-end top-ten portfolio holdings; and/or (2) no earlier than ten calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, the complete quarter-end portfolio holdings. This information may then be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the website. Such information shall remain available on the website at least until the Funds file with the SEC their annual/semiannual shareholder report or quarterly portfolio holdings report that includes such period.

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or not otherwise required to be disclosed by the SEC or other applicable regulatory authorities, may be provided to third parties only if the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so, the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they receive. In order to ensure that the disclosure of the Fund’s non-public portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders and to avoid any potential or actual conflicts of interest with the Fund’s Service Providers or other affiliated persons, disclosure to such third parties must be authorized by the Fund’s President and approved in advance by the Board of Directors/Trustees. Under the policy, the Board of each Fund is to receive information, on a quarterly basis, regarding any disclosures of non-public portfolio holdings information that were permitted during the preceding quarter. Such authorization, pre-approval and reporting is not required for disclosure by the Funds’ Administrator to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other services to the Funds, as well as rating and ranking organizations. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality.

Under the policy, the Funds’ President has authorized the release of information regarding the Funds’ portfolio holdings on a daily basis to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting, legal and other services to the Funds, currently including:

 

  (i) State Street, in connection with the provision of services as the Funds’ Custodian, Administrator, Transfer Agent, securities lending agent and short sales lending agent;

 

  (ii) Third-party providers of proxy voting services, such as Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”) and mailing services such as Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”);

 

  (iii) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accountant, in connection with the provision of services related to the audit of the Funds’ financial statements and certain non-audit services;

 

28


Table of Contents
  (iv) Third-party providers of pricing/analytical/reconciliation services, such as FT Interactive Data Corporation, FactSet, JJ Kenney and Electra Information Systems;

 

  (v) Ratings and ranking organizations, such as Morningstar, Inc. and Lipper/Thomson Reuters;

 

  (vi) Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, in connection with the provision of services as legal counsel to the Funds;

 

  (vii) Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC in connection with the provision of services related to the Funds’ compliance program;

 

  (viii) Barclays Capital Inc, BTIG LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and its affiliates, Goldman Sachs Execution and Clearing LP and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in connection with the performance of brokerage and options trading and related functions; and

 

  (viii) Third-party financial printers, such as Bowne and RR Donnelley.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Each Portfolio is subject to the following restrictions. The numbered restrictions are fundamental policies and may not be changed without the approval of the lesser of: (1) 67% of the voting securities of the affected Portfolio present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Portfolio.

Each Portfolio (other than the Equity Income Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio) will not:

 

  (1) invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that each Portfolio may invest in futures contracts and options;

 

  (2) purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate;

 

  (3) make loans, except (i) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements, subject to the limitation described in investment limitation (9) below, and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder;

 

  (4) purchase on margin or sell short, except as specified above in investment limitation (1);

 

  (5) purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer;

 

  (6) issue senior securities, except that a Portfolio may borrow money in accordance with investment limitation (7) below, purchase securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and enter into reverse repurchase agreements;

 

  (7) borrow money, except as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation);

 

  (8) pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for futures contracts will not be deemed to be pledges of a Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation;

 

29


Table of Contents
  (9) underwrite the securities of other issuers, or with respect to each Portfolio other than the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, invest more than an aggregate of 10% of the total assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in securities for which there are no readily available markets, including repurchase agreements which have maturities of more than seven days or, in the case of each Portfolio, securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale;

 

  (10) invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company;

 

  (11) invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

  (12) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; and

 

  (13) write or acquire options or interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs.

 

  Each Portfolio also will not:

 

  (14) with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities).

If a Portfolio’s borrowings are in excess of 5% (excluding overdrafts) of its total net assets, additional portfolio purchases will not be made until the amount of such borrowing is reduced to 5% or less.

With respect to the International Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio and U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, borrowings including reverse repurchase agreements and securities purchased on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis may not exceed 33 1/3% of each Portfolio’s total net assets.

With respect to investment limitations (7) and (8), the International Portfolio may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, enter into reverse repurchase agreements and purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis, which activities may involve a borrowing, provided that the aggregate of such borrowings shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) and may pledge up to 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets to secure borrowings.

As a matter of policy which may be changed by the particular Fund’s Board without shareholder approval, with respect to limitation (12), the Portfolios will not invest more than 25% of the value of their respective total assets in instruments issued by U.S. banks.

In addition, with respect to investment limitation (12), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

With regard to limitation (13), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.

As a matter of fundamental policy which may not be changed without shareholder approval, the Muni Intermediate Portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal obligations which pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax, but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax.

The Equity Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio will not:

 

30


Table of Contents
  (1) invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that each Portfolio may invest in futures contracts and options;

 

  (2) purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate;

 

  (3) make loans, except (i) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements, subject to the limitation described in investment limitation (9) below, and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder;

 

  (4) purchase on margin or sell short, except as specified above in investment limitation (1);

 

  (5) purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer;

 

  (6) issue senior securities, except that a Portfolio may borrow money in accordance with investment limitation (7) below, purchase securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and enter into reverse repurchase agreements;

 

  (7) borrow money, except as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation);

 

  (8) pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectuses and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for futures contracts will not be deemed to be pledges of a Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation;

 

  (9) underwrite the securities of other issuers or invest more than an aggregate of 15% of the total assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in securities for which there are no readily available markets, including repurchase agreements which have maturities of more than seven days or, in the case of each Portfolio, securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale;

 

  (10) invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company;

 

  (11) invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

  (12) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; and

 

  (13) write or acquire options or interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs.

 

  Each Portfolio also will not:

 

  (14) with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities).

If a Portfolio’s borrowings are in excess of 5% (excluding overdrafts) of its total net assets, additional portfolio purchases will not be made until the amount of such borrowing is reduced to 5% or less.

 

31


Table of Contents

Borrowings including reverse repurchase agreements and securities purchased on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis may not exceed 33 1/3% of each Portfolio’s total net assets.

In addition, with respect to investment limitation (12), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

With regard to limitation (13), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.

As a matter of fundamental policy which may not be changed without shareholder approval, under normal circumstances, the High Yield Municipal Portfolio will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in, or derive at least 80% of its income from, investments that pay interest that is exempt from regular Federal income tax but may be subject to Federal alternative minimum tax.

The International Secured Options Portfolio will not:

 

  (1) invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Portfolio may invest in futures contracts, options, swaps and other derivative instruments;

 

  (2) purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate;

 

  (3) make loans, except (1) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (2) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder;

 

  (4) purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer;

 

  (5) issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law;

 

  (6) borrow money, except (1) as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation), (2) the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (3) the Portfolio may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. Derivative transactions such as options, futures contracts and swaps are not considered to involve borrowings of money and are not subject to these restrictions;

 

  (7) pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with futures, swaps, put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis or other permitted investment techniques and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for such transactions will not be deemed to be pledges or other encumbrance of the Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation;

 

  (8) invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company;

 

  (9) invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

32


Table of Contents
  (10) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities;

 

  (11) invest in interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs; and

 

  (12) with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities).

As a matter of policy which may be changed by the Fund’s Board without shareholder approval, the Portfolio will not:

 

  (a) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriting; or

 

  (b) invest more than an aggregate of 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in illiquid securities.

In addition, with respect to investment limitation (10), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

With regard to limitation (11), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.

The Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio will not:

 

  (a) invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that each Portfolio may invest in futures contracts, options, swaps and other derivative instruments;

 

  (b) purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate;

 

  (c) make loans, except (1) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements, subject to the limitation described in investment limitation (h) below, and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (2) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder;

 

  (d) purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer;

 

  (e) issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law;

 

  (f) borrow money, except (1) each Portfolio, to the extent permitted by applicable law, may borrow from banks (as defined in the 1940 Act), other affiliated investment companies and other persons, enter into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchase securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (2) each Portfolio may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (3) each Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (4) each Portfolio may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. Short sales of securities as well as other derivative transactions such as futures contracts and swaps are not considered to involve borrowings of money and are not subject to these restrictions;

 

33


Table of Contents
  (g) pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with short sales, swaps, borrowings, the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis or other permitted investment techniques and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for such transactions will not be deemed to be pledges or other encumbrance of a Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation;

 

  (h) invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company;

 

  (i) invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

  (j) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities;

 

  (k) write or acquire options or interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs; and

 

  (l) with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities).

With respect to limitation (f)(1) asset coverage of at least 300% (as defined in the 1940 Act) inclusive of any amounts borrowed, must be maintained at all times. Borrowings of securities in connection with short sales and derivative transactions such as futures and swaps are not subject to this limitation.

Borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements and securities purchased on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis, may not exceed 33 1/3% of each Portfolio’s total net assets.

As a matter of policy which may be changed by the Fund’s Board without shareholder approval, each Portfolio will not:

 

  (1) with respect to limitation (j), invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in instruments issued by U.S. banks;

 

  (2) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriting; or

 

  (3) invest more than an aggregate of 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in illiquid securities.

In addition, with respect to investment limitation (j), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

With regard to limitation (k), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.

The Secured Options Portfolio will not:

 

  (1) invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Portfolio may invest in futures contracts, options, swaps and other derivative instruments;

 

34


Table of Contents
  (2) purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate;

 

  (3) make loans, except (1) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (2) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder;

 

  (4) purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer;

 

  (5) issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law;

 

  (6) borrow money, except (1) as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation), (2) the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (3) the Portfolio may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. Derivative transactions such as options, futures contracts and swaps are not considered to involve borrowings of money and are not subject to these restrictions;

 

  (7) pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with futures, swaps, put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis or other permitted investment techniques and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for such transactions will not be deemed to be pledges or other encumbrance of the Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation;

 

  (8) invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company;

 

  (9) invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

  (10) acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities;

 

  (11) invest in interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs; and

 

  (12) with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities).

 

  As a matter of policy which may be changed by the Fund’s Board without shareholder approval, the Portfolio will not:

 

  (a) with respect to limitation (10), invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in instruments issued by U.S. banks;

 

  (b) underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriting; or

 

  (c) invest more than an aggregate of 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in illiquid securities.

In addition, with respect to investment limitation (10), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.

 

35


Table of Contents

With regard to limitation (11), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.

If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later increase in percentage resulting from a change in value or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction except as to limitations on borrowings.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Each Fund’s officers, under the supervision of the particular Board, manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board members set broad policies for each Fund and choose its officers. Each Fund’s Board member holds office until the earliest of (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such member and until the election and qualification of his/her successor, if any, elected at such meeting, or (ii) the date he or she dies, resigns or retires, or is removed by the particular Board or shareholders. Each Fund’s officer is elected by the particular Board and holds office for the term of one year and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified.

Board Members and Officers

The following is a list of the Board members and officers of each of the Funds, their ages, their principal occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios that they oversee in the Funds’ complex, and other directorships they hold. The Funds are considered to be members of the same fund complex, as defined in Form N-1A under the 1940 Act. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each Board member and officer is c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company, 100 Summer Street, Floor 7, SUM0703, Boston, MA 02111, Attention: Fund Administration Legal Department.

 

Name and Age

  

Positions with the

Funds and Time

Served

  

Principal Occupations(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
  

Other

Director-

ships

Held During
Past 5 Years

Interested Directors/Trustees (1)

     

Susan W. Catherwood(2)

 

Age: 73

   Director of Glenmede Fund and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since February 2007)    Director (since 1988) and Member of the Investment Review/Relationship Oversight Committee (since 2001) and Compensation Committee (since 1993), Glenmede Trust; Director, The Glenmede Corporation (since 1988); Board Member, The Pew Charitable Trusts; Charter Trustee, The University of Pennsylvania; Chairman Emeritus, The University Museum of The University of Pennsylvania; Chairman of the Board of Managers, The Christopher Ludwick Foundation; Board Member, Monell Chemical Senses Center; Director: Thomas Skelton Harrison Foundation and The Catherwood Foundation; Fellow and serves on Finance and Investment Committees, and former Board member, College of Physicians of Philadelphia; Former Member, The Women’s Committee and Penn Museum Board of Overseers of the University of Pennsylvania.    19    None

G. Thompson Pew, Jr.(2)

 

Age: 74

   Director of Glenmede Fund (since October 1988) and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since May 1992) Chairman of the Funds (since June 2006)    Director (since 2013) of The Glenmede Corporation; Director, Member of the Relationship Oversight Committee, Private Equity/Real Estate Advisory Committee (until 2013), and the Compensation Committee, Glenmede Trust; Former Director, Brown & Glenmede Holdings, Inc.; Former Co-Director, Principal and Officer, Philadelphia Investment Banking Co.; Former Director and Officer, Valley Forge Administrative Services Company.    19    None

 

(1) Interested Directors/Trustees are those Directors/Trustees who are “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act.
(2) Susan W. Catherwood and G. Thompson Pew, Jr. are considered to be “interested persons” of the Funds because of their affiliations with Glenmede Trust, the parent company of the Funds’ investment advisor, GIM, and their stock ownership in The Glenmede Corporation, of which GIM is an affiliate.

 

36


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Positions with the

Funds and Time

Served

  

Principal Occupations(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
    

Other

Director-

ships

Held During
Past 5 Years

Independent Directors/Trustees (3)

        

H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.

 

Age: 60

   Director of Glenmede Fund (since March 1991) and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since May 1992)    Professor of Finance and Economics and Executive Director of the Brevan Howard Centre for Financial Analysis at Imperial College London (since 2014); Professor Emeritus of Finance, The Wharton School of The University of Pennsylvania since June 2016; Professor of Finance and Economics (1990-1994); Vice Dean and Director of Wharton Doctoral Programs (1990-1993). Employed by The University of Pennsylvania (from 1980-2016).      19      None

Independent Directors/Trustees (3)

        

William L. Cobb, Jr.

 

Age: 69

   Director of Glenmede Fund and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since February 2007)    Former Executive Vice President and Former Chief Investment Officer, The Church Pension Fund (defined benefit plan for retired clergy of the Episcopal Church) (1999-2014); Vice Chairman, J.P. Morgan Investment Management (1994-1999), Chair (since 2008) and Member (until 2008), Investment Committee, The Minister and Missionaries Benefit Board of the American Baptist Church and the Wenner-Gren Foundation.      19      Director, TCW Direct Lending LLC

Gail E. Keppler

 

Age: 70

   Director of Glenmede Fund and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since February 2007)    Former Co-CEO/COO TVG, Inc. (pharmaceutical marketing consulting) (1992-2002); Former Board Member, Laurel House; Former Division President and Board Member, Burke Marketing Services, Inc.; Former Board member Cape May County Habitat for Humanity.      19      None

Francis J. Palamara

 

Age: 91

   Director of Glenmede Fund (since October 1988) and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since May 1992)    Former Chief Operating Officer, The New York Stock Exchange; Former Trustee, Gintel Fund; Former Director, XTRA Corporation; Former Director, Executive Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer, ARAMARK, Inc.; Former Director, The Pittston Company; Former Director, Brinks Corp.; Former Director, Constar Corporation; Former President, Meinhard Commercial Corporation; Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, James Talcott, Inc.      19      None

 

37


Table of Contents

Name and Age

  

Positions with the

Funds and Time

Served

  

Principal Occupations(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
  

Other

Director-

ships

Held During
Past 5 Years

Harry Wong

 

Age: 68

   Director of Glenmede Fund and Trustee of Glenmede Portfolios (since February 2007)    Former Managing Director, Knight Capital Americas, L.P., an operating subsidiary of Knight Capital Group Inc. (investment banking) (2009- 2011); Managing Director, Long Point Advisors, LLC (business consulting) (2003-2012); Managing Director, BIO-IB LLC (healthcare investment banking) (2004-2009); Senior Managing Director, ABN AMRO (investment banking) (1990-2002); Adjunct Faculty Member, Sacred Heart University (2003-2007).    19    None

 

 

(3) Independent Directors/Trustees are those Directors/Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act.

Officers

 

Name, Address, and Age

  

Positions Held

with the Funds

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5

Years

Mary Ann B. Wirts

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

Age: 65

   President of the Funds.    President of the Funds since December 1997.    Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer of Glenmede Trust. Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer of Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2006). First Vice President and Managing Director of Fixed Income of Glenmede Advisers (2000-2006). Employed by Glenmede Trust since 1982.

Kimberly C. Osborne

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

Age: 50

   Executive Vice President of the Funds.    Executive Vice President of the Funds since December 1997.    Client Service Manager of Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2006). Vice President of Glenmede Trust and Glenmede Advisers until 2008. Employed by Glenmede Trust 1993-2008 and Glenmede Advisers 2000-2008.

Kent E. Weaver

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

Age: 49

   Treasurer of the Funds.    Treasurer of the Funds since September 2015.    Director of Client Service of Glenmede Investment Management LP (since July 2015). Former Director of Client Service and Sales/Chief Compliance Officer of Philadelphia International Advisors, LP (2002-June 2015).

Michael P. Malloy

One Logan Square

Suite 2000

Philadelphia, PA

19103-6996

 

Age: 57

   Secretary of the Funds.    Secretary of the Funds since January 1995.    Partner in the law firm of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP.

 

38


Table of Contents

Name, Address, and Age

  

Positions Held

with the Funds

  

Term of Office and

Length of Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5

Years

Chris E. McGuire

1 Iron Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Age: 43

   Assistant Treasurer of the Funds.    Assistant Treasurer of the Funds since December 2014.    Vice President, State Street Bank and Trust Company since 2007.

Donna M. Rogers

10 High Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

Age: 50

   Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds.    Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds since September 2004.    Managing Director, Foreside Fund Officer Services, LLC (since 2010); Senior Vice President, State Street Bank and Trust Company (2007-2010); Senior Director, Investors Bank & Trust Company (prior to merger with State Street) (2002-2007).

Bernard Brick

100 Summer Street, Floor 7

Boston, MA 02111

 

Age: 43

   Assistant Secretary of the Funds.    Assistant Secretary of the Funds since December 2013.    Vice President and Counsel, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 2011 to present.

 

The Boards believe that each Director’s/Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes and skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Directors/Trustees lead to the conclusion that each Director/Trustee should serve in such capacity. Among the attributes common to all Directors/Trustees is the ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the other Directors/Trustees, the investment adviser, sub-investment adviser, other service providers, legal counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Directors/Trustees. A Director’s/Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through such person’s business, consulting and/or academic positions; experience as a board member of the Funds, other investment funds, or non-profit entities or other organizations; education or professional training; and/or other life experiences. In addition to these shared characteristics, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Director/Trustee:

 

H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.:    Dr. Allen has substantial experience in the areas of finance and economics through his educational background and position for many years as a professor of finance and economics at The Wharton School of The University of Pennsylvania and most recently as Professor of Finance and Economics and Executive Director of the Brevan Howard Centre for Financial Analysis at the Imperial College London.
Susan W. Catherwood:    Ms. Catherwood has substantial business, finance and investment management experience through her board and committee positions with the parent companies of the Advisor and her board and/or executive positions with academic entities, charitable foundations and companies.
William L. Cobb, Jr.:    Mr. Cobb has substantial investment management and business experience through his senior executive, chief investment officer and/or investment committee positions with private and non-profit entities, as a senior executive officer of a global investment management firm and most recently as a board member of a business development company.

 

39


Table of Contents
Gail E. Keppler:    Ms. Keppler has substantial financial, business and consulting experience most recently through her senior executive positions with operating companies and as a board member of a non-profit entity.
Francis J. Palamara:    Mr. Palamara has substantial business, accounting and financial experience as well as an understanding of the securities markets having worked as a senior executive, executive, financial officer and/or board member of operating companies and as former chief operating officer of the New York Stock Exchange.
G. Thompson Pew, Jr.:    Mr. Pew has substantial business, financial services and investment management experience through his board and committee positions with the parent companies of the Advisor and executive positions with other financial services entities.
Harry Wong:    Mr. Wong has substantial finance, investment banking and capital markets experience through his positions as an executive in investment banking businesses.

Specific details regarding each Director’s/Trustee’s term of office as a Director/Trustee with the Funds and principal occupations during at least the past five years are included in the table above.

Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Overall responsibility for oversight of the Funds rests with the Boards. The Funds have engaged an investment adviser and a sub-investment adviser (collectively, “investment advisers”) to manage their Portfolios on a day-to-day basis. The Boards are responsible for overseeing the investment advisers and other service providers in the operations of the Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Funds’ Charters and By-laws. Each Board is currently composed of the same seven members, five of whom are Independent Directors/Trustees. The Boards meet in-person at regularly scheduled meetings four times each year. In addition, the Boards may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Boards and the Independent Directors/Trustees have access to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and independent legal counsel for consultation to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. As described below, the Boards have each established an Audit Committee, Valuation Committee, and Nominating Committee and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time to assist the Boards in fulfilling their oversight responsibilities.

The Boards have appointed G. Thompson Pew, Jr., an Interested Director/Trustee, to serve in the role of Chairman of the Boards. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Boards and to act as liaison with the investment advisers, other service providers, counsel and other Directors/Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairman may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Boards from time to time. The Boards do not have a lead Independent Director/Trustee; however, Independent Directors/Trustees chair each of the Boards’ standing committees. The Boards review their leadership structures during their periodic self-assessments and based on that review, have determined that the Boards’ leadership structures are appropriate because they allow the Boards to exercise informed judgment over matters under their purview and they allocate areas of responsibility among committees of the Boards and the full Boards in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

The Funds are subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. Risk oversight forms part of the Boards’ general oversight of the Funds and is addressed as part of the Boards’ and their committees’ various activities. Day-to-day risk management functions are included within the responsibilities of the investment advisers and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), which carry out the Funds’ investment management and business affairs. The investment advisers and other service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each of the investment advisers and other service providers have their own independent interests in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. The Boards recognize that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Funds or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The Boards require senior officers of the Funds, including the President, Chief Financial Officer and CCO and the investment advisers, to report to the full Boards on a variety of matters at each regular meeting of the Boards, including matters relating to risk management. The Boards also receive reports from certain of the Funds’ other primary service providers on regular basis, including State Street as the Funds’ custodian, administrator, transfer agent and securities lending agent. The Funds’ CCO meets in executive session with the Boards at each regularly scheduled meeting and meets separately with the

 

40


Table of Contents

Independent Directors/Trustees at least annually to discuss relevant risk issues affecting the Funds. In addition, the CCO reports to the Chairman of the Audit Committees between meetings to discuss compliance related matters. The Audit Committees also receive regular reports from the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. The Boards and Independent Directors/Trustees meet with the Funds’ independent legal counsel each quarterly meeting and have access to legal counsel for consultation concerning any issues that may occur between regularly scheduled meetings. The Boards may, at any time and in their discretion, change the manner in which they conduct risk oversight.

Standing Board Committees

Dr. Allen and Messrs. Cobb, Palamara (Chairman), Pew and Wong and Mmes. Catherwood and Keppler serve on each Audit Committee of the Boards. The Audit Committees operate under a written charter approved by the Boards. The purposes of the Audit Committees include overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Funds and the audits of the Funds’ financial statements. Accordingly, the Committees assist the Boards in their oversight of (i) the integrity of the Funds’ financial statements; (ii) the independent accountants’ qualifications and independence; and (iii) the performance of the Funds’ internal audit function and independent accountants. The Audit Committees met two times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

Dr. Allen (Chairman) and Messrs. Cobb, Palamara, Pew and Wong and Mmes. Catherwood, Keppler and Wirts serve on each Valuation Committee of the Boards. The Funds’ Valuation Committees, or under certain circumstances the Valuation Committees’ Chairman or his designee, determine, in consultation with the Funds’ administrator and advisors, the fair value of certain securities pursuant to procedures adopted by the Boards. The Glenmede Fund’s Valuation Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

Dr. Allen and Messrs. Cobb (Chairman), Palamara, Wong and Ms. Keppler serve on each Nominating Committee of the Boards. The Funds’ Nominating Committees, among other things, nominate persons to fill vacancies on the Boards and Board Committees. The Nominating Committees will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the appropriate Committee in care of the Funds’ Secretary. The Nominating Committees did not meet during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

Director/Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table shows the Directors’/Trustees’ ownership of each Portfolio of each Fund and in all Portfolios of the Funds overseen by the Directors/Trustees, as of December 31, 2016.

 

Name of Director/Trustee

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in
each Portfolio of each Fund

   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Portfolios in the

Fund Complex
 
Interested Directors/Trustees         
Susan W. Catherwood    None         None  
G. Thompson Pew, Jr.    High Yield Municipal Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000      Over $100,000  
   International Portfolio    Over $100,000   
   Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
   Long/Short Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   Mid Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    $1- $10,000   
   Muni Intermediate Portfolio    $50,001-$100,000   
   Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
   Strategic Equity Portfolio    Over $100,000   
   U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   Core Fixed Income Portfolio    $1- $10,000   

 

41


Table of Contents
Independent Directors/Trustees         
H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.    None         None  
William L. Cobb, Jr.    Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000      Over $100,000  
   Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
Gail E. Keppler    Core Fixed Income Portfolio    $50,001-$100,000      Over $100,000  
   International Portfolio    Over $100,000   
   International Secured Options Portfolio    $50,001-$100,000   
   Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
   Long/Short Portfolio    Over $100,000   
   Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
   Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    Over $100,000   
   Strategic Equity Portfolio    Over $100,000   
   U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio    Over $100,000   
Francis J. Palamara    Core Fixed Income Portfolio    Over $100,000      Over $100,000  
   International Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   Large Cap Core Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    $50,001-$100,000   
   Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    $10,001-$50,000   
   Long/Short Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   Secured Options Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    $10,001-$50,000   
   Small Cap Equity Portfolio (Advisor Shares)    $10,001-$50,000   
   Strategic Equity Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   Total Market Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
   U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio    $10,001-$50,000   
Harry Wong    None         None  

Remuneration of Board Members

As of January 1, 2017, the annual fee for each Glenmede Fund Board member, other than officers of the advisors, is $54,000. In addition, to the annual fee, the Glenmede Fund pays each Board member, other than officers of the advisors, $5,000 for each Board meeting attended and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings, and the Audit Committee Chairman receives an annual fee of $7,500 for his services as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Glenmede Portfolios pays each Board member, other than officers of the advisors, an annual fee of $6,000 per year and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings. Board members receive no compensation as members of the Audit, Valuation or Nominating Committees. The officers of the Funds receive no compensation as officers from the Funds.

 

42


Table of Contents

Set forth in the table below is the compensation received by Board members for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016.

 

Name of Person, Position*

   Aggregate
Compensation* from
Glenmede Fund
     Aggregate
Compensation*
from
Glenmede
Portfolios
     Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as

Part of
Funds’
Expenses
     Estimated
Annual
Benefits
Upon
Retirement
     Total
Compensation*
from the Fund
Complex**
 

Interested Directors/Trustees

              

Susan W. Catherwood,

Director/Trustee

   $  69,000      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 75,000  

G. Thompson Pew, Jr.,

Director/Trustee

   $ 69,000      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 75,000  

Independent Directors/Trustees

              

H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.,

Director/Trustee

   $ 69,086      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 75,086  

William L. Cobb, Jr.,

Director/Trustee

   $ 71,064      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 77,064  

Gail E. Keppler,

Director/Trustee

   $ 69,000      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 75,000  

Francis J. Palamara,

Director/Trustee

   $ 78,372      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 84,372  

Harry Wong, Director/Trustee

   $ 71,085      $ 6,000        None        None      $ 77,085  

 

*  Compensation includes reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings, where applicable.
**  Includes $6,000 annual fee for service on the Board of Trustees of Glenmede Portfolios.

Code of Ethics

The Funds, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor have each adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities including securities that may be purchased or held by each Fund.

Proxy Voting Procedures

The Funds have delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor, subject to the Boards’ general oversight. In delegating proxy responsibilities, the Boards have directed that proxies be voted consistent with the Funds’ and their shareholders best interests and in compliance with all applicable proxy voting rules and regulations. The Advisor has adopted its own proxy voting policies and guidelines for this purpose (collectively, the “Proxy Voting Procedures”). The Proxy Voting Procedures address, among other things, material conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of the Funds and the interests of the Advisor and its affiliates. The Proxy Voting Procedures are provided in Appendix B of this SAI.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-442-8299, and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

43


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor

GIM, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, currently serves as the investment advisor to each Portfolio. GIM, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of December 31, 2016, GIM and its affiliated companies had over $34.3 billion in assets in the accounts for which they serve in various capacities, including as executor, trustee or investment advisor.

The Advisory Agreements will continue in effect from year to year provided their continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of each Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Directors/Trustees who are not parties to each Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party. Each Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days’ written notice by any such party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

The names and position with GIM of the principal executive officers and each director of GIM are as follows. The address for each is c/o GIM, One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

Name

  

Position with GIM

Gordon B. Fowler    Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer
James R. Belanger    Managing Director
Laura Williamson    Managing Director
Mary Ann B. Wirts    Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer
Peter Zuleba    Managing Director and President
Maria McGarry    Chief Compliance Officer

GIM is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust as both its only limited partner and as the sole owner of GIM’s only general partner, Gatepost Partners, LLC. Glenmede Trust, a nationally-chartered trust company, provides fiduciary and investment services to endowment funds, foundations, employee benefit plans and other institutions and individuals. Glenmede Trust is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Glenmede Corporation. Glenmede Trust, Gatepost Partners, LLC and The Glenmede Corporation are located at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 1200, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

CGTC is the Sub-Advisor to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio. The address of CGTC is 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071. CGTC has been the Sub-Advisor to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio since its inception.

CGTC was chartered in 1968 under California banking laws as a non-depository trust company, and is also registered as an investment advisor with the SEC. CGTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Capital Group International, Inc. that is owned by Capital Research and Management Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. The Capital Group Companies, Inc. is privately held and is the parent company of several other subsidiaries, all of which provide investment management services. As of December 31, 2016, CGTC had approximately $30.1 billion of assets under management.

The names and position with CGTC of the principal executive officers and each director of CGTC are as follows. The address for each is c/o Capital Guardian Trust Company, 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

 

Name

  

Position with CGTC

Andrew F. Barth    Director and Chairman
Peter C. Kelly    Director and President
Michael A. Felix    Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Maria Manotok Pathria    Director
James P. Ryan    Director
Jane Scofield    Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

44


Table of Contents

The Portfolios pay management fees to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual percentage rates of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, as shown in the following table:

 

Portfolio

   Percentage of Average
Daily Net Assets
 

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

     0.35

Equity Income Portfolio

     0.55 %1 

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

     0.65 %2 

International Portfolio

     0.75

International Secured Options Portfolio

     0.55

Large Cap Core Portfolio

     0.55

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

     0.55

Large Cap Value Portfolio

     0.55

Long/Short Portfolio

     1.20 %3 

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

     0.55 %4 

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

     N/A 5 

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

     0.55 %6 

Secured Options Portfolio

     0.55

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

     0.35 %7 

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

     0.55

Strategic Equity Portfolio

     0.55

Total Market Portfolio

     1.20 %3 

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

     0.55

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

     0.55 %6 

 

1  The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) to the extent that the Equity Income Portfolio’s total annual operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 0.85% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date.
2  The Advisor pays CGTC a fee for its sub-investment advisory services to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, calculated daily and payable monthly, at the annual rate of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s average daily net assets as follows: 0.38% of the first $300,000,000 of the net assets; 0.34% of the net assets between $300,000,000 and $1 billion; and 0.30% of the net assets in excess of $1 billion. The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) to the extent that the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s total annual operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 1.00%. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date.
3  The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that the management fees for the Long/Short and Total Return Portfolios are currently 0.85% of each such Portfolio’s average daily net assets. GIM has also contractually agreed to waive an additional portion of its advisory fees and/or reimburse the Portfolios to the extent that total annual Portfolio operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 1.25% (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, short-sale dividends, prime broker interest, brokerage commissions, taxes, interest, and extraordinary expenses). The Advisor has contractually agreed to these waivers and/or reimbursements until at least February 28, 2018. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future.
4  The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) to the extent that the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio’s total annual operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 1.00% for the Advisor Class average daily net assets and 0.80% for the Institutional Class average daily net assets. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date.
5  As noted in the Prospectus, the Advisor does not receive any fee from the Muni Intermediate Portfolio for its investment services.

 

45


Table of Contents
6  The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) to the extent that the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios’ total annual operating expenses, as a percentage of such Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 1.00% of such Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date.
7  The Advisor has contractually agreed, until at least February 28, 2018, to waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (excluding Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest and taxes) to the extent that the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio’s total annual operating expenses, as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, exceed 0.55% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The Advisor is not entitled to collect or make a claim for waived fees or reimbursed expenses at any time in the future. You will be notified if the waivers are discontinued after that date.

The following table sets forth the total management fees paid by each Portfolio over the past three fiscal years.

 

Portfolio

   Total
Management
Fees for Fiscal
Year ended
October 31,
2016
     Total
Waived/
Reimbursed
for Fiscal
Year ended
October 31,
2016
    Total
Management
Fees for Fiscal
Year ended
October 31,
2015
     Total
Waived/
Reimbursed
for Fiscal
Year ended
October 31,
2015
    Total
Management
Fees for
Fiscal Year
ended
October 31,
2014
     Total
Waived/
Reimbursed
for Fiscal
Year ended
October 31,
2014
 

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 1,581,150      $ 0     $ 1,489,797      $ 0     $ 1,425,212      $ 0  

Equity Income Portfolio*

     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

High Yield Municipal Portfolio*

   $ 552,089      $ (74,030     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

International Portfolio**

   $ 2,833,326      $ (317,958   $ 744,371      $ (790   $ 366,002      $ (1,954

International Secured Options Portfolio

   $ 203,207      $ 0     $ 520,466      $ 0     $ 533,915      $ 0  

Large Cap Core Portfolio

   $ 11,364,061      $ 0     $ 6,152,995      $ 0     $ 2,740,102      $ 0  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

   $ 12,653,691      $ 0     $ 7,944,986      $ 0     $ 1,838,137      $ 0  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 392,705      $ 0     $ 500,923      $ 0     $ 535,150      $ 0  

Long/Short Portfolio

   $ 2,724,661      $ (794,693   $ 1,976,287      $ (576,417   $ 999,748      $ (291,593

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio*

   $ 132,508      $ (36,820   $ 119,576      $ (95,444   $ 2,646      $ (2,776

Muni Intermediate Portfolio***

     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 18,425      $ (40,724     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

Secured Options Portfolio

   $ 2,522,624      $ 0     $ 2,020,206      $ 0     $ 1,870,185      $ 0  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 26,017      $ (26,790     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 13,757,093      $ 0     $ 11,172,281      $ 0     $ 7,013,262      $ 0  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

   $ 930,279      $ 0     $ 983,409      $ 0     $ 986,879      $ 0  

Total Market Portfolio

   $ 854,570      $ (300,101   $ 1,061,701      $ (314,294   $ 585,310      $ (185,723

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

   $ 273,207      $ 0     $ 227,645      $ 0     $ 210,509      $ 0  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 16,856      $ (37,751     N/A        N/A       N/A        N/A  

 

46


Table of Contents

 

* The Mid Cap Equity Portfolio was launched on September 30, 2014. The High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio were launched on December 22, 2015. The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio was launched on June 29, 2016. The Equity Income Portfolio was launched on December 21, 2016.
** Until December 29, 2014, the Advisor paid Philadelphia International Advisors LP (“Philadelphia International”) a fee for its sub-investment advisory services to the International Portfolio, calculated daily and payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.26% of the International Portfolio’s average daily net assets. GIM contractually agreed that during any time that the International Portfolio invested in a registered investment company or series thereof advised by Philadelphia International, the Advisor would waive its advisory fee to the extent of such investment. Philadelphia International also contractually agreed with the Advisor to waive its sub-advisory fee equal to the same amount. These waivers have been discontinued because GIM is no longer making such investments.
*** As noted in the Prospectus, the Advisor does not receive any fee from the Muni Intermediate Portfolio for its investment services.

Additionally, many shareholders in the Portfolios may be clients of Glenmede Trust or an Affiliate and, as clients, pay fees which vary depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or an Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular client. Such services may include personal trust, estate settlement, advisory, and custodian services. For example, for advisory services, Glenmede Trust charges its clients up to 1% on the first $3 million of principal, 0.75% on the next $2 million of principal, and 0.50% on the next $15 million of principal. An additional 0.25% administrative service fee is charged on accounts below $3 million. For accounts in excess of $10 million of principal, the fee would be determined by special analysis.

Portfolio Managers

Set forth below is information regarding the individuals identified in the Funds’ Prospectuses as primarily responsible for the day- to-day management of the Funds’ Portfolios (“Portfolio Managers”).

As of October 31, 2016, the Portfolio Managers were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of certain types of other portfolios and/or accounts, as indicated in the table below:

 

Glenmede Investment
Management LP

  

Type of Accounts

   Number
of

Accounts
Managed
   Total Assets
Managed
   Number of
Accounts
Managed

with
Performance-
Based

Advisory
Fees
   Total Assets
Managed
with
Performance-
Based

Advisory
Fees

Stephen J. Mahoney

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

160

   0

0

$1,591,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Vladimir de Vassal

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

325

   0

0

$6,930,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Paul T. Sullivan

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

325

   0

0

$6,930,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Alexander R. Atanasiu

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

325

   0

0

$6,930,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Wade Wescott

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

772

   0

0

$710,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Michael C. Crow

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

 

47


Table of Contents

Robert J. Mancuso

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

50

   0

0

$2,986,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Christopher J. Colarik

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

50

   0

0

$2,986,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

John R. Kichula

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

365

   0

0

$502,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Sean Heron

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

8

   0

0

$609,000,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Mark Livingston

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   None

None

387

   0

0

$338,389,922

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Capital Guardian Trust
Company

  

Type of Accounts

   Number
of

Accounts
Managed
   Total Assets
Managed
   Number of
Accounts
Managed

with
Performance-
Based

Advisory
Fees
   Total Assets
Managed
with
Performance-
Based

Advisory
Fees

Neil L. Langberg

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   7

0

5

   $25,324,000,000

0

$4,460,000

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Karl J. Zeile

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   6

0

0

   $20,884,500,000

0

0

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

Chad M. Rach

  

Registered Investment Companies

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

Other Accounts

   2

0

0

   $18,454,700,000

0

0

   None

None

None

   0

0

0

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Portfolio Manager in the Portfolio(s) that he or she manages as of December 31, 2016:

 

Portfolio/Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of Shares Beneficially Owned

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

  

Stephen J. Mahoney

   None

Equity Income Portfolio

  

Wade Wescott

   None

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

  

Neil L. Langberg

   None

Karl J. Zeile

   None

Chad M. Rach

   None

International Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

International Secured Options Portfolio

  

Sean Heron, CFA

   None

Large Cap Core Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

 

48


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

Wade Wescott, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Long/Short Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA

   None

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

  

Robert J. Mancuso, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Christopher J. Colarik

   $100,001-$500,000

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

  

Michael C. Crow

   None

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   None

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   None

Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA

   None

Secured Options Portfolio

  

Sean Heron, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

  

Michael C. Crow

   None

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

  

Robert J. Mancuso, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Christopher J. Colarik

   $100,001-$500,000

Strategic Equity Portfolio

  

John R. Kichula

   $100,001-$500,000

Mark Livingston, CFA

   None

Total Market Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA

   None

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   $100,001-$500,000

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   $10,001-$50,000

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

  

Vladimir de Vassal, CFA

   None

Paul T. Sullivan, CFA

   None

Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA

   None

The compensation package for the GIM Portfolio Managers is comprised of a base salary, annual bonus and participation in a long-term equity plan of The Glenmede Corporation. The base salary is based on a combination of factors including the Portfolio Manager’s experience, expertise, and competitive market rates. The annual bonus payment is based on a combination of the annual pre-tax financial performance of The Glenmede Corporation, revenue generated from investment management fees and achievement of non-financial strategic goals. The Glenmede Corporation’s equity plan provides an opportunity for senior management to build equity in the parent company through options and restricted stock. Participation is based on position, experience and expertise.

As described in the prospectus, CGTC uses a system of multiple portfolio managers in managing the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s assets. In addition, investment analysts may make investment decisions with respect to a portion of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s portfolio, within their research coverage. Portfolio managers and investment analysts are paid competitive salaries by CGTC. In addition, they may receive bonuses based on their individual portfolio results. Investment professionals also may participate in profit-sharing plans. The relative mix of compensation represented by bonuses, salary and profit-sharing plans will vary depending on the individual’s portfolio results, contributions to the organization and other factors. To encourage a long-term focus, bonuses based on investment results are principally determined by comparing pretax total investment returns to relevant benchmarks over the most recent year, a three-year rolling average, a five-year rolling average, and an eight-year rolling average with greater weight placed on each successive measurement period to encourage a long-term investment approach. For portfolio managers, benchmarks may include measures of the marketplaces in which the High Yield Municipal Portfolio invests and measures of the

 

49


Table of Contents

results of comparable mutual funds. For investment analysts, benchmarks may include relevant market measures and appropriate industry or sector indexes reflecting their areas of expertise. CGTC makes periodic subjective assessments of analysts’ contributions to the investment process and this is an element of their overall compensation. The investment results of the High Yield Municipal Portfolio’s portfolio managers may be measured against one or more benchmarks, depending on his or her investment focus.

The Portfolio Managers may manage other accounts with investment strategies similar to those of the Portfolios of the Funds, which may suggest the potential for conflicts of interests relating to cross trading, allocation of investment opportunities, and aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, GIM and the Sub-Advisor may charge varying fees to different accounts managed by their respective Portfolio Managers. Shareholders should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment advisor pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance or other incentive-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflicts of interest that may result in the Portfolio Managers’ favoring those portfolios or accounts with higher or incentive-based arrangements. However, the Funds do not anticipate that management by a Portfolio’s Portfolio Manager of other accounts with similar investment strategy or different fee arrangement would conflict with management of any of the Portfolios of the Funds because conflicts of interest of this type are minimized by GIM’s and the Sub-Advisor’s respective investment management decision-making process and trade allocation policy. In addition, the Funds have adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between the Funds’ Portfolios and another client account.

Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent, Custodian and Administrator

State Street, with its primary place of business located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the Funds’ transfer agent, dividend paying agent, custodian and administrator.

For its services, State Street is entitled to receive fees from the Funds based on a percentage of the daily net assets of all Portfolios of the Funds, which is allocated to each Portfolio based on its relative net assets, plus transaction charges for certain transactions and out-of-pocket expenses. Fees paid by the Funds to State Street for the past three fiscal years are shown in the following table.

 

Portfolio

   October 31, 2016      October 31, 2015      October 31, 2014  

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 260,667      $ 232,143      $ 272,792  

Equity Income Portfolio*

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

High Yield Municipal Portfolio*

   $ 69,142        N/A        N/A  

International Portfolio

   $ 285,410      $ 173,642      $ 81,373  

International Secured Options Portfolio

   $ 37,180      $ 55,225      $ 63,887  

Large Cap Core Portfolio

   $ 1,680,943      $ 884,663      $ 351,222  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

   $ 2,026,438      $ 1,211,149      $ 236,259  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 71,130      $ 95,458      $ 99,490  

Long/Short Portfolio

   $ 176,715      $ 108,072      $ 74,469  

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 39,047      $ 62,010      $ 362  

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

   $ 179,295      $ 150,869      $ 128,957  

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 19,855        N/A        N/A  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio*

   $ 11,086        N/A        N/A  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 1,756,398      $ 1,553,848      $ 1,135,991  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

   $ 96,812      $ 99,786      $ 107,799  

Total Market Portfolio

   $ 142,317      $ 123,149      $ 65,179  

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

   $ 44,030      $ 37,279      $ 36,351  

Secured Options Portfolio*

   $ 275,852      $ 202,444      $ 211,239  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 16,388        N/A        N/A  

 

* The Mid Cap Equity Portfolio was launched on September 30, 2014. The High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio were launched on December 22, 2015. The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio was launched on June 29, 2016. The Equity Income Portfolio was launched on December 21, 2016.

 

50


Table of Contents

State Street is also compensated for its services as the Funds’ securities lending agent and short sales lending agent and until December 2010, was also paid an annual fee plus out-of-pocket expenses for the provision of personnel and services related to the Funds’ compliance program.

Shareholder Services Plan

Glenmede Portfolios has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan effective January 1, 1995, and most recently amended effective September 20, 2016, and Glenmede Fund has adopted an Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan effective January 1, 1998, and most recently amended effective September 20, 2016 (collectively the “Plans”), under which the Funds may pay, directly or indirectly, a fee to broker/dealers, banks and other financial institutions (including Glenmede Trust and its affiliates) that are dealers of record or holders of record or which have a servicing relationship (“Servicing Agents”) with the record or beneficial owners of shares in each Portfolio. Under the Plans, Servicing Agents provide or arrange to provide shareholder support services to shareholders of the Portfolios. The fee, which is at an annual rate of 0.05% for the Institutional Shares of the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio and the Institutional Shares of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio; 0.10% for the Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio; 0.15% for the Muni Intermediate Portfolio; 0.20% for the Equity Income Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, the Advisor Shares of the Large Cap Core Portfolio, the Advisor Shares of the Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Advisor Shares of the Secured Options Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio; 0.25% for the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio, the Advisor Shares of the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio and the Advisor Shares of the Small Cap Equity Portfolio, is computed monthly and is based on the average daily net assets of the shares beneficially owned by such shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, the Institutional Class of the Large Cap Growth Portfolio, the Institutional Class of the Large Cap Core Portfolio and the Institutional Class of the Secured Options Portfolio are not subject to the Plans and, accordingly, pay no shareholder servicing fees. All expenses incurred by a class of the Portfolios in connection with the Agreements and the implementation of the Plans shall be borne entirely by the holders of the shares of that class of the particular Portfolio involved and will result in an equivalent increase to each Portfolio’s Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses. The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of their assets and not as an additional charge to the Funds, to selected institutions and other persons in connection with selling Portfolio shares and/or servicing of Portfolio shareholders and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.

The services provided by or arranged to be provided by the Servicing Agents under the Agreements may include aggregating and processing purchase and redemption requests from shareholders and transmitting purchase and redemption orders to the transfer agent; providing shareholders with a service that invests the assets of their accounts in shares pursuant to specific or pre-authorized instructions; processing dividend and distribution payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; providing information periodically to shareholders showing their positions; arranging for bank wires; responding to shareholders’ inquiries concerning their investments; providing sub-accounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by shareholders or the information necessary for sub-accounting; if required by law, forwarding shareholder communications (such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual and semi-annual financial statements and dividend, distribution and tax notices) to shareholders; or providing such other similar services as may be reasonably requested.

Glenmede Trust has entered into Agreements with the Funds and provides or arranges to provide shareholder support services to shareholders of the Portfolios listed below. Glenmede Trust can terminate or modify this arrangement at any time. Shareholder servicing fees paid to Glenmede Trust for the past three fiscal years are shown in the following table.

Shareholder Services Plan

 

Glenmede Trust

   October 31,
2016
     October 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

   $ 451,757      $ 425,655      $ 407,204  

Equity Income Portfolio*

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

High Yield Municipal Portfolio*

   $ 212,342        N/A        N/A  

International Portfolio

   $ 944,442      $ 248,148      $ 122,001  

International Secured Options Portfolio*

   $ 73,894      $ 189,260      $ 201,424  

Large Cap Core Portfolio

   $ 3,685,860      $ 2,237,460      $ 996,401  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

   $ 4,572,522      $ 2,889,080      $ 668,413  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 142,802      $ 182,149      $ 194,600  

Long/Short Portfolio

   $ 454,110      $ 329,378      $ 166,625  

 

51


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio*

   $ 60,231      $ 54,353      $ 1,203  

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

   $ 494,464      $ 434,045      $ 316,936  

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 6,700        N/A        N/A  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio*

   $ 7,433        N/A        N/A  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 4,043,628      $ 3,569,215      $ 2,511,097  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

   $ 338,283      $ 357,603      $ 358,865  

Total Market Portfolio

   $ 142,428      $ 176,951      $ 97,552  

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

   $ 124,185      $ 103,475      $ 95,686  

Secured Options Portfolio

   $ 917,318      $ 734,621      $ 680,067  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 6,129        N/A        N/A  

 

 

* The Mid Cap Portfolio was launched on September 30, 2014. The High Yield Municipal Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio were launched on December 22, 2015. The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio was launched on June 29, 2016. The Equity Income Portfolio was launched on December 21, 2016.

Distributor

Shares of the Funds are distributed continuously and are offered without a sales load by Quasar Distributors, LLC (“Quasar Distributors”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202, pursuant to Distribution Agreements between the Funds and Quasar Distributors. Quasar Distributors receives no fee from the Funds for its distribution services. Currently, the Advisor pays Quasar Distributors’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses for the distribution services Quasar Distributors provides to the Portfolios.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, serves as the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and will audit their financial statements annually.

Counsel

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as counsel to the Funds.

Reports

Shareholders will receive unaudited semi-annual financial statements and audited annual financial statements.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The Investment Advisory Agreements and Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement authorize the Advisor and Sub-Advisor to select the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for each of the Portfolios and directs the Advisor or Sub-Advisor, as applicable, to use its best efforts to obtain the best available price and most favorable execution with respect to all transactions for the Portfolios. The Advisor may, however, consistent with the interests of a Portfolio, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to a Portfolio. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor under each Investment Advisory Agreement. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that such commissions are paid in compliance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the advisor of the Portfolio determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the advisor to a Portfolio and the advisor’s other clients. The distribution of orders among brokers and the commission rates paid by the Portfolios of the Glenmede Fund are reviewed periodically by the Board of Directors.

 

52


Table of Contents

The Funds are required to identify any securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents that the Portfolios have acquired during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year. As of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2016, the Portfolios held securities of their regular broker/dealers as follows:

 

Portfolio

  

Broker Security

   Market Value  

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 10,100,483  
   Wells Fargo & Co.    $ 8,754,592  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 2,983,028  
   Citigroup, Inc.    $ 1,732,537  
   Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.    $ 1,584,336  

Large Cap Core Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 20,556,922  
   Wells Fargo & Co.    $ 20,297,312  

Long/Short Portfolio

   Bank of America Corp.    $ 2,722,500  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

   Bank of America Corp.    $ 367,545  
   Goldman Sachs & Co.    $ 337,285  
   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 204,768  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 6,387,157  
   Wells Fargo & Co.    $ 3,786,853  

Total Market Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 699,318  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

   JP Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 67,182  

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Portfolios paid brokerage commissions as follows:

 

Portfolio

   October 31, 2016      October 31, 2015      October 31, 2014  

Equity Income Portfolio*

     N/A        N/A        N/A  

International Portfolio

   $ 1,204,730      $ 538,527      $ 79,980  

International Secured Options Portfolio

   $ 89,584      $ 70,444      $ 127,258  

Large Cap Core Portfolio

   $ 2,205,286      $ 1,818,506      $ 758,073  

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

   $ 1,844,307      $ 2,025,430      $ 491,007  

Large Cap Value Portfolio

   $ 146,022      $ 115,006      $ 145,231  

Long/Short Portfolio

   $ 419,261      $ 406,518      $ 341,541  

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio*

   $ 51,740      $ 33,319      $ 4,179  

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio*

   $ 664        N/A        N/A  

Small Cap Equity Portfolio

   $ 2,935,850      $ 2,324,705      $ 2,129,713  

Strategic Equity Portfolio

   $ 35,412      $ 43,876      $ 54,415  

Total Market Portfolio

   $ 165,948      $ 314,597      $ 157,401  

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

   $ 98,112      $ 121,896      $ 143,175  

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 5,809        N/A        N/A  

Secured Options Portfolio*

   $ 61,768      $ 0      $ 16,534  

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio*

   $ 5,794        N/A        N/A  

 

* The Mid Cap Equity Portfolio was launched on September 30, 2014. The Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio were launched on December 22, 2015. The Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio was launched on June 29, 2016. The Equity Income Portfolio was launched on December 21, 2016.

Significant changes in brokerage commissions paid by a Portfolio from year to year have been due to changing asset levels and/or portfolio turnover.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio and Muni Intermediate Portfolio do not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on transactions in their portfolio securities because debt instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.

To the extent that a Portfolio effects brokerage transactions with a broker/dealer affiliated directly or indirectly with the Funds, the advisors or Quasar Distributors, such transactions will be effected in compliance with applicable law.

Some securities considered for investment by each Portfolio may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. If the purchase or sale of securities is consistent with the investment policies of a Portfolio and one or more of these other clients served by Advisor or the Sub-Advisor and is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Portfolio and clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect on the price, value or quantity of the security as far as a Portfolio is concerned, in other cases it is believed to be beneficial to the Portfolios.

 

53


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Portfolios and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectuses. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolios or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectuses are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

The discussions of the Federal tax consequences in the Prospectuses and this SAI are based on the Code, and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.

General

The Equity Income Portfolio intends to qualify, and each other Portfolio qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As a regulated investment company, each Portfolio generally is exempt from Federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Portfolio must meet three important tests each year.

First, each Portfolio must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and securities of other issuers as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of each Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Third, each Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

Each Portfolio intends to comply with these requirements. If a Portfolio were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Portfolio could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Portfolio were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

Taxation of Certain Investments

The tax principles applicable to transactions in certain financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Portfolio, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Portfolio to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Portfolio to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

 

54


Table of Contents

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Portfolio invests, the Portfolio may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Portfolio fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

For Federal income tax purposes, the Portfolios are generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year beginning on or before December 22, 2010 to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the year of the loss. For capital losses realized in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010, the eight-year limitation has been eliminated, so that any capital losses realized by a Portfolio in its taxable year beginning November 1, 2011 and in subsequent taxable years are permitted to be carried forward indefinitely. The following Portfolios have available capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2016 to offset future net capital gains through the indicated expiration dates to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations as follows:

 

Expiring October 31,

 

Portfolio

   2017      Unlimited
(Short Term)
     Unlimited
(Long Term)
 

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio

     —        $ 1,823,443      $ 674,188  

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

     —        $ 437,551        —    

Large Cap Core Portfolio

     —        $ 754,093        —    

Large Cap Growth Portfolio

     —        $ 20,080,310        —    

Long/Short Portfolio

   $ 5,227,189      $ 11,651,857        —    

Total Market Portfolio

     —        $ 694,562        —    

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

     —        $ 28,756        —    

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

     —        $ 1,629        —    

International Secured Options Portfolio

     —        $ 5,107,951      $ 2,493,221  

International Portfolio

   $ 55,170,197      $ 23,820,545      $ 2,164,596  

Muni Intermediate, High Yield Municipal and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios

As described in the Prospectus, the Muni Intermediate and High Yield Municipal Portfolios are designed to provide investors with current tax-exempt interest income, and the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio anticipates that a significant portion of its income distributions will be “exempt-interest dividends,” which are exempt from Federal income taxes. Shares of these Portfolios may not be suitable for tax-exempt institutions and may not be suitable for retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code, H.R. 10 plans and individual retirement accounts since such plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, shareholders would fail to gain any additional benefit from each such Portfolio’s dividends, or portion thereof in the case of the Short Term Tax Exempt Fixed Income Portfolio, being tax-exempt. Additionally, dividends would be ultimately taxable to the beneficiaries of retirement plans, H.R. 10 plans and individual retirement accounts when distributed to them. In addition, the Portfolios may not be an appropriate investment for entities which are “substantial users” of facilities financed by private activity bonds or “related persons” thereof. “Substantial user” is defined under U.S. Treasury Regulations to include a non-exempt person who regularly uses a part of such facilities in his trade or business and whose gross revenues derived with respect to the facilities financed by the issuance of bonds are more than 5% of the total revenues derived by all users of such facilities, who occupies more than 5% of the usable area of such facilities or for whom such facilities or a part thereof were specifically constructed, reconstructed or acquired. “Related persons” include certain related natural persons, affiliated corporations, a partnership and its partners and an S corporation and its shareholders.

For the Muni Intermediate, High Yield Municipal or Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios to pay tax-exempt dividends for any taxable year, at least 50% of the aggregate value of the Portfolio’s total assets at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year must consist of exempt-interest obligations.

 

55


Table of Contents

State and Local Taxes

Although each Portfolio intends to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all Federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located, or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, a Portfolio may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING SHARES IN THE PORTFOLIOS IN LIGHT OF THEIR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS ANY FOREIGN, STATE AND LOCAL OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE AS A RESULT OF HOLDING SHARES IN A PORTFOLIO.

Special Considerations Regarding Investment in Options

The International Secured Options Portfolio and the Secured Options Portfolio expect to purchase and to sell various call options and put options. In addition, the Large Cap Value Portfolio, the Long/Short Portfolio and the Strategic Equity Portfolio are each permitted to purchase and sell options. In general, option premiums received by a Portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the Portfolio. Instead, the premiums are taken into account when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a Portfolio is exercised and the Portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the exercise price and the option premium received by the Portfolio minus (b) the Portfolio’s basis in the stock. That gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending on the holding period of the underlying stock. If a put option written by a Portfolio is exercised and the Portfolio purchases the underlying stock, that purchase does not give rise to any gain or loss at that time and the Portfolio’s basis in the stock will generally equal the exercise price of the put option reduced by the premium the Portfolio received for writing the option. Gain or loss with respect to any termination of the Portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and the related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the Portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Portfolio expires unexercised, the Portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

A Portfolio’s writing of covered call options, may in turn trigger the Federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may give rise to qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules. The holding period on stock underlying covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. Thus the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction for Portfolio shareholders that are corporations.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts which may be entered into by the International Secured Options Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio or Long/Short Portfolio as well as listed non-equity options which may be written or purchased by a Portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from those contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any Section 1256 contracts held by the Portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as 60/40 or ordinary gain or loss, as applicable.

In addition to the special rules for options and futures transactions, the International Secured Options Portfolio’s, the Secured Options Portfolio’s and the Long/Short Portfolio’s transactions in other derivatives (for example, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as any of its other hedging transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the notional principal contract, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rule). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the

 

56


Table of Contents

Portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains by the Portfolio, defer losses of the Portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. In addition, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Portfolio has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax.

 

57


Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

Description of Shares and Voting Rights

The shares of each Portfolio have no preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other rights, and, when issued and paid for as provided in the Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable. The shares of each Portfolio have no pre-emptive rights and do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of a Fund voting for the election of its Board members can elect 100% of the Board of that Fund if they choose to do so. A shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in his or her name on the books of the particular Fund. The Funds will not hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act, the next sentence and other applicable law. Each Fund has undertaken that its Board will call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of a Board member or members if such a meeting is requested in writing by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the particular Fund. To the extent required by the undertaking, the particular Fund will assist shareholder communication in such matters. The staff of the SEC has expressed the view that the use of a combined Prospectus for the Funds may subject a Fund to liability for misstatements, inaccuracies or incomplete disclosure about the other Fund.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio or class affected by the matter. The Portfolio or class is affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of the Portfolio or class in the matter are substantially identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the Portfolio or class. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in a fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to the Portfolio only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio. However, Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of independent public accountants and the election of directors or trustees may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of the Fund voting without regard to the Portfolio.

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of the Glenmede Fund’s common stock (or of the shares of the Portfolio or class voting separately as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above) or by the Glenmede Fund’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, the Glenmede Fund may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of the Glenmede Fund entitled to vote thereon. Under Maryland law, the Board of the Glenmede Fund may liquidate a Glenmede Fund Portfolio or class without shareholder approval.

Certain Record Holders

To the Fund’s knowledge, the following shareholders held of record or beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the indicated Portfolio as of February 1, 2017. Any shareholder that owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the Portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a Portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the Portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of shareholders of the Portfolio or class.

 

Portfolio

  

Name and Address of

Owner

   Ownership
Type
   Percentage of
Outstanding Shares
 

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place1650

Market Street, Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      92.69

Core Fixed Income Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust

Company One Liberty

Place1650

Market Street, Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      5.24

 

58


Table of Contents

Equity Income Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place1650

Market Street, Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      100

International Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      98.89

International Secured Options Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      100

Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      6.47

Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Record      57.51

Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Record      10.12

Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      83.63

Large Cap Core Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Record      26.95

Large Cap Core Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      35.20

 

59


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Equity Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      99.59

Long/Short Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      86.73

Long/Short Portfolio

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Record      5.73

Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      98.80

Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      99.73

Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

NFS LLC FEBO

FIIOC As Agent For Qualified Employee Benefit Plans

(401K) FINOPS-IC Funds

100 Magellan Way # KW1C Covington, KY 41015

   Record      10.39

Large Cap Core Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

McWood & Co

P.O. Box 29522

Raleigh, NC 27626

   Record      8.82

Large Cap Core Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

   Record      8.77

High Yield Municipal Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

   Record      100

 

60


Table of Contents

Secured Options Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

     Record        32.84

Secured Options Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        45.92

Secured Options Portfolio - Advisor Shares

  

Nevada Office of Treasurer Nevada Higher Education Tuition Trust Fund 101 N. Carson Street, Suite 4

Carson City, NV 89701

     Record        7.08

Secured Options Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

NFS LLC FEBO/TRUST Point INC

P.O. BOX 489

La Crosse, WI 54602-0489

     Record        75.97

Secured Options Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

NFS LLC FEBO/TRUST Point INC FBO: North Central EB Accounts

P.O. BOX 489

La Crosse, WI 54602-0489

     Record        24.03

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Adviser Shares

   Band & CO C/O US Bank NA P.O. Box 1787 Milwaukee, WI 53201      Record        10.40

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Adviser Shares

  

NFS LLC FEBO

FIIOC As Agent For Qualified Employee Benefit Plans

(401K) FINOPS-IC Funds

100 Magellan Way # KW1C Covington, KY 41015

     Record        10.63

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Adviser Shares

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        32.47

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Adviser Shares

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

     Record        27.42

 

61


Table of Contents

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

NFS LLC FEBO

FIIOC As Agent For Qualified Employee Benefit Plans

(401K) FINOPS-IC Funds

100 Magellan Way # KW1C Covington, KY 41015

     Record        19.77

Small Cap Equity Portfolio - Institutional Shares

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, INC For the Sole Benefit of its Customers

4800 Deer Lake Drive East

Jacksonville, FL 32246

     Record        57.26

Strategic Equity Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        97.05

U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio

  

Small Cap Growth Fund

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        98.15

Muni Intermediate Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        100

Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200

Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        100

Total Market Portfolio

  

Lauer & Co.

c/o The Glenmede Trust Company

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street,

Suite 1200
Philadelphia, PA 19103

     Record        61.03

Total Market Portfolio

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Attn: Jill Khashayar

Glenmede Funds

88 Kearny St.

San Francisco, CA 94108

     Record        12.23

Total Market Portfolio

  

Kessler Foundation

120 Eagle Rock Avenue

Suite 100

East Hanover, NJ 07936

     Record        6.44

As of February 1, 2017, the Directors/Trustees and officers of the Funds collectively owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of the Funds’ Portfolios.

 

62


Table of Contents

Dividends and Distributions

Each Portfolio’s policy is to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, if any, together with any net realized capital gains in the amount and at the times that will avoid both income (including capital gains) taxes on it and the imposition of the Federal excise tax on undistributed income and gains. The amounts of any income dividends or capital gains distributions for a Portfolio cannot be predicted.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Funds’ Financial Statements for the Core Fixed Income Portfolio, High Yield Municipal Portfolio, International Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio, Large Cap Core Portfolio, Large Cap Growth Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Long/Short Portfolio, Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, Muni Intermediate Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, Secured Options Portfolio, Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, Small Cap Equity Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, Total Market Portfolio, U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio for the year ended October 31, 2016, and the financial highlights for each of the respective periods presented, appearing in the 2016 Annual Report to Shareholders, and the reports thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, also appearing therein, are incorporated by reference in this SAI. No other parts of the 2016 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated herein. No financial statements are supplied for the Equity Income Portfolio as this Portfolio had not commenced operations as of October 31, 2016.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Funds’ Prospectuses and this SAI do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectuses. Certain portions of the Registration Statement have been omitted from the Prospectuses and this SAI pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

Statements contained in the Prospectuses or in this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectuses and this SAI form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.

 

63


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

I. Short-Term Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:

“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (Fitch) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as short term based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

The DBRS® Ratings Limited (“DBRS”) short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the sub-categories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

“D” – Short-term debt rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

II. Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

“NR” – This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P Global Ratings does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks – S&P Global Ratings issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moodys long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

“CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present. Default is a real possibility.

“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a “C” category rating for an issuer include:

a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

c. Fitch otherwise believes a condition of “RD” or “D” to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

“RD” – Restricted Default—“RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

d. execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

“D” – Default. “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

The modifiers (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below “B”.

The DBRS long-term rating scale provides an opinion on the risk of default. That is, the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy its financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which an obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

“AAA”— Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

“BB” Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

“D”A security rated “D” is assigned when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to “D” may occur. DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.

III. Municipal Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

 

A-6


Table of Contents
    Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

    Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s uses the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) scale to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels – “MIG-1” through “MIG-3” while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated “SG”. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for short-term municipal obligations:

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG rating scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” scale. VMIG ratings of demand obligations with unconditional liquidity support are mapped from the short-term debt rating (or counterparty assessment) of the support provider, or the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support, with VMIG 1 corresponding to P-1, VMIG 2 to P-2, VMIG 3 to P-3 and SG to not prime. For example, the VMIG rating for an industrial revenue bond with Company XYZ as the underlying obligor would normally have the same numerical modifier as Company XYZ’s prime rating. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

About Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities. Each rating or other opinion must be weighed solely as one factor in any investment decision made by or on behalf of any user of the information, and each such user must accordingly make its own study and evaluation of each security and of each issuer and guarantor of, and each provider of credit support for, each security that it may consider purchasing, selling or holding.

Fitch’s credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

Credit ratings provided by DBRS are forward-looking opinions about credit risk which reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, and/or security. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. They include subjective considerations and involve expectations for future performance that cannot be guaranteed. To the extent that future events and economic conditions do not match expectations, credit ratings assigned to issuers and/or securities can change. Credit ratings are also based on approved and applicable methodologies, models and criteria (“Methodologies”), which are periodically updated and when material changes are deemed necessary for a wide variety of potential reasons, this may also lead to rating changes.

Credit ratings typically provide an opinion on the risk that investors may not be repaid in accordance with the terms under which the obligation was issued. In some cases, credit ratings may also include consideration for the relative ranking of claims and recovery, should default occur. Credit ratings are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of any specific default probability, nor are they meant to predict such.

The data and information on which DBRS bases its opinions is not audited or verified by DBRS, although DBRS conducts a reasonableness review of information received and relied upon in accordance with its Methodologies and policies. DBRS uses rating symbols as a concise method of expressing its opinion to the market.

IV. Description of Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-Related Securities. The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may purchase mortgage-backed securities that are secured by entities such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), commercial banks, trusts, financial companies, finance subsidiaries of industrial companies, savings and loan associations, mortgage banks and

 

A-8


Table of Contents

investment banks. These certificates are in most cases pass- through instruments, through which the holder receives a share of all interest and principal payments from the mortgages underlying the certificate, net of certain fees. The average life of a mortgage-backed security varies with the underlying mortgage instruments, which have maximum maturities of 40 years. The average life is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities as the result of prepayments, mortgage refinancings or foreclosure. Mortgage prepayment rates are affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. Such prepayments are passed through to the registered holder with the regular monthly payments of principal and interest and have the effect of reducing future payments.

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-related securities guaranteed by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly- owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee. Mortgage-related securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”) which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae, are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States and are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored organization owned entirely by private stockholders. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned entirely by Federal Home Loan Banks. Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

Investments in U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may involve the risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by the Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

The extreme and unprecedented volatility and disruption that impacted the capital and credit markets during late 2008 and into 2009 have led to increased market concerns about Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s ability to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees, without the direct support of the federal government. On September 6, 2008, both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). Under the plan of conservatorship, the FHFA has assumed control of, and generally has the power to direct, the operations of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and is empowered to exercise all powers collectively held by their respective shareholders, directors and officers, including the power to (1) take over the assets of and operate Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae with all the powers of the shareholders, the directors, and the officers of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and conduct all business of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (2) collect all obligations and money due to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; (3) perform all functions of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae which are consistent with the conservator’s appointment; (4) preserve and conserve the assets and property of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; and (5) contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action or duty of the conservator. In addition, in connection with the actions taken by the FHFA, the U.S. Treasury has entered into certain preferred stock purchase agreements with each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae which establish the U.S. Treasury as the holder of a new class of senior preferred stock in each of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which stock was issued in connection with financial contributions from the U.S. Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The conditions attached to the financial contribution made by the U.S. Treasury to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae and the issuance of this senior preferred stock place significant restrictions on the activities of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae must obtain the consent of the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. In addition, significant restrictions are placed on the maximum size of each of Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s respective portfolios of

 

A-9


Table of Contents

mortgages and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, and the purchase agreements entered into by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the U.S. Treasury, market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on any mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. In addition On June 16, 2010, FHFA ordered Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s stock de-listed from the New York Stock Exchange after the price of common stock in Fannie Mae fell below the New York Stock Exchange’s minimum average closing price of $1 for more than 30 days.

In a February 2011 report to Congress from the U.S. Treasury and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Obama administration provided a plan to reform the U.S. housing finance market. The plan would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Notably, the plan does not propose similar significant changes to GNMA, which guarantees payments on mortgage-related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans such as those issued by the Federal Housing Authority or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly-rated mortgage-related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.

In addition, in August 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced that it had amended the terms of its bailout agreement with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in order to decrease the holdings of each firm more quickly. Under the amended agreement, both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will have to turn over all profits they earn every quarter. They will also have to accelerate the reduction of their mortgage holdings to hit a cap of $250 million by 2018, four years earlier than planned. Under the new arrangement, the portfolios of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac can be no larger than $650 billion each at the end of 2012.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued or sponsored by both government and non- governmental entities. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are generally backed by pools of conventional (i.e., non- government guaranteed or insured) mortgage loans. Privately-issued mortgage backed securities must have a rating of at least A by S&P or Moody’s or which if unrated, is in the advisor’s opinion equivalent in credit quality to securities so rated. The ratings assigned by a rating organization (e.g., S&P or Moody’s) to privately-issued mortgage-backed securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the underlying mortgage loans by the related certificate-holders under the agreements pursuant to which such certificates are issued. A rating organization’s ratings take into consideration the credit quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required by such certificates. A rating organization’s ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related mortgage loans. Additionally, in order to receive a high quality rating from the rating organizations, privately issued mortgage-backed securities normally are structured with one or more types of “credit enhancement.” Credit enhancement falls generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pools of mortgages, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof, to ensure, subject to certain limitations, that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default relates to the ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such credit support can be provided by, among other things, payment guarantees, letters of credit, pool insurance, subordination, or any combination thereof.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in multiple class securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”) pass-through or participation certificates. CMOs provide an investor with a specified interest in the cash flow from a pool of underlying mortgages or of other mortgage-backed securities. These securities may be issued by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities such as Fannie Mae or sponsored enterprises such as Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or

 

A-10


Table of Contents

investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by, and multiple class mortgage-backed securities represent direct ownership interests in, a pool of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or multiple class mortgage-backed securities.

Fannie Mae REMIC certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified level payment, residential mortgages or participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain PCs.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC certificates issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are types of multiple class mortgage-backed securities. Investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as “regular” interests or “residual” interests. The Funds do not intend to purchase residual interests in REMICs. The REMIC certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. The obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively.

CMOs are issued in multiple classes, each with a specified fixed or floating interest rate and a final scheduled distribution date. In most cases, payments of principal are applied to the CMO classes in order of their respective stated maturities, so that no principal payments will be made on a CMO class until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity date are paid in full. These are referred to as “sequential pay” CMOs, or REMIC Certificates. A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code, and invests in certain mortgages principally secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC certificates include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of mortgage assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC certificates may be issued in sequential pay or parallel pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes or REMIC certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

CMOs may involve additional risks other than those found in other types of mortgage-related obligations. CMOs may exhibit more price volatility and interest rate risk than other types of mortgage-related obligations. During periods of rising interest rates, CMOs may lose their liquidity as CMO market makers may choose not to repurchase, or may offer prices, based on current market conditions, which are unacceptable to the Portfolio based on the Portfolio’s analysis of the market value of the security.

The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”) (including interest only and principal only securities), which are derivative multiple class mortgage-backed securities. The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may also invest in privately-issued SMBS. Although the market for such securities is increasingly liquid, privately-issued SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered illiquid for purposes of the Portfolio’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The advisor may determine that SMBS which are U.S. Government securities are liquid for purposes of the Portfolio’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

SMBS are usually structured with two different classes: one that receives 100% of the interest payments and the other that receives 100% of the principal payments from a pool of mortgage loans. If the underlying mortgage loans experience different than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from mortgage loans are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped.

Because derivative mortgage-backed securities (such as principal-only (“POs”), interest-only (“IOs”) or inverse floating rate securities) are more exposed to mortgage prepayments, they generally involve a greater amount of risk. Small changes in prepayments can significantly impact the cash flow and the market value of these securities. The risk of faster than anticipated prepayments generally adversely affects IOs, super floaters and premium priced mortgage-backed securities. The risk of slower than anticipated prepayments generally adversely affects POs, floating-rate securities subject to interest rate caps, support tranches and discount priced mortgage- backed securities. In addition, particular derivative securities may be leveraged such that their exposure (i.e., price sensitivity) to interest rate and/or prepayment risk is magnified.

V. Description of Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-Backed Securities. The Core Fixed Income Portfolio and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities include interests in pools of receivables, such as motor vehicle installment purchase obligations and credit card receivables. Such securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pools of assets. Such securities may also be debt instruments, which are also known as collateralized obligations and are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. Asset-backed securities are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities; however, the payment of principal and interest on such obligations may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution (such as a bank or insurance company) unaffiliated with the issuers of such securities.

The purchase of asset-backed securities may raise considerations peculiar to the financing of the instruments underlying such securities. For example, most organizations that issue asset-backed securities relating to motor vehicle installment purchase obligations perfect their interests in the respective obligations only by filing a financing statement and by having the servicer of the obligations, which is usually the originator, take custody thereof. In such circumstances, if the servicer were to sell the same obligations to another party, in violation of its duty not to do so, there is a risk that such party could acquire an interest in the obligations superior to that of the holders of the asset-backed securities. Also, although most of such obligations grant a security interest in the motor vehicle being financed, in most states the security interest in a motor vehicle must be noted on the certificate of title to perfect such security interest against competing claims of other parties. Due to the large number of vehicles involved, however, the certificate of title to each vehicle financed, pursuant to the obligations underlying the asset-backed securities, usually is not amended to reflect the assignment of the seller’s security interest for the benefit of the holders of the asset-backed securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on those securities. In addition, various state and Federal laws give the motor vehicle owner the right to assert against the holder of the owner’s obligation certain defenses such owner would have against the seller of the motor vehicle. The assertion of such defenses could reduce payments on the related asset-backed securities. Insofar as credit card receivables are concerned, credit card holders are entitled to the protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such holders the right to set off certain amounts against balances owed on the credit card, thereby reducing the amounts paid on such receivables. In addition, unlike most other asset-backed securities, credit card receivables are unsecured obligations of the cardholder.

VI. Description of U.S. Government Securities and Certain Other Securities

The term “U.S. Government Securities” refers to a variety of securities which are issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, and by various agencies, authorities and instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the United States Government.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

U.S. Treasury securities are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Securities issued or guaranteed by Federal agencies and U.S. Government sponsored enterprises or instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, an investor must look principally to the agency, enterprise or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency, enterprise or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. Agencies which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include the Export Import Bank, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank and others. Certain agencies, enterprises and instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association are, in effect, backed by the full faith and credit of the United States through provisions in their charters that they may make “indefinite and unlimited” drawings on the Treasury, if needed to service its debt. Debt from certain other agencies, enterprises and instrumentalities, including the Federal Home Loan Bank and Fannie Mae, are not guaranteed by the United States, but those institutions are protected by the discretionary authority for the U.S. Treasury to purchase certain amounts of their securities to assist the institution in meeting its debt obligations. Finally, other agencies, enterprises and instrumentalities, such as the Farm Credit System and the Freddie Mac, are federally chartered institutions under Government supervision, but their debt securities are backed only by the creditworthiness of those institutions, not the U.S. Government.

Some of the U.S. Government agencies that issue or guarantee securities include the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority.

An instrumentality of the U.S. Government is a Government agency organized under Federal charter with Government supervision. Instrumentalities issuing or guaranteeing securities include, among others, Overseas Private Investment Corporation, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

On September 7, 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed under the conservatorship of the FHFA. The long-term effect that this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is unclear. For more information about the conservatorship, see “Description of Mortgage-Backed Securities” above.

Investments in U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may involve the risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by the Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

VII. Description of Municipal Obligations

Municipal Obligations generally include debt obligations issued by states and their political subdivisions, and duly constituted authorities and corporations, to obtain funds to construct, repair or improve various public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, hospitals, housing, schools, streets and water and sewer works. Municipal Obligations may also be issued to refinance outstanding obligations as well as to obtain funds for general operating expenses and for loan to other public institutions and facilities.

Industrial revenue bonds in most cases are revenue bonds and generally do not have the pledge of the credit of the issuer. The payment of the principal and interest on such industrial revenue bonds is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment. Short-term municipal obligations issued by states, cities, municipalities or municipal agencies, include Tax Anticipation Notes, Revenue Anticipation Notes, Bond Anticipation Notes, Construction Loan Notes and Short-Term Discount Notes. Project Notes are instruments guaranteed by the Department of Housing and Urban Development but issued by a state or local housing agency. While the issuing agency has the primary obligation on Project Notes, they are also secured by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Note obligations with demand or put options may have a stated maturity in excess of 13 months, but permit any holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The issuer of such notes normally has a corresponding right, after a given period, to repay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the note plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days’ notice to the bondholders. The interest rate on a demand note may be based upon a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and be adjusted when such rate changes, or the interest rate on a demand note may be a market rate that is adjusted at specified intervals.

The yields of Municipal Obligations depend on, among other things, general money market conditions, conditions in the Municipal Obligation market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent their opinions of the quality of the Municipal Obligations rated by them. It should be emphasized that such ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, Municipal Obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields, while Municipal Obligations of the same maturity and coupon, but with different ratings may have the same yield.

Municipal Obligations are sometimes purchased on a “when issued” basis, which means the buyer has committed to purchase certain specified securities at an agreed upon price when they are issued. The period between commitment date and issuance date can be a month or more. It is possible that the securities will never be issued and the commitment cancelled.

From time to time proposals have been introduced before Congress to restrict or eliminate the Federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Obligations. Similar proposals may be introduced in the future. If any such proposal were enacted, it might restrict or eliminate the ability of the High Yield Municipal, Muni Intermediate and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios to achieve their investment objectives. In that event the Funds’ Board members and officers would reevaluate the High Yield Municipal, Muni Intermediate and Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolios’ investment objectives and policies and consider recommending to their shareholders changes in such objectives and policies.

VIII. Foreign Investments

Investors should recognize that investing in foreign companies involves certain special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. Because the stocks of foreign companies are frequently denominated in foreign currencies, and because the Equity Income, Long/Short, Strategic Equity, International, International Secured Options Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, Small Cap Equity, Large Cap Value, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Mid Cap Equity, Total Market, U.S. Emerging Growth and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios may temporarily hold uninvested reserves in bank deposits in foreign currencies, these Portfolios may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The investment policies of the International Portfolio and International Secured Options Portfolio permit the Portfolios to enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to hedge the Portfolio’s holdings and commitments against changes in the level of future currency rates. Such contracts involve an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract.

As foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and they may have policies that are not comparable to those of domestic companies, there may be less information available about certain foreign companies than about domestic companies. Securities of some foreign companies are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S. In addition, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries.

Although the Equity Income, Long/Short, Strategic Equity, International, International Secured Options Portfolio, Small Cap Equity, Large Cap Value, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Mid Cap Equity, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, Total Market, U.S. Emerging Growth and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios will endeavor to achieve most favorable execution costs in its portfolio transactions, commissions on many foreign stock exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from the foreign companies comprising the Equity Income, Long/Short, Strategic Equity, International, International Secured Options Portfolio, Small Cap Equity, Large Cap Value, Large Cap Core, Large Cap Growth, Mid Cap Equity, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity, Total Market, U.S. Emerging Growth and Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolios.

IX. Options

For the Long/Short Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio, writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment analysis and risks that are different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.

Purchasing options to attempt to increase return through their price appreciation involves the risk of loss of option premium if the advisor is incorrect in its expectation of the direction or magnitude of the change in securities prices. Writing options to seek to increase income in a Portfolio involves the risk of net loss (after receiving the option premium) if the advisor is incorrect in its expectation of the direction or magnitude of the change in securities prices. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the degree of correlation between the option and a security or index of securities. If the advisor is incorrect in its expectation of changes in securities prices or its estimation of the correlation between the option and a security index, the investment performance of a Portfolio will be less favorable than it would have been in the absence of such options transactions. The use of options may increase a Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate. Higher rates of turnover may result in increased brokerage commissions, and could increase the amount of income received by a Portfolio that constitutes taxable capital gains. To the extent capital gains are realized, distributions from those gains may be ordinary income for Federal tax purposes.

Additionally, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange- traded option or option traded over-the-counter at any particular time. If a Portfolio is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Portfolio will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of segregated assets until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the Portfolio is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of the underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (v) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The Long/Short Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio, Strategic Equity Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio and Secured Options Portfolio may purchase and sell both options that are traded on exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, each Portfolio will generally treat purchased over-the-counter options as illiquid securities and the assets used to cover over-the-counter options written by the Fund will be considered illiquid unless the over-the-counter options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any over-the-counter option it writes at a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The cover for an over-the-counter option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

X. Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.

To seek to increase total return or to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices, the Long/Short Portfolio, International Secured Options Portfolio and the Secured Options Portfolio may purchase and sell various kinds of futures contracts, and purchase and write call and put options on any of such futures contracts. A Portfolio may also enter into closing purchase and sale

 

A-15


Table of Contents

transactions with respect to any of such contracts and options. The futures contracts may be based on various securities, securities indices, and any other financial instruments and indices. A Portfolio will engage in futures and related options transactions for hedging purposes as described below or for purposes of seeking to increase total return, in each case, only to the extent permitted by regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. All futures contracts entered into by a Portfolio are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC or on foreign exchanges.

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions, which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, the Portfolio may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

Hedging, by use of futures contracts, seeks to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that a Portfolio proposes to acquire or the exchange rate of currencies in which portfolio securities are quoted or denominated. A Portfolio may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the Portfolio or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. If, in the opinion of the Advisor, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the Portfolio’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Portfolio may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in the Portfolio’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Advisor will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having the Portfolio enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by seeking to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, a Portfolio may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when the Portfolio anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B — PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

Glenmede Investment Management LP

Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

GLENMEDE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LP

PROXY VOTING POLICYAND PROCEDURES

I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

There are responsibilities that come with equity ownership. As a shareholder, one is expected to cast informed votes on important issues affecting a company.

II. POLICY

Glenmede’s policy is to conform to the Shareholders Communication Act (17 CFR 240.14-17) with respect to the distribution of proxy material.

Glenmede is responsible for voting all voting securities held in managed or custodial accounts unless otherwise directed by a client. To assist in doing so, Glenmede engages the services of a third party proxy processor, currently ISS to evaluate, recommend and vote shares consistent with those recommendations. Glenmede evaluates the summary of ISS voting policies annually in order to assure that they are consistent with Glenmede’s views of the long-term interests of clients and investors. ISS is provided with holdings information and votes all securities absent some identified conflict; for example, where ISS has a conflict in the vote due to equity ownership in the issuer, where a client has a conflict, or where Glenmede otherwise determines that it is important and in the interest of Glenmede’s investors to vote directly.

Conflicts like the foregoing are managed by the Director of Equity Management. The Chief Compliance Officer shall periodically assure that proxy votes are being made, are properly reconciled, that any conflicts are identified and resolved, and that all votes are consistent with the announced policies.

III. OTHER MATERIAL CONFLICTS

It is anticipated that following the recommendations of the third party proxy voting firm effectively eliminates potential conflicts. If both GIM and ISS have a material conflict the Adviser will determine whether it is appropriate to disclose the conflict to the affected clients and, except in the case of clients that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), give the clients the opportunity to vote their proxies themselves. In the case of ERISA clients, if the Investment Management Agreement reserves to the ERISA client the authority to vote proxies when the Adviser determines it has a material conflict that affects its best judgment as an ERISA fiduciary, the Adviser will give the ERISA client the opportunity to vote the proxies themselves.

IV. DISCLOSURE

1. The Adviser will disclose in its Form ADV that clients may contact the CCO in order to obtain information on how the Adviser voted such client’s proxies, and to request a copy of these policies and procedures. If a client requests this information, the Compliance Officer will prepare a written response to the client that lists, with respect to each voted proxy about which the client has inquired, (a) the name of the issuer; (b) the proposal voted upon, and (c) how the Adviser voted the client’s proxy.

2. A concise summary of this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures will be included in the Adviser’s Form ADV Part 2A, and will be updated whenever these policies and procedures are updated.

V. RECORDKEEPING

The CCO will periodically assure that the third-party proxy voting service and the Adviser together will maintain appropriate records as required for five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made including the following records;

 

    Copies of this proxy voting policy and procedures, and any amendments thereto;

 

    A copy (or link to appropriate electronic version) of each proxy statement;

 

    A record of each vote cast;

 

    A copy of any document used to memorialize the rationale for the proxy vote;

 

    A copy of each written client request for information on how the Adviser voted such client’s proxies, and a copy of any written response to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the Adviser voted its proxies.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

United States

Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

2017 Benchmark Policy Recommendations

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2017

Published January 17, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

B-3

www.issgovernance.com

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

The policies contained herein are a sampling of selected key U.S. proxy voting guidelines and are

not intended to be exhaustive. A full summary of ISS’ 2017 proxy voting guidelines can be found

at: https://www.issgovernance.com/policy-gateway/2017-policy-information/

BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

  1. Accountability

Vote against1 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1. The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2. The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

    A classified board structure;

 

    A supermajority vote requirement;

 

    Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

    The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

    The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

    A dual-class capital structure; and/or

 

    A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills:

 

 

1  In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
2  A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If ISS cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

B-4

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   2 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  1.3. The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote against or withhold from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term pill” (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote against or withhold votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5. The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote case-by-case on all nominees if:

 

  1.6. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

    The date of the pill‘s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on the ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

    The issuer’s rationale;

 

    The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

    The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote against or withhold from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7. The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8. The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9. The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10. There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11. Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

 

B-5

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   3 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.12. There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15. The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; or

 

  1.16. The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn-rate commitment made to shareholders.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17. The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

 

  1.18. Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

 

    The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

    Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

    The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

    The company’s ownership structure;

 

    The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

    The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

    Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

    Classified the board;

 

B-6

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   4 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

 

    Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19. For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights, or implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights considering the following factors:

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights;
    The disclosed rationale;

 

    The ability to change the governance structure (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

 

    The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure;

 

    Any reasonable sunset provision; and

 

    Other relevant factors.

Unless the adverse provision and/or problematic capital structure is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20. Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight3, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21. Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22. Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

  2. Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

  2.1. The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

    Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

    Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

    The subject matter of the proposal;

 

    The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

    Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

    The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

    Other factors as appropriate.

 

3  Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

B-7

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   5 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  2.2. The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3. At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

    The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

    The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

    ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

    The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

  3. Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1. Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case4) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:
    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2. If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

  3.3. Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

  3.4. Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards5.

 

4  For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.
5  Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

B-8

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   6 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  4. Independence

Vote against or withhold from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

  4.1. The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2. The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3. The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4. Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The scope of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current board leadership structure;

 

    The company’s governance structure and practices;

 

    Company performance; and

 

    Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

Regarding the scope of the proposal, consider whether the proposal is precatory or binding and whether the proposal is seeking an immediate change in the chairman role or the policy can be implemented at the next CEO transition.

Under the review of the company’s board leadership structure, ISS may support the proposal under the following scenarios absent a compelling rationale: the presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO; a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair; and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair. ISS will also consider any recent transitions in board leadership and the effect such transitions may have on independent board leadership as well as the designation of a lead director role.

When considering the governance structure, ISS will consider the overall independence of the board, the independence of key committees, the establishment of governance guidelines, board tenure and its relationship to CEO tenure, and any other factors that may be relevant. Any concerns about a company’s governance structure will weigh in favor of support for the proposal.

The review of the company’s governance practices may include, but is not limited to, poor compensation practices, material failures of governance and risk oversight, related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk, corporate or management scandals, and actions by management or the board with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders. Any such practices may suggest a need for more independent oversight at the company thus warranting support of the proposal.

ISS’ performance assessment will generally consider one-, three-, and five-year TSR compared to the company’s peers and the market as a whole. While poor performance will weigh in favor of the adoption of an independent chair policy, strong performance over the long term will be considered a mitigating factor when determining whether the proposed leadership change warrants support.

 

B-9

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   7 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Proxy Access

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

    Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

 

    Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

 

    Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

 

    Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

    Management’s track record;

 

    Background to the contested election;

 

    Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

    Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Common Stock Authorization

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

B-10

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   8 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

    The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

ISS will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

  A. Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  B. Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  C. Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  D. Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that ISS is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Negotiations and process—Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

B-11

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   9 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay or “MSOP”) if:

 

    There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

    The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

    The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

    There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an MSOP is warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

    The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

B-12

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   10 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

    The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices6, this analysis considers the following:

 

  1. Peer Group7 Alignment:

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2. Absolute Alignment8 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

    The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

    The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

    The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

    The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

    Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

    Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

    Realizable pay9 compared to grant pay; and

 

    Any other factors deemed relevant.

 

6  The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
7  The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market-cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
8  Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
9  ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.

 

B-13

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   11 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

    Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

    Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

    Options backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. Please refer to ISS’ Compensation FAQ document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

    Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

    Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

    New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

    CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

    CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

    CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups);

 

    Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

    Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

    A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

    Lucrative severance packages;

 

    High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

    Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

    Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

    Duration of options backdating;

 

    Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

 

 

B-14

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   12 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

    Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

    Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans10 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

    Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

    SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

    SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

    Plan Features:

 

    Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

    Discretionary vesting authority;

 

    Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

    Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

    Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

10  Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

B-15

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   13 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Grant Practices:

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

    Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

    The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

    The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

    Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

    Whether the company has established post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

    Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

    The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

    The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

    Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Global Approach

Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

    If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

    If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

    Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

    The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

B-16

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   14 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

 

    The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

 

    Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

    Deviation from established industry norms;

 

    Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

 

    The potential burden and scope of the requested report;

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

    Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

    The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

 

    Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

 

B-17

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   15 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

 

    The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

 

    Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Board Diversity

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

    The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

    The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

    Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

    The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

    Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

    Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

 

B-18

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   16 of 17


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Concise Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

LOGO

The Global Leader In Corporate Governance

www.issgovernance.com

 

 

B-19

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   17 of 17


Table of Contents

LOGO

United States

 

 

Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

2017 Benchmark Policy Recommendations

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2017

Published December 22, 2016

 

LOGO

 

B-20

 

 

www.issgovernance.com

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

  


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

COVERAGE

     8  

1.

  ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS      9  
  Adjourn Meeting      9  
  Amend Quorum Requirements      9  
  Amend Minor Bylaws      9  
  Change Company Name      9  
  Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting      9  
  Other Business      9  
  AUDIT-RELATED      9  
  Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability      9  
  Auditor Ratification      10  
  Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services      10  
  Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation      10  

2.

  BOARD OF DIRECTORS:      11  
  VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS      11  
 

1. Accountability

     11  
  2. Responsiveness      15  
 

3. Composition

     16  
 

4. Independence

     16  
  ISS U.S. Categorization of Directors      17  
  OTHER BOARD-RELATED PROPOSALS      20  
  Age/Term Limits      20  
  Board Size      20  
  Classification/Declassification of the Board      20  
  CEO Succession Planning      20  
  Cumulative Voting      20  
  Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection      20  
  Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications      21  
  Establish Other Board Committee Proposals      21  
  Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors      22  
  Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)      22  
  Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees      23  
  Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors      23  
  Proxy Access      23  
  Require More Nominees than Open Seats      23  
  Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)      23  
  Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections      24  
  Vote-No Campaigns      24  

 

 

 

B-21

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   2 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

 

  

3.

  SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES      25  
  Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations      25  
  Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent      25  
  Control Share Acquisition Provisions      25  
  Control Share Cash-Out Provisions      25  
  Disgorgement Provisions      26  
  Fair Price Provisions      26  
  Freeze-Out Provisions      26  
  Greenmail      26  
  Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)      26  
  Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments      27  
  POISON PILLS (SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS)      27  
  Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy      27  
  Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill      28  
  Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)      28  
  Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation      28  
  Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses      29  
  Reincorporation Proposals      29  
  Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent      29  
  Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings      30  
  Stakeholder Provisions      30  
  State Antitakeover Statutes      30  
  Supermajority Vote Requirements      30  

4.

  CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING      31  
  CAPITAL      31  
  Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock      31  
  Common Stock Authorization      31  
  Dual Class Structure      32  
  Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan      32  
  Preemptive Rights      32  
  Preferred Stock Authorization      32  
  Recapitalization Plans      33  
  Reverse Stock Splits      33  
  Share Issueance Mandates      33  
  Share Repurchase Programs      33  
  Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends      33  
  Tracking Stock      34  
  RESTRUCTURING      34  
  Appraisal Rights      34  
  Asset Purchases      34  
  Asset Sales      34  

B-22

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

       3 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  Bundled Proposals      35  
  Conversion of Securities      35  
  Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans      35  
  Formation of Holding Company      35  
  Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)      36  
  Joint Ventures      36  
  Liquidations      36  
  Mergers and Acquisitions      37  
  Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures      37  
  Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)      38  
  Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)      39  
  Spin-offs      39  
  Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals      39  

5.

  COMPENSATION      41  
  EXECUTIVE PAY EVALUATION      41  
 

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

     41  
 

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

     42  
 

Problematic Pay Practices

     43  
  Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness      43  
  Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)      44  
  Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale      44  
  EQUITY-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS      45  
 

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

     46  
 

Three-Year Burn Rate

     46  
 

2017 Burn-Rate Benchmarks

     46  
  Egregious Factors      49  
 

Liberal Change in Control Definition

     49  
 

Repricing Provisions

     49  
 

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

     49  
  Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))      49  
  Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations      50  
 

Dividend Equivalent Rights

     50  
 

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

     50  
  OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS      51  
  401(k) Employee Benefit Plans      51  
  Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)      51  
  Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans      51  
  Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans      51  
  Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options      51  
  Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash      52  

 

B-23

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   4 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs      52  
  DIRECTOR COMPENSATION      53  
  Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs      53  
  Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors      53  
  Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans      54  
  SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION      54  
  Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy      54  
  Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”      54  
  Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization      54  
  Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors      55  
  Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits      55  
  Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time      55  
  Non-Deductible Compensation      56  
  Pay Disparity      56  
  Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards      56  
  Pay for Superior Performance      56  
  Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)      57  
  Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees      57  
  Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances      58  
  Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes      58  
  Share Buyback Holding Periods      58  
  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)      59  
  Tax Gross-Up Proposals      59  
  Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity      59  

6.

  SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES      60  
  GLOBAL APPROACH      60  
  ENDORSEMENT OF PRINCIPLES      60  
  ANIMAL WELFARE      60  
  Animal Welfare Policies      60  
  Animal Testing      61  
  Animal Slaughter      61  
  CONSUMER ISSUES      61  
  Genetically Modified Ingredients      61  
  Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices      61  
  Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation      62  
  Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials      62  
  Tobacco-Related Proposals      63  
  CLIMATE CHANGE      63  
  Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions      63  
  Energy Efficiency      64  
  Renewable Energy      64  

 

B-24

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   5 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  DIVERSITY      64  
  Board Diversity      64  
  Equality of Opportunity      65  
  Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits      65  
  ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY      65  
  Facility and Workplace Safety      65  
  General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments      66  
  Hydraulic Fracturing      66  
  Operations in Protected Areas      66  
  Recycling      66  
  Sustainability Reporting      67  
  Water Issues      67  
  GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES      67  
  Charitable Contributions      67  
  Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues      67  
  Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals      68  
  HUMAN RIGHTS, LABOR ISSUES, AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS      68  
  Human Rights Proposals      68  
  Operations in High Risk Markets      69  
  Outsourcing/Offshoring      69  
  Weapons and Military Sales      69  
  POLITICAL ACTIVITIES      69  
  Lobbying      69  
  Political Contributions      70  
  Political Ties      70  

7.

  MUTUAL FUND PROXIES      70  
  Election of Directors      70  
  Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund      70  
  Proxy Contests      71  
  Investment Advisory Agreements      71  
  Approving New Classes or Series of Shares      71  
  Preferred Stock Proposals      71  
  1940 Act Policies      71  
  Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction      72  
  Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental      72  
  Name Change Proposals      72  
  Change in Fund’s Subclassification      72  
  Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value      72  
  Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation      72  
  Changes to the Charter Document      73  

 

 

B-25

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   6 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  Changing the Domicile of a Fund      73  
  Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval      73  
  Distribution Agreements      73  
  Master-Feeder Structure      74  
  Mergers      74  
  SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS      74  
  Establish Director Ownership Requirement      74  
  Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred      74  
  Terminate the Investment Advisor      74  

 

B-26

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   7 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

COVERAGE

The U.S. research team provides proxy analyses and voting recommendations for common shareholder meetings of publicly traded U.S.—incorporated companies that are held in our institutional investor clients’ portfolios, and includes all S&P 1500 and Russell 3000 companies that are considered U.S. Domestic Issuers by the SEC. Coverage generally includes corporate actions for common equity holders, such as written consents and bankruptcies. ISS’ U.S. coverage includes investment companies (including open-end funds, closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds, and unit investment trusts), limited partnerships (“LPs”), master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and business development companies. ISS reviews its universe of coverage on an annual basis, and the coverage is subject to change based on client need and industry trends.

The U.S. research team also produces, for subscribing clients, research and recommendations for fixed income meetings, and meetings of certain preferred securities, including Auction Rate Preferred Securities (“ARPS”) and Variable Rate Municipal Term Preferred securities (“VMTPs”).

Foreign-incorporated companies

In addition to U.S. incorporated companies, U.S. policies are applied to certain foreign-incorporated company analyses. Like the SEC, ISS distinguishes two types of companies that list but are not incorporated in the U.S.:

 

    U.S. Domestic Issuers – which have a majority of shareholders in the U.S. and meet other criteria, as determined by the SEC, and are subject to the same disclosure and listing standards as U.S. incorporated companies – are generally covered under standard U.S. policy guidelines.

 

    Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs) – which do not meet the Domestic Issuer criteria and are exempt from most disclosure requirements (e.g., they do not file 10-K or DEF14A reports) and listing standards (e.g., for required levels of board and committee independence) – are covered under a combination of policy guidelines:

 

    FPI Guidelines, which apply certain minimum independence and disclosure standards in the evaluation of key proxy ballot items, such as the election of directors and approval of financial reports, and

 

    For other issues, guidelines for the market that is responsible for, or most relevant to, the item on the ballot.

In all cases – including with respect to other companies with cross-market features that may lead to ballot items related to multiple markets – items that are on the ballot solely due to the requirements of another market (listing, incorporation, or national code) may be evaluated under the policy of the relevant market, regardless of the “assigned” market coverage.

Foreign Private Issuers in Tax Havens

A number of FPIs incorporate in “tax haven” markets, such as Bermuda, the Bahamas, Cayman Islands, and Marshall Islands. These companies may list in the U.S. and/or other markets such as Hong Kong or Singapore, in which case ISS assigns a primary coverage market and applies relevant policy as appropriate.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against (or withhold from) non-independent director nominees at companies that fail to have the following: a majority-independent board; standing audit, compensation, and nominating committees, each composed entirely of independent directors.

 

B-27

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   8 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Where the design and disclosure of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant ISS regional or market proxy voting guidelines.

1. ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS

Adjourn Meeting

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Change Company Name

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

Vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

Other Business

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.

Audit-Related

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

 

    The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;

 

B-28

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   9 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

 

    The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Auditor Ratification

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

    Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

    Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

    Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

 

    The tenure of the audit firm;

 

    The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

 

    Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

 

    The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

 

    The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

 

    Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

 

B-29

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   10 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

  1. Accountability: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.

 

  2. Responsiveness: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or non-binding), and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.

 

  3. Composition: Companies should ensure that directors add value to the board through their specific skills and expertise and by having sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members.

 

  4. Independence: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) so as to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

  1. Accountability

Vote against1 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

 

1  In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
2  A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If ISS cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

B-30

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   11 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1. The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2. The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

    A classified board structure;

 

    A supermajority vote requirement;

 

    Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

    The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

    The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

    A dual-class capital structure; and/or

 

    A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills:

 

  1.3. The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote against or withhold from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term pill” (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote against or withhold votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5. The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote case-by-case on all nominees if:

 

  1.6. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

    The date of the pill‘s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on the ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

    The issuer’s rationale;

 

    The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

    The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

 

B-31

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   12 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals:

Generally vote against or withhold from members of the governance committee if:

 

  1.7. The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against on an ongoing basis.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.8. The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.9. The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.10. There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11. Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.12. There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.13. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.14. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.15. The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; or

 

  1.16. The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn-rate commitment made to shareholders.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.17. The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

 

B-32

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   13 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

 

  1.18. Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

 

    The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

    Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

    The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

    The company’s ownership structure;

 

    The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

    The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

 

    Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

    Classified the board;

 

    Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

 

    Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

 

  1.19. For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights, or implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights considering the following factors:

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights;

 

    The disclosed rationale;

 

    The ability to change the governance structure (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

 

    The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure;

 

    Any reasonable sunset provision; and

 

    Other relevant factors.

Unless the adverse provision and/or problematic capital structure is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

 

B-33

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   14 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.20. Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight3, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

  1.21. Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.22. Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

 

  2. Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

  2.1. The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

    Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

    Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

    The subject matter of the proposal;

 

    The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

    Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

    The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

    Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2. The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3. At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

    The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

    The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

    ISS’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

    The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

3  Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

B-34

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   15 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  3. Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1. Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case4) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2. If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

  3.3. Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

  3.4. Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards5.

 

  4. Independence

Vote against or withhold from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

  4.1. The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2. The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3. The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4. Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

 

4  For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.
5  Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

B-35

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   16 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

ISS U.S. Categorization of Directors

 

 

  1. Inside Director (I)

 

  1.1. Current employee or current officer[1] of the company or one of its affiliates[2].

 

  1.2. Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

 

  1.3. Director named in the Summary Compensation Table (excluding former interim officers).

 

  2. Affiliated Outside Director (AO)

Board Attestation

 

  2.1. Board attestation that an outside director is not independent.

Former CEO/Interim Officer

 

  2.2. Former CEO of the company.[3],[4]

 

  2.3. Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years[4].

 

  2.4. Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.[5]

Non-CEO Executives

 

  2.5. Former officer[1] of the company, an affiliate[2], or an acquired firm within the past five years.

 

  2.6. Officer [1] of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years.

 

  2.7. Officer[1], former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

Family Members

 

  2.8. Immediate family member[6] of a current or former officer[1] of the company or its affiliates[2] within the last five years.

 

  2.9. Immediate family member[6] of a current employee of company or its affiliates[2] where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

Transactional, Professional, Financial, and Charitable Relationships

 

  2.10. Currently provides (or an immediate family member[6] provides) professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.11. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an employee of, an organization which provides professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company, or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.12. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.13. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.14. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments[8] from the company or its affiliates[2].

Other Relationships

 

  2.15. Party to a voting agreement[9] to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

 

  2.16. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee[10].

 

  2.17. Founder[11] of the company but not currently an employee.

 

  2.18. Any material[12] relationship with the company.

 

  3. Independent Outside Director (IO)

 

  3.1. No material[12] connection to the company other than a board seat.

 

B-36

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   17 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Footnotes:

 

[1] The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider under 2.18: “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.
[2] “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.
[3] Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).
[4] When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, ISS will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
[5] ISS will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. ISS will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.
[6] “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
[7] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services, commercial banking (beyond deposit services), investment services, insurance services, accounting/audit services, consulting services, marketing services, legal services, property management services, realtor services, lobbying services, executive search services, and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services, IT tech support services, educational services, and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.
[8] A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding standards, ISS will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
[9] Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent outsiders if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

 

B-37

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   18 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

[10] Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
[11] The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, ISS may deem him or her an independent outsider.
[12] For purposes of ISS’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

B-38

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   19 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Other Board-Related Proposals

Age/Term Limits

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

Vote against management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.

Board Size

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.

Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

CEO Succession Planning

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

 

    The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

 

    The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Cumulative Voting

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:

 

    The company has proxy access6, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

 

    The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

 

 

6  A proxy access right thPih2at meets the recommended guidelines.

 

B-39

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   20 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against proposals that would:

 

    Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

    Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

 

    Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

Vote for only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

 

    If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

 

    If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

 

    The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

 

    The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

 

    Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

 

B-40

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   21 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The scope of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current board leadership structure;

 

    The company’s governance structure and practices;

 

    Company performance; and

 

    Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

Regarding the scope of the proposal, consider whether the proposal is precatory or binding and whether the proposal is seeking an immediate change in the chairman role or the policy can be implemented at the next CEO transition.

Under the review of the company’s board leadership structure, ISS may support the proposal under the following scenarios absent a compelling rationale: the presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO; a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair; and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair. ISS will also consider any recent transitions in board leadership and the effect such transitions may have on independent board leadership as well as the designation of a lead director role.

When considering the governance structure, ISS will consider the overall independence of the board, the independence of key committees, the establishment of governance guidelines, board tenure and its relationship to CEO tenure, and any other factors that may be relevant. Any concerns about a company’s governance structure will weigh in favor of support for the proposal.

The review of the company’s governance practices may include, but is not limited to, poor compensation practices, material failures of governance and risk oversight, related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk, corporate or management scandals, and actions by management or the board with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders. Any such practices may suggest a need for more independent oversight at the company thus warranting support of the proposal.

ISS’ performance assessment will generally consider one-, three-, and five-year TSR compared to the company’s peers and the market as a whole. While poor performance will weigh in favor of the adoption of an independent chair policy, strong performance over the long term will be considered a mitigating factor when determining whether the proposed leadership change warrants support.

 

B-41

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   22 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’ definition of independent outsider (See Categorization of Directors).

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no carve-out for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.

Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

Proxy Access

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

    Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

 

    Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

 

    Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

 

    Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Require More Nominees than Open Seats

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

 

B-42

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   23 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

 

    Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

 

    Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

 

    The company has an independent chairman or a lead director, according to ISS’ definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access — Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

    Management’s track record;

 

    Background to the contested election;

 

    Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

    Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Vote-No Campaigns

 

    General Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

 

B-43

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   24 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline. The submittal window is the period under which a shareholder must file his proposal/nominations prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

 

B-44

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   25 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Vote case-by-case on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

    The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

B-45

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   26 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

    The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

    Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally vote against bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under ISS’ policy on Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

    Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

    The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

 

B-46

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   27 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

    No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

    A term of no more than three years;

 

    No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand, or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

    Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company’s vote-counting methodology.

While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal;

 

    The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

 

    The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

 

    Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

 

B-47

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   28 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;

 

    Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

 

    Any other factors that may be relevant.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

    The election of fewer than 50 percent of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

 

    One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

 

    Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

 

    The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated case-by-case, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

    Reasons for reincorporation;

 

    Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

 

    Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

    The consent threshold;

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

 

B-48

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   29 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

    An unfettered7 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

 

    A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

    No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

    An annually elected board.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

    Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Stakeholder Provisions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote case-by-case, taking into account:

 

    Ownership structure;

 

    Quorum requirements; and

 

    Vote requirements.

 

 

7  “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

B-49

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   30 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

4. CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Common Stock Authorization

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

    The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

ISS will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

  A. Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  B. Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  C. Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  D. Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

B-50

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   31 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that ISS is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

    The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

    The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or

 

    The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

    The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

 

    The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder-approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Preemptive Rights

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:

 

    The size of the company;

 

    The shareholder base; and

 

    The liquidity of the stock.

Preferred Stock Authorization

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

B-51

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   32 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated by ISS (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

    Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Recapitalization Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

 

    More simplified capital structure;

 

    Enhanced liquidity;

 

    Fairness of conversion terms;

 

    Impact on voting power and dividends;

 

    Reasons for the reclassification;

 

    Conflicts of interest; and

 

    Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

Vote against proposals when there is not a proportionate reduction of authorized shares, unless:

 

    A stock exchange has provided notice to the company of a potential delisting; or

 

    The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Share Issueance Mandates

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for general share issuance authorities (those without a specified purpose) without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital, as long as the duration of the authority is clearly disclosed and reasonable. As a general rule, companies should seek renewal of the issuance authority at each annual meeting.

Share Repurchase Programs

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with ISS’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

 

B-52

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   33 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Tracking Stock

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

 

    Adverse governance changes;

 

    Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

 

    Unfair method of distribution;

 

    Diminution of voting rights;

 

    Adverse conversion features;

 

    Negative impact on stock option plans; and

 

    Alternatives such as spin-off.

Restructuring

Appraisal Rights

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

Asset Purchases

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Purchase price;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives for the business;

 

    Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset sales, considering the following factors:

 

    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

 

    Potential elimination of diseconomies;

 

    Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

 

    Anticipated use of funds;

 

    Value received for the asset;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

B-53

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   34 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Bundled Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;

 

    Terms of the offer—discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

 

    Financial issues—company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Control issues—change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Conflict of interest—arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.

Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The reasons for the change;

 

    Any financial or tax benefits;

 

    Regulatory benefits;

 

    Increases in capital structure; and

 

    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

 

B-54

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   35 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

 

    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

 

    Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

 

    Offer price/premium;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives/offers considered; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

Vote case-by-case on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

 

    Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);

 

    Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

 

    Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

 

    Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

 

    Does the company have strong corporate governance?

 

    Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

 

    Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

 

    Percentage of assets/business contributed;

 

    Percentage ownership;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    Governance structure;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on liquidations, taking into account the following:

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Appraisal value of assets; and

 

    The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

 

B-55

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   36 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Negotiations and process—Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

 

    Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

 

    The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

 

    When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry, and anticipation of future performance.

 

B-56

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   37 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Financial issues:

 

    The company’s financial condition;

 

    Degree of need for capital;

 

    Use of proceeds;

 

    Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Current and proposed cash burn rate;

 

    Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger, or sale of part or all of the company.

 

    Control issues:

 

    Change in management;

 

    Change in control;

 

    Guaranteed board and committee seats;

 

    Standstill provisions;

 

    Voting agreements;

 

    Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium.

 

    Conflicts of interest:

 

    Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.

 

    Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

 

    Market reaction:

 

    The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

 

    Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

 

    Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

 

    Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

 

    The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

 

    Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

 

    Governance of the reorganized company.

 

B-57

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   38 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

    Valuation - Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.

 

    Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

 

    Deal timing - A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

 

    Negotiations and process - What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

 

    Conflicts of interest - How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80 percent rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80 perecnt of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.

 

    Voting agreements - Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

 

    Governance - What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

Spin-offs

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on spin-offs, considering:

 

    Tax and regulatory advantages;

 

    Planned use of the sale proceeds;

 

    Valuation of spinoff;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Benefits to the parent company;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Managerial incentives;

 

    Corporate governance changes;

 

    Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

 

    Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

 

    Selling the company; or

 

    Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

 

B-58

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   39 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

 

    Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

 

    Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

 

    Strategic plan in place for improving value;

 

    Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

 

    The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

B-59

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   40 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

5. COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay or “MSOP”) if:

 

    There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

    The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

    The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

    There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an MSOP is warranted due to pay-for-performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

    The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

    The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

    The situation is egregious.

 

B-60

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   41 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices8, this analysis considers the following:

 

  1. Peer Group9 Alignment:

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2. Absolute Alignment10 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

    The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

    The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

    The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

    The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

    Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

    Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

    Realizable pay11 compared to grant pay; and

 

    Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

    Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

    Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

    Options backdating.

 

8  The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
9  The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market-cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
10  Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
11  ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies .

 

B-61

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   42 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. Please refer to ISS’ Compensation FAQ document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

    Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

    Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

    New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

    CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

    CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

    CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups);

 

    Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

    Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

    A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

    Lucrative severance packages;

 

    High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

    Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

    Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

    Duration of options backdating;

 

    Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

B-62

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   43 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

    Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

 

    Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

    Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

    Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

    Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

    Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

    Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

    Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

    The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), ISS will evaluate the say-on-pay proposal in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

 

B-63

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   44 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans12 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

    Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

    SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

    SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

    Plan Features:

 

    Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

    Discretionary vesting authority;

 

    Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

    Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

    Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

    Grant Practices:

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

    Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

    The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

    The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

    Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

    Whether the company has established post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

    Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

    The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies – or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

    The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

    Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

12  Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

 

B-64

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   45 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Further Information on certain EPSC Factors:

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full-value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.13

Three-Year Burn Rate

Burn-rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation ( LOGO ) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500), and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

2017 Burn-Rate Benchmarks

 

S&P500  

GICS

  

Description

   Mean     Standard
Deviation
    Industry
Benchmark*
 
10    Energy      1.08     0.50     2.00
15    Materials      1.06     0.50     2.00
20    Industrials      1.27     0.65     2.00
25    Consumer Discretionary      1.41     0.83     2.24
30    Consumer Staples      1.22     0.59     2.00
35    Health Care      1.81     0.75     2.56
40    Financials      1.93     1.49     3.43
45    Information Technology      2.99     1.48     4.48
50    Telecommunication Services      1.18     0.79     2.00
55    Utilities      0.68     0.33     2.00
60    Real Estate      0.88     0.82     2.00

 

13  For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

 

B-65

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   46 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Russell 3000 (excluding the S&P500)

 

GICS

  

Description

   Mean     Standard
Deviation
    Industry
Benchmark*
 
1010    Energy      1.81     1.25     3.07
1510    Materials      1.59     1.27     2.86
2010    Capital Goods      1.80     1.19     2.99
2020    Commercial & Professional Services      2.56     1.58     4.14
2030    Transportation      1.72     1.28     3.01
2510    Automobiles & Components      2.37     1.35     3.72
2520    Consumer Durables & Apparel      2.31     1.44     3.75
2530    Consumer Services      2.47     1.55     4.02
2540    Media      2.34     1.87     4.21
2550    Retailing      2.43     1.84     4.27
3010    Food & Retailing Staples      1.95     1.38     3.33
3020    Food, Beverage & Tobacco      1.40     0.85     2.24
3030    Household & Personal Goods      2.83     1.85     4.68
3510    Health Care Equipment & Services      3.46     1.93     5.38
3520    Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology      4.17     2.36     6.53
4010    Banks      1.62     1.33     2.94
4020    Diversified Financials      3.92     4.44     8.35
4030    Insurance      1.97     1.70     3.67
4510    Software & Services      5.70     3.01     8.71
4520    Technology Hardware & Equipment      3.66     2.47     6.13
4530    Semiconductor Equipment      4.87     2.79     7.66
5010    Telecommunication Services      3.04     2.08     5.12
5510    Utilities      0.93     0.86     2.00 %* 
6010    Real Estate      1.42     1.14     2.55

 

B-66

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   47 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Non-Russell 3000

 

GICS

  

Description

   Mean     Standard
Deviation
    Industry
Benchmark*
 
1010    Energy      3.15     3.73     6.89
1510    Materials      3.01     2.71     5.72
2010    Capital Goods      3.05     2.74     5.79
2020    Commercial & Professional Services      3.73     3.66     7.40
2030    Transportation      1.75     2.75     4.51
2510    Automobiles & Components      2.18     2.06     4.23
2520    Consumer Durables & Apparel      2.84     2.26     5.10
2530    Consumer Services      2.39     1.60     3.98
2540    Media      3.63     3.52     7.15
2550    Retailing      3.68     2.35     6.02
3010, 3020, 3030    Consumer Staples      3.14     2.58     5.72
3510    Health Care Equipment & Services      4.43     3.23     7.66
3520    Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology      4.92     3.25     8.17
4010, 4020, 4030    Financials      2.18     2.44     4.62
4510    Software & Services      5.84     4.69     10.22 %* 
4520    Technology Hardware & Equipment      4.34     3.48     7.82
4530    Semiconductor Equipment      3.78     2.31     6.08
5010    Telecommunication Services      4.64     4.04     8.68
5510    Utilities      1.35     1.18     2.83 %* 
6010    Real Estate      1.75     1.32     3.07

 

* The benchmark is generally the Mean + Standard Deviation, subject to minimum benchmark of 2%. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes are limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

A premium (multiplier) is applied on full-value awards for the past three fiscal years. The guideline for applying the premium is as follows:

 

Stock Price Volatility

  

Multiplier

54.6% and higher    1 full-value award will count as 1.5 option shares
36.1% or higher and less than 54.6%    1 full-value award will count as 2.0 option shares
24.9% or higher and less than 36.1%    1 full-value award will count as 2.5 option shares
16.5% or higher and less than 24.9%    1 full-value award will count as 3.0 option shares
7.9% or higher and less than 16.5%    1 full-value award will count as 3.5 option shares
Less than 7.9%    1 full-value award will count as 4.0 option shares

 

B-67

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   48 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change in control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” includes the ability to do any of the following:

 

    Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

 

    Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs.

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved and/or implemented a repricing or an option/SAR exchange program, by buying out underwater options/SARs for stock, cash or other consideration or canceling underwater options/SARs and regranting options/SARs with a lower exercise price, without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans if the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

If a significant portion of the CEO’s misaligned pay is attributed to non-performance-based equity awards, and there is an equity plan on the ballot with the CEO as one of the participants, ISS may recommend a vote against the equity plan. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

 

    Magnitude of pay misalignment;

 

    Contribution of non-performance-based equity grants to overall pay; and

 

    The proportion of equity awards granted in the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer level.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Addresses administrative features only; or

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent outsiders, per ISS’ Categorization of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

 

B-68

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   49 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent outsiders, per ISS’ Categorization of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

 

    If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.

 

    If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO, whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.

 

    If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.

In the first two case-by-case evaluation scenarios, the EPSC evaluation/score is the more heavily weighted consideration.

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

 

B-69

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   50 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less; and

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

 

    Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

    Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

 

    Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

 

    Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; and

 

    No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when the plan features do not meet all of the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

 

    Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

B-70

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   51 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?;

 

    Is this a value-for-value exchange?;

 

    Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?;

 

    Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?;

 

    Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

    Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

    Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential against vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

 

    General Recommendation: One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

 

    Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

 

    Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models; and

 

    There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

 

B-71

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   52 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

 

    Eligibility;

 

    Vesting;

 

    Bid-price;

 

    Term of options;

 

    Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense; and

 

    Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

Director Compensation

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

 

    If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

 

    An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

 

    The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers; and

 

    The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

 

B-72

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   53 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

On occasion, director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn-rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote case-by-case on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

 

    The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

 

    Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

 

    Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the Company, Board, or Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.

 

B-73

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   54 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to eliminate stock options or any other equity grants to employees or directors.

Vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Vote case-by-case on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account relevant factors, including but not limited to: company performance, pay level and design versus peers, history of compensation concerns or pay-for-performance disconnect, and/or the scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal.

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

    The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

 

    The time period required to retain the shares;

 

    Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

 

    Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

 

    Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

 

    Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may demonstrate a short-term versus long-term focus.

 

B-74

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   55 of 74


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Non-Deductible Compensation

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure of the extent to which the company paid non-deductible compensation to senior executives due to Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), while considering the company’s existing disclosure practices.

Pay Disparity

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other non-executive employees. The following factors will be considered:

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of its executive compensation setting process, including how the company considers pay disparity;

 

    If any problematic pay practices or pay-for-performance concerns have been identified at the company; and

 

    The level of shareholder support for the company’s pay programs.

Generally vote against proposals calling for the company to use the pay disparity analysis or pay ratio in a specific way to set or limit executive pay.

Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

 

    First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

 

    Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:

 

    Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

 

    Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

 

B-75

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   56 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

 

    Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;

 

    Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

 

    What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

 

    If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

 

    Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

 

    What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. These principles include:

 

    Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a Form 8-K;

 

    Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

 

    Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

 

    Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

 

    An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan;

 

    Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.

 

B-76

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   57 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company’s financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive’s fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.

In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, ISS will take into consideration the following factors:

 

    If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;

 

    The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;

 

    Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

 

    Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;

 

    Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or

 

    Any other relevant factors.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

 

    The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);

 

    Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Share Buyback Holding Periods

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

 

B-77

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   58 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan’s definition of covered compensation used to establish such benefits.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.

The following factors will be considered:

 

    The company’s current treatment of equity upon employment termination and/or in change-in-control situations (i.e., vesting is double triggered and/or pro rata, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);

 

    Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits automatic acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives upon a voluntary termination of employment or in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

 

B-78

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   59 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

6. SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Global Approach

Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will also be considered:

 

    If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

    If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

    Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

 

    The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Endorsement of Principles

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals seeking a company’s endorsement of principles that support a particular public policy position. Endorsing a set of principles may require a company to take a stand on an issue that is beyond its own control and may limit its flexibility with respect to future developments. Management and the board should be afforded the flexibility to make decisions on specific public policy positions based on their own assessment of the most beneficial strategies for the company.

Animal Welfare

Animal Welfare Policies

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:

 

    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;

 

    The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and

 

    There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals.

 

B-79

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   60 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Animal Testing

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:

 

    The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

 

    The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or

 

    There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.

Animal Slaughter

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

Consumer Issues

Genetically Modified Ingredients

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:

 

    The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s business;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

 

    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.

Generally vote against proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

Generally vote against proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.

Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and

 

    Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.

 

B-80

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   61 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Prescription Drug Reimportation

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

 

    The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

 

    Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

    Deviation from established industry norms;

 

    Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

 

    The potential burden and scope of the requested report;

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain, unless:

 

    The company already discloses similar information through existing reports such as a supplier code of conduct and/or a sustainability report;

 

    The company has formally committed to the implementation of a toxic/hazardous materials and/or product safety and supply chain reporting and monitoring program based on industry norms or similar standards within a specified time frame; and

 

    The company has not been recently involved in relevant significant controversies, fines, or litigation.

Vote case-by-case on resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials, considering:

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its product safety policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

 

    Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic/hazardous materials at the company.

Generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.

 

B-81

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   62 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Tobacco-Related Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:

 

    Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;

 

    Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;

 

    Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;

 

    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and

 

    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;

 

    Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;

 

    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and

 

    The risk of any health-related liabilities.

Generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to spin-off tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.

Generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

Climate Change

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the risks related to climate change on its operations and investments, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks, considering:

 

    Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

 

    The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

 

    The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; and

 

    There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s GHG emissions.

 

B-82

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   63 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

 

    Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

 

    The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

 

    The company’s current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

 

    Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Energy Efficiency

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies, unless:

 

    The company complies with applicable energy efficiency regulations and laws, and discloses its participation in energy efficiency policies and programs, including disclosure of benchmark data, targets, and performance measures; or

 

    The proponent requests adoption of specific energy efficiency goals within specific timelines.

Renewable Energy

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources unless the report would be duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources. Such decisions are best left to management’s evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have on the company.

Generally vote against proposals that call for the adoption of renewable energy goals, taking into account:

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure on renewable energy use and GHG emissions; and

 

    The company’s disclosure of policies, practices, and oversight implemented to manage GHG emissions and mitigate climate change risks.

Diversity

Board Diversity

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

 

B-83

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   64 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

    The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

    The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

    Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

    The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

    Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

    Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

Equality of Opportunity

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for EEO-1 data, unless:

 

    The company publicly discloses equal opportunity policies and initiatives in a comprehensive manner;

 

    The company already publicly discloses comprehensive workforce diversity data; and

 

    The company has no recent significant EEO-related violations or litigation.

Generally vote against proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers. Such requests may pose a significant burden on the company.

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.

Generally vote against proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from, domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.

Environment and Sustainability

Facility and Workplace Safety

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for workplace safety reports, including reports on accident risk reduction efforts, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of its workplace health and safety performance data, health and safety management policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms;

 

    The nature of the company’s business, specifically regarding company and employee exposure to health and safety risks;

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or violations related to workplace health and safety; and

 

    The company’s workplace health and safety performance relative to industry peers.

 

B-84

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   65 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:

 

    The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and

 

    The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.

General Environmental Proposals and Community Impact Assessments

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations, considering:

 

    Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);

 

    The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and

 

    The scope of the resolution.

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations, considering:

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant policies and oversight mechanisms;

 

    The company’s current level of such disclosure relative to its industry peers;

 

    Potential relevant local, state, or national regulatory developments; and

 

    Controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s hydraulic fracturing operations.

Operations in Protected Areas

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:

 

    Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;

 

    The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or

 

    The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.

Recycling

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to report on an existing recycling program, or adopt a new recycling program, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business;

 

    The current level of disclosure of the company’s existing related programs;

 

    The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;

 

    The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and

 

    How the company’s recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.

 

B-85

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   66 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Sustainability Reporting

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:

 

    The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an environment, health, and safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive code of corporate conduct; and/or a diversity report; or

 

    The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.

Water Issues

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting a company report on, or adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;

 

    Whether or not the company’s existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;

 

    The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and

 

    Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.

General Corporate Issues

Charitable Contributions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.

Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:

 

    The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;

 

    Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;

 

    The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;

 

    Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and

 

    Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.

 

B-86

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   67 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to sustainability (environmental and social) criteria, considering:

 

    The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;

 

    Whether the company has significant and/or persistent controversies or regulatory violations regarding social and/or environmental issues;

 

    Whether the company has management systems and oversight mechanisms in place regarding its social and environmental performance;

 

    The degree to which industry peers have incorporated similar non-financial performance criteria in their executive compensation practices; and

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance.

Human Rights, Labor Issues, and International Operations

Human Rights Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:

 

    The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;

 

    Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;

 

    Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

 

    Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;

 

    Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;

 

    Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;

 

    The scope of the request; and

 

    Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process, considering:

 

    The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed, including information on the implementation of these policies and any related oversight mechanisms;

 

    The company’s industry and whether the company or its suppliers operate in countries or areas where there is a history of human rights concerns;

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights involving the company or its suppliers, and whether the company has taken remedial steps; and

 

    Whether the proposal is unduly burdensome or overly prescriptive.

 

B-87

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   68 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Operations in High Risk Markets

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

 

    Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

 

    Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

 

    Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.

Outsourcing/Offshoring

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:

 

    Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);

 

    The value of the requested report to shareholders;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and

 

    The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.

Weapons and Military Sales

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

Generally vote against proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

Political Activities

Lobbying

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.

 

B-88

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   69 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Political Contributions

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:

 

    The company’s policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities.

Vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Political Ties

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:

 

    There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.

Vote against proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders

7. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

Election of Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance as a closed-end fund;

 

    Market in which the fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

 

B-89

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   70 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Proxy Contests

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance relative to its peers;

 

    Market in which the fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

 

    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

    Independence of directors;

 

    Experience and skills of director candidates;

 

    Governance profile of the company;

 

    Evidence of management entrenchment.

Investment Advisory Agreements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:

 

    Proposed and current fee schedules;

 

    Fund category/investment objective;

 

    Performance benchmarks;

 

    Share price performance as compared with peers;

 

    Resulting fees relative to peers;

 

    Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

    Stated specific financing purpose;

 

    Possible dilution for common shares;

 

    Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 Act Policies

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Regulatory developments;

 

    Current and potential returns; and

 

    Current and potential risk.

Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

 

B-90

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   71 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

    The fund’s target investments;

 

    The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

 

    The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Name Change Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Political/economic changes in the target market;

 

    Consolidation in the target market; and

 

    Current asset composition.

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Current and potential returns;

 

    Risk of concentration;

 

    Consolidation in target industry.

Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

 

    The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

    The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and

 

    The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

 

    Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

 

    Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:

 

    Strategies employed to salvage the company;

 

    The fund’s past performance;

 

    The terms of the liquidation.

 

B-91

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   72 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Changes to the Charter Document

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

    The degree of change implied by the proposal;

 

    The efficiencies that could result;

 

    The state of incorporation;

 

    Regulatory standards and implications.

Vote against any of the following changes:

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

    Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

 

    Regulations of both states;

 

    Required fundamental policies of both states;

 

    The increased flexibility available.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.

Distribution Agreements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

 

    The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

 

    The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

 

    The terms of the agreement.

 

B-92

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   73 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Master-Feeder Structure

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Resulting fee structure;

 

    Performance of both funds;

 

    Continuity of management personnel;

 

    Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds

Establish Director Ownership Requirement

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.

Terminate the Investment Advisor

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

 

    Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

 

    The fund’s history of shareholder relations;

 

    The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

 

B-93

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   74 of 75


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

 

LOGO

 

 

The Global Leader In Corporate Governance

www.issgovernance.com

 

B-94

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   75 of 75


Table of Contents

LOGO

United States

Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

2017 Policy Recommendations

Published January 25, 2017

 

LOGO

www.issgovernance.com

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

 

B-95


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     8  

1. ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS

     9  
   Adjourn Meeting      9  
   Amend Quorum Requirements      9  
   Amend Minor Bylaws      9  
   Change Company Name      9  
   Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting      9  
   Other Business      9  
   AUDIT-RELATED      9  
   Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability      9  
   Auditor Ratification      10  
   Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services      10  
   Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation      10  

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

     11  
   VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS      11  
  

1.      Accountability

     11  
  

2.      Responsiveness

     15  
  

3.      Composition

     16  
  

4.      Independence

     16  
   2017 Sustainability Policy Categorization of Directors      17  
   OTHER BOARD-RELATED PROPOSALS      19  
   Age/Term Limits      19  
   Board Size      19  
   Classification/Declassification of the Board      19  
   CEO Succession Planning      20  
   Cumulative Voting      20  
   Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection      20  
   Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications      20  
   Establish Other Board Committee Proposals      21  
   Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors      21  
   Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)      21  
   Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees      22  
   Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors      22  
   Proxy Access      23  
   Require More Nominees than Open Seats      23  
   Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)      23  
   Proxy Contests/Proxy Access -Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections      23  
   Vote-No Campaigns      24  

 

B-96

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   2 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

     24  
   Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations      24  
   Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent      24  
   Control Share Acquisition Provisions      24  
   Control Share Cash-Out Provisions      25  
   Disgorgement Provisions      25  
   Fair Price Provisions      25  
   Freeze-Out Provisions      25  
   Greenmail      25  
   Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)      26  
   Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments      26  
   POISON PILLS (SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS)      26  
   Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy      26  
   Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill      27  
   Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)      27  
   Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation      27  
   Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses      28  
   Reincorporation Proposals      28  
   Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent      28  
   Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings      29  
   Stakeholder Provisions      29  
   State Antitakeover Statutes      29  
   Supermajority Vote Requirements      29  

4. CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

     30  
   CAPITAL      30  
   Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock      30  
   Common Stock Authorization      30  
   Dual Class Structure      31  
   Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan      31  
   Preemptive Rights      31  
   Preferred Stock Authorization      31  
   Recapitalization Plans      32  
   Reverse Stock Splits      32  
   Share Repurchase Programs      32  
   Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends      32  
   Tracking Stock      32  
   RESTRUCTURING      33  
   Appraisal Rights      33  
   Asset Purchases      33  
   Asset Sales      33  
   Bundled Proposals      33  

 

B-97

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   3 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

   Conversion of Securities      33  
   Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans      34  
   Formation of Holding Company      34  
   Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)      34  
   Joint Ventures      35  
   Liquidations      35  
   Mergers and Acquisitions      35  
   Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures      36  
   Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)      37  
   Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)      37  
   Spin-offs      38  
   Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals      38  

5. COMPENSATION

     39  
   EXECUTIVE PAY EVALUATION      39  
   Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)      39  
  

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

     40  
  

Problematic Pay Practices

     40  
  

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

     42  
   Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)      42  
   Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale      42  
   EQUITY-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS      43  
   Plan Cost      44  
  

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

     44  
   Grant Practices      44  
  

Three-Year Burn Rate

     44  
   Egregious Factors      44  
  

Liberal Change in Control Definition

     44  
  

Repricing Provisions

     45  
  

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

     45  
   Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations      45  
  

Dividend Equivalent Rights

     45  
  

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

     45  
   OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS      46  
   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans      46  
   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)      46  
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans      46  
   Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans      46  
   Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))      46  
   Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options      47  
   Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash      48  

 

B-98

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   4 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

   Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs      48  
   DIRECTOR COMPENSATION      49  
   Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs      49  
   Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors      49  
   Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans      49  
   SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION      50  
   Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy      50  
   Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”      50  
   Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization      50  
   Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors      50  
   Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits      51  
   Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time      51  
   Non-Deductible Compensation      51  
   Pay Disparity      51  
   Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards      51  
   Pay for Superior Performance      52  
   Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)      52  
   Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees      53  
   Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances      53  
   Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes      53  
   Share Buyback Holding Periods      53  
   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)      54  
   Tax Gross-Up Proposals      54  
   Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity      54  

6. SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

     54  
   OVERALL APPROACH      54  
   ANIMAL WELFARE      55  
   Animal Welfare Policies      55  
   Animal Testing      55  
   Animal Slaughter      55  
   CONSUMER ISSUES      56  
   Genetically Modified Ingredients      56  
   Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices      56  
   Consumer Lending      56  
   Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, Product Reimportation and Health Pandemics      56  
   Health Pandemics      57  
   Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials      57  
   Tobacco-Related Proposals      57  
   CLIMATE CHANGE      58  
   Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions      58  
   Energy Efficiency      59  

 

B-99

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   5 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

   Renewable Energy      59  
   DIVERSITY      59  
   Board Diversity      59  
   Equality of Opportunity      59  
   Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits      59  
   ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY      59  
   Facility and Workplace Safety      60  
   Hydraulic Fracturing      60  
   Operations in Protected Areas      60  
   Recycling      60  
   Sustainability Reporting      60  
   Water Issues      61  
   Equator Principles      61  
   GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES      61  
   Charitable Contributions      61  
   Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues      62  
   Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals      62  
   HUMAN RIGHTS, LABOR ISSUES, AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS      62  
   Human Rights Proposals      63  
   MacBride Principles      63  
   Community Social and Environmental Impact Assessments      64  
   Operations in High Risk Markets      64  
   Outsourcing/Offshoring      64  
   Weapons and Military Sales      64  
   POLITICAL ACTIVITIES      65  
   Lobbying      65  
   Political Contributions      65  
   Political Ties      65  

7. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

     66  
   Election of Directors      66  
   Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund      66  
   Proxy Contests      66  
   Investment Advisory Agreements      66  
   Approving New Classes or Series of Shares      66  
   Preferred Stock Proposals      66  
   1940 Act Policies      67  
   Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction      67  
   Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental      67  
   Name Change Proposals      67  
   Change in Fund’s Subclassification      67  

 

B-100

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   6 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

   Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value      67  
   Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation      68  
   Changes to the Charter Document      68  
   Changing the Domicile of a Fund      68  
   Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval      68  
   Distribution Agreements      69  
   Master-Feeder Structure      69  
   Mergers      69  
   SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS      69  
   Establish Director Ownership Requirement      69  
   Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred      69  
   Terminate the Investment Advisor      69  

8. FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES

     69  

 

B-101

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   7 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

ISS recognizes the growing view among investment professionals that sustainability or environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) factors could present material risks to portfolio investments. Whereas investment managers have traditionally analyzed topics such as board accountability and executive compensation to mitigate risk, greater numbers are incorporating ESG performance into their investment making decisions in order have a more comprehensive understanding of the overall risk profile of the companies in which they invest to ensure sustainable long-term profitability for their beneficiaries.

Investors concerned with portfolio value preservation and enhancement through the incorporation of sustainability factors can also carry out this active ownership approach through their proxy voting activity. In voting their shares, sustainability-minded investors are concerned not only with economic returns to shareholders and good corporate governance, but also with ensuring corporate activities and practices are aligned with the broader objectives of society. These investors seek standardized reporting on ESG issues, request information regarding an issuer’s adoption of, or adherence to, relevant norms, standards, codes of conduct or universally recognized international initiatives including affirmative support for related shareholder resolutions advocating enhanced disclosure and transparency.

ISS’ Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

ISS has, therefore, developed proxy voting guidelines that are consistent with the objectives of sustainability-minded investors and fiduciaries. On matters of ESG import, ISS’ Sustainability Policy seeks to promote support for recognized global governing bodies promoting sustainable business practices advocating for stewardship of environment, fair labor practices, non-discrimination, and the protection of human rights. Generally, ISS’ Sustainability Policy will take as its frame of reference internationally recognized sustainability-related initiatives such as the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI), United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI), United Nations Global Compact, Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), Carbon Principles, International Labour Organization Conventions (ILO), CERES Principles, Global Sullivan Principles, MacBride Principles, and environmental and social European Union Directives. Each of these efforts promote a fair, unified and productive reporting and compliance environment which advances positive corporate ESG actions that promote practices that present new opportunities or that mitigate related financial and reputational risks.

On matters of corporate governance, executive compensation, and corporate structure, the Sustainability Policy guidelines are based on a commitment to create and preserve economic value and to advance principles of good corporate governance.

These guidelines provide an overview of how ISS approaches proxy voting issues for subscribers of the Sustainability Policy. We note there may be cases in which the final vote recommendation at a particular company varies from the voting guidelines due to the fact that we closely examine the merits of each proposal and consider relevant information and company-specific circumstances in arriving at our decisions. To that end, ISS engages with both interested shareholders as well as issuers to gain further insight into contentious issues facing the company. Where ISS acts as voting agent for clients, it follows each client’s voting policy, which may differ in some cases from the policies outlined in this document. ISS updates its guidelines on an annual basis to take into account emerging issues and trends on environmental, social and corporate governance topics, as well as the evolution of market standards, regulatory changes and client feedback.

 

B-102

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   8 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

1. ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS

Adjourn Meeting

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Change Company Name

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

Vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

Other Business

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

Audit-Related

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

 

    The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;

 

    The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

 

    The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

 

B-103

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   9 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Auditor Ratification

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

    Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

    Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

    Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

 

    The tenure of the audit firm;

 

    The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

 

    Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

 

    The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

 

    The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

 

    Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

 

B-104

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   10 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

  1. Accountability: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.

 

  2. Responsiveness: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or non-binding), and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.

 

  3. Composition: Companies should seek directors who can add value to the board through specific skills or expertise and who can devote sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. While directors should not be constrained by arbitrary limits such as age or term limits, directors who are unable to attend board and committee meetings and/or who are overextended (i.e. serving on too many boards) raise concern regarding the director’s ability to effectively serve in shareholders’ best interests.

 

  4. Independence: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) so as to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

 

  1. ACCOUNTABILITY

Vote against1 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

 

 

1  In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
2  “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If Sustainability Advisory Services cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

B-105

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   11 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1. The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2. The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

    A classified board structure;

 

    A supermajority vote requirement;

 

    Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

    The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

    The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

    A dual-class capital structure; and/or

 

    A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills:

 

  1.3. The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote against or withhold from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote against or withhold votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5. The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote case-by-case on all nominees if:

 

  1.6. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

    The date of the pill‘s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on the ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

    The issuer’s rationale;

 

    The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

    The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

B-106

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   12 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  1.7. The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

  1.8. The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.9. There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.10. Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11. There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.12. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.13. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.14. The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; or

 

  1.15. The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.16. The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

 

  1.17. Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

 

    The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

B-107

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   13 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

    The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

    The company’s ownership structure;

 

    The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

    The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and,

 

    Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

    Classified the board;

 

    Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

 

    Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights, or implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights considering the following factors

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

 

    The disclosed rationale;

 

    The ability to change the governance structure (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

 

    The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure;

 

    Any reasonable sunset provision; and

 

    Other relevant factors.

Unless the adverse provision and/or problematic capital structure is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

 

B-108

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   14 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.18. Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight3, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks;

 

  1.19. Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

  1.20. Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

Generally vote against or withhold from members of the governance committee if:

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirement in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against on an ongoing basis.

2. Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

  2.1. The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

    Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

    Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

    The subject matter of the proposal;

 

    The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

    Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

    The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

    Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2. The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3. At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

    The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

    The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

    Sustainability Advisory Services’ analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

    The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

 

 

3  Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

B-109

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   15 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.1. Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case4) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.2. If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

  3.3. Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

  3.4. Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards5.

4. Independence

Vote against or withhold from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

  4.1. The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2. The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3. The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4. Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

 

4  For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.
5  Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Sustainability Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold vote from the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

B-110

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   16 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

2017 Sustainability Policy Categorization of Directors

 

  1. Inside Director (I)

 

  1.1. Current employee or current officer[1] of the company or one of its affiliates[2].

 

  1.2. Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

 

  1.3. Director named in the Summary Compensation Table (excluding former interim officers).

 

  2. Affiliated Outside Director (AO)

Board Attestation

 

  2.1. Board attestation that an outside director is not independent.

Former CEO/Interim Officer

 

  2.2. Former CEO of the company.[3],[4]

 

  2.3. Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years[4].

 

  2.4. Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.[5]

Non-CEO Executives

 

  2.5. Former officer[1] of the company, an affiliate[2] or an acquired firm within the past five years.

 

  2.6. Officer [1]of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years.

 

  2.7. Officer[1], former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

 

  Family Members

 

  2.8. Immediate family member[6] of a current or former officer[1] of the company or its affiliates[2] within the last five years.

 

  2.9. Immediate family member[6] of a current employee of company or its affiliates[2] where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

Transactional, Professional, Financial, and Charitable Relationships

 

  2.10. Currently provides (or an immediate family member[6] provides) professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.11. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an employee of, an organization which provides professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company, or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.12. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.13. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.14. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments[8] from the company or its affiliates[2].

Other Relationships

 

  2.15. Party to a voting agreement[9] to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

 

  2.16. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee[10].

 

  2.17. Founder[11] of the company but not currently an employee.

 

  2.18. Any material[12] relationship with the company.

 

B-111

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   17 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainaiblity Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. Independent Outside Director (IO)

3.1. No material[12] connection to the company other than a board seat.

Footnotes:

 

[1] The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider under 2.18: “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.
[2] “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Sustainability Advisory Services uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.
[3] Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).
[4] When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Sustainability Advisory Services will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
[5] Sustainability Advisory Services will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. Sustainability Advisory Services will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.
[6] “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
[7] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

 

B-112

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   18 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

[8] A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding standards, Sustainability Advisory Services will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
[9] Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent outsiders if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
[10] Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
[11] The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, Sustainability Advisory Services may deem him or her an independent outsider.
[12] For purposes of Sustainability Advisory Services’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Other Board-Related Proposals

Age/Term Limits

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

Vote against management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.

Board Size

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.

Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

B-113

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   19 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

CEO Succession Planning

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

 

    The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

 

    The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

Cumulative Voting

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:

 

    The company has proxy access, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

 

    The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

Vote against proposals that would:

 

    Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

    Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

 

    Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

Vote for only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

 

    If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

 

    If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

 

    The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

 

B-114

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   20 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

 

    Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The scope of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current board leadership structure;

 

    The company’s governance structure and practices;

 

    Company performance; and

 

    Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

Regarding the scope of the proposal, consider whether the proposal is precatory or binding and whether the proposal is seeking an immediate change in the chairman role or the policy can be implemented at the next CEO transition.

 

B-115

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   21 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Under the review of the company’s board leadership structure, Sustainability Advisory Services may support the proposal under the following scenarios absent a compelling rationale: the presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO; a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair; and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair. Sustainability Advisory Services will also consider any recent transitions in board leadership and the effect such transitions may have on independent board leadership as well as the designation of a lead director role.

When considering the governance structure, Sustainability Advisory Services will consider the overall independence of the board, the independence of key committees, the establishment of governance guidelines, board tenure and its relationship to CEO tenure, and any other factors that may be relevant. Any concerns about a company’s governance structure will weigh in favor of support for the proposal.

The review of the company’s governance practices may include, but is not limited to poor compensation practices, material failures of governance and risk oversight, related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk, corporate or management scandals, and actions by management or the board with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders. Any such practices may suggest a need for more independent oversight at the company thus warranting support of the proposal.

Sustainability Advisory Services’ performance assessment will generally consider one-, three, and five-year TSR compared to the company’s peers and the market as a whole. While poor performance will weigh in favor of the adoption of an independent chair policy, strong performance over the long-term will be considered a mitigating factor when determining whether the proposed leadership change warrants support.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by the Sustainability policy’s definition of independent outsider. (See Categorization of Directors.)

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no carve-out for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.

Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

 

B-116

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   22 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Proxy Access

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

    Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

 

    Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

 

    Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

 

    Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

Require More Nominees than Open Seats

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

 

    Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

 

    Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

 

    Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

 

    The company has an independent chairman or a lead director, according to ISS’ Sustainability policy definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access -Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors::

 

    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

    Management’s track record;

 

    Background to the contested election;

 

    Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

    Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

 

B-117

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   23 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote-No Campaigns

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

3. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline. The submittal window is the period under which a shareholder must file his proposal/nominations prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

B-118

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   24 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sutainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Vote case-by-case on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

B-119

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   25 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

    The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

    Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

    The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

    Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally vote against bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Sustainability Advisory Services’ policy on Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

 

    Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

    Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

B-120

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   26 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

    No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

    A term of no more than three years;

 

    No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

    Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company’s vote-counting methodology.

 

    While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal;

 

B-121

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   27 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

 

    The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

 

    Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

 

    Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;

 

    Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

 

    Any other factors that may be relevant.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

    The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

 

    One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

 

    Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

 

    The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated case-by-case, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

    Reasons for reincorporation;

 

    Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

 

    Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

    The consent threshold;

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

 

B-122

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   28 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

    An unfettered6 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

 

    A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

    No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

    An annually elected board.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

    Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Stakeholder Provisions

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote case-by-case, taking into account:

 

    Ownership structure;

 

    Quorum requirements; and

 

    Vote requirements.

 

 

6  “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

B-123

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   29 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

4. CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Common Stock Authorization

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

    The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by Sustainability Advisory Services (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Sustainability Advisory Services will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

  A. Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  B. Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  C. Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  D. Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

B-124

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   30 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that Sustainability Advisory Services is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

    The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

    The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or

 

    The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

    The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

 

    The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder- approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Preemptive Rights

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:

 

    The size of the company;

 

    The shareholder base; and

 

    The liquidity of the stock.

Preferred Stock Authorization

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

B-125

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   31 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

    Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

Recapitalization Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

 

    More simplified capital structure;

 

    Enhanced liquidity;

 

    Fairness of conversion terms;

 

    Impact on voting power and dividends;

 

    Reasons for the reclassification;

 

    Conflicts of interest; and

 

    Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

Vote against proposals when there is not a proportionate reduction of authorized shares, unless:

 

    A stock exchange has provided notice to the company of a potential delisting; or

 

    The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with the Common Stock Authorization policy.

Share Repurchase Programs

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Sustainability Advisory Services’ Common Stock Authorization policy.

Tracking Stock

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

 

    Adverse governance changes;

 

    Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

 

    Unfair method of distribution;

 

    Diminution of voting rights;

 

    Adverse conversion features;

 

B-126

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   32 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Negative impact on stock option plans; and

 

    Alternatives such as spin-off.

Restructuring

Appraisal Rights

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

Asset Purchases

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Purchase price;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives for the business;

 

    Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset sales, considering the following factors:

 

    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

 

    Potential elimination of diseconomies;

 

    Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

 

    Anticipated use of funds;

 

    Value received for the asset;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest.

Bundled Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

B-127

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   33 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;

 

    Terms of the offer—discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

 

    Financial issues—company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Control issues—change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Conflict of interest—arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.

Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The reasons for the change;

 

    Any financial or tax benefits;

 

    Regulatory benefits;

 

    Increases in capital structure; and

 

    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

 

    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

 

    Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

 

    Offer price/premium;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives/offers considered; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

 

B-128

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   34 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

 

    Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);

 

    Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

 

    Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

 

    Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

 

    Does the company have strong corporate governance?

 

    Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

 

    Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

 

    Percentage of assets/business contributed;

 

    Percentage ownership;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    Governance structure;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on liquidations, taking into account the following:

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Appraisal value of assets; and

 

    The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

B-129

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   35 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Negotiations and process—Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

 

    Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

 

    The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

 

    When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry and anticipation of future performance.

 

    Financial issues:

 

    The company’s financial condition;

 

    Degree of need for capital;

 

    Use of proceeds;

 

    Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Current and proposed cash burn rate;

 

    Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger or sale of part or all of the company.

 

B-130

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   36 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Control issues:

 

    Change in management;

 

    Change in control;

 

    Guaranteed board and committee seats;

 

    Standstill provisions;

 

    Voting agreements;

 

    Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium

 

    Conflicts of interest:

 

    Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.

 

    Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

 

    Market reaction:

 

    The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

 

    Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

 

    Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

 

    Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

 

    The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

 

    Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

 

    Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

    Valuation—Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

 

B-131

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   37 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Deal timing—A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

 

    Negotiations and process—What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

 

    Conflicts of interest—How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80% rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80% of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.

 

    Voting agreements—Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/ tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

 

    Governance—What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

Spin-offs

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on spin-offs, considering:

 

    Tax and regulatory advantages;

 

    Planned use of the sale proceeds;

 

    Valuation of spinoff;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Benefits to the parent company;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Managerial incentives;

 

    Corporate governance changes;

 

    Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

 

    Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

 

    Selling the company; or

 

    Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

 

    Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

 

    Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

 

    Strategic plan in place for improving value;

 

    Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

 

    The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

B-132

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   38 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

5. COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

    There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

    The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

    The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

    There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an MSOP is warranted due to pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

    The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

    The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

    The situation is egregious.

 

B-133

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   39 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

Sustainability Advisory Services annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices7, this analysis considers the following:

 

  1. Peer Group8 Alignment:

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2. Absolute Alignment9 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

    The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

    The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

    The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

    The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

    Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

    Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

    Realizable pay10 compared to grant pay; and

 

    Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

    Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

    Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

    Options Backdating.

 

 

7  The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
8  The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.
9  Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
10  Sustainability Advisory Services research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.

 

B-134

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   40 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. Please refer to ISS’ Compensation FAQ document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

    Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

    Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

    New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

    CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

    CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

    CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups);

 

    Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally- managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

    Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

    A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

    Lucrative severance packages;

 

    High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

    Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

    Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

    Duration of options backdating;

 

    Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

 

B-135

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   41 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

    Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

    Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

    Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

    Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

    Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

    Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

    Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

    Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

    The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

 

B-136

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   42 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans11 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

    Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

    SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

    SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

    Plan Features:

 

    Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

    Discretionary vesting authority;

 

    Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

    Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

    Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

    Grant Practices:

 

    The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

    Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

    The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

    The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

    Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

    Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

    Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

    The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies — or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

    The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

    Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

 

 

11  Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors.

 

B-137

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   43 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Plan Cost

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For non-employee director plans, vote for the plan if certain factors are met (see Director Compensation section).

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.12

Grant Practices

Three-Year Burn Rate

Burn rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation ( LOGO ) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change-in-control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

 

 

12  For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

 

B-138

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   44 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” includes the ability to do any of the following:

 

    Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

 

    Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs.

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved and/or implemented a repricing or an option/SAR exchange program, by buying out underwater options/SARs for stock, cash or other consideration or canceling underwater options/SARs and regranting options/SARs with a lower exercise price, without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans if the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

If a significant portion of the CEO’s misaligned pay is attributed to non-performance-based equity awards, and there is an equity plan on the ballot with the CEO as one of the participants, Sustainability Advisory Services may recommend a vote against the equity plan. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

 

    Magnitude of pay misalignment;

 

    Contribution of non–performance-based equity grants to overall pay; and

 

    The proportion of equity awards granted in the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer level.

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

 

B-139

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   45 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less; and

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

 

    Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

    Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

 

    Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

 

    Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

 

    No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Addresses administrative features only; or

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent outsiders, per Sustainability Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

 

B-140

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   46 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against such proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent outsiders, per Sustainability Advisory Services’ Categorization of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

 

    If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.

 

    If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO, whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.

 

    If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

 

    Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

    Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

    Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

    Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

    Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

    Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

    Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

    Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential against vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

B-142

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   47 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, no adjustments will be made to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

 

    Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

 

    Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models;

 

    There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

 

    Eligibility;

 

    Vesting;

 

    Bid-price;

 

    Term of options;

 

    Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense

 

    Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

 

B-142

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   48 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Director Compensation

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

 

    If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

 

    An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

 

    The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers; and

 

    The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote case-by-case on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

B-143

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   49 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

 

    The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

 

    Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

 

    Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the Company, Board, or Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.

Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to eliminate stock options or any other equity grants to employees or directors.

Vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Vote case-by-case on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

 

B-144

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   50 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

    The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

 

    The time period required to retain the shares;

 

    Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

 

    Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

 

    Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

Non-Deductible Compensation

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure of the extent to which the company paid non-deductible compensation to senior executives due to Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), while considering the company’s existing disclosure practices.

Pay Disparity

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other non-executive employees.

Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

 

    First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

 

B-145

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   51 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:

 

    Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

 

    Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

 

    Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

 

    Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;

 

    Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

 

    What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

 

    If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

 

    Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

 

    What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. These principles include:

 

    Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a Form 8-K;

 

    Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

 

    Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

 

    Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

 

    An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan.

 

    Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

 

B-146

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   52 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.

Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company’s financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive’s fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.

In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, the following factors will be taken into consideration:

 

    If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;

 

    The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;

 

    Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

 

    Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;

 

    Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or

 

    Any other relevant factors.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

 

    The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);

 

    Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Share Buyback Holding Periods

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

 

B-147

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   53 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan’s definition of covered compensation used to establish such benefits.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.

The following factors will be considered:

 

    The company’s current treatment of equity in change-of-control situations (i.e. is it double triggered, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);

 

    Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

6. SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Overall Approach

Socially responsible shareholder resolutions receive a great deal more attention from institutional shareholders today than in the past. While focusing on value enhancement through risk mitigation and exposure to new sustainability-related opportunities, these resolutions also seek standardized reporting on ESG issues, request information regarding an issuer’s adoption of, or adherence to, relevant norms, standards, codes of conduct or universally recognized international initiatives to promote disclosure and transparency. ISS’ Sustainability Policy generally supports standards-based ESG shareholder proposals that enhance long-term shareholder and stakeholder value while aligning the interests of the company with those of society at large. In particular, the policy will focus on resolutions seeking greater transparency and/or adherence to internationally recognized standards and principles.

 

B-148

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   54 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: In determining our vote recommendation on standardized ESG reporting shareholder proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

 

    Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

    Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

 

    The percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

 

    Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

 

    Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

    What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;

 

    Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

 

    The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing.

Animal Welfare

Animal Welfare Policies

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:

 

    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;

 

    The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and

 

    There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals.

Animal Testing

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:

 

    The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

 

    The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or

 

    There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.

Animal Slaughter

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

 

B-149

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   55 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Consumer Issues

Genetically Modified Ingredients

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:

 

    The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s business;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

 

    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organism (GMOs).

Generally vote against proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.

Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and

 

    Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.

Consumer Lending

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on the company’s lending guidelines and procedures taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abusive lending practices;

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the lending products in question;

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or serious lending controversies; and

 

    Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, Product Reimportation and Health Pandemics

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

 

    The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

 

    Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

    Deviation from established industry norms;

 

B-150

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   56 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

 

    The potential burden and scope of the requested report; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

Health Pandemics

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports outlining the impact of health pandemics (such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis, and avian flu) on the company’s operations and how the company is responding to the situation, taking into account:

 

    The scope of the company’s operations in the affected/relevant area(s);

 

    The company’s existing healthcare policies, including benefits and healthcare access; and

 

    Company donations to relevant healthcare providers.

Vote against proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report on a standard of response to health pandemics (such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis, and avian flu), unless the company has significant operations in the affected markets and has failed to adopt policies and/or procedures to address these issues comparable to those of industry peers.

Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain.

Generally vote for resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials.

Generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.

Tobacco-Related Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:

 

    Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;

 

    Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;

 

    Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;

 

    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and

 

    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

 

B-151

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   57 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;

 

    Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;

 

    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and

 

    The risk of any health-related liabilities.

Generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to spin-off tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.

Generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

Climate Change

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

Climate change has emerged as the most significant environmental threat to the planet to date. Scientists agree that gases released by chemical reactions including the burning of fossil fuels contribute to a “greenhouse effect” that traps the planet’s heat. Environmentalists claim that the greenhouse gases produced by the industrial age have caused recent weather crises such as heat waves, rainstorms, melting glaciers, rising sea levels and receding coastlines. With notable exceptions, business leaders have described the rise and fall of global temperatures as naturally occurring phenomena and depicted corporate impact on climate change as minimal. Shareholder proposals asking a company to issue a report to shareholders, “at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information,” on greenhouse gas emissions ask that the report include descriptions of efforts within companies to reduce emissions, their financial exposure and potential liability from operations that contribute to global warming, their direct or indirect efforts to promote the view that global warming is not a threat and their goals in reducing these emissions from their operations. Proponents argue that there is scientific proof that the burning of fossil fuels causes global warming, that future legislation may make companies financially liable for their contributions to global warming, and that a report on the company’s role in global warming can be assembled at reasonable cost.

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation:

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure of liabilities or preparation of a report pertaining to global warming and climate change-related risks, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reduction of GHG emissions.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on responses to regulatory and public pressures surrounding climate change, and for disclosure of research that aided in setting company policies around climate change.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report/disclosure of goals on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products.

 

B-152

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   58 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Energy Efficiency

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies.

Renewable Energy

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources

Generally vote for proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources.

Diversity

Board Diversity

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

    The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

    The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

    Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

    The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

    Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

    Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

Equality of Opportunity

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for EEO-1 data.

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers.

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.

Generally vote FOR proposals to extend company benefits to domestic partners.

Environment and Sustainability

 

B-153

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   59 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Facility and Workplace Safety

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:

 

    The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and

 

    The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations.

Operations in Protected Areas

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:

 

    Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;

 

    The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or

 

    The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.

Recycling

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote FOR proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business;

 

    The current level of disclosure of the company’s existing related programs;

 

    The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;

 

    The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and

 

    How the company’s recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.

Sustainability Reporting

The concept of sustainability is commonly understood as meeting the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Indeed, the term sustainability is complex and poses significant challenges for companies on many levels. Many in the investment community have termed this broader responsibility the “triple bottom line,” referring to the triad of performance goals related to economic prosperity, social responsibility and environmental quality. In essence, the concept requires companies to balance the needs and interests of their various stakeholders while operating in a manner that sustains business growth for the long-term, supports local communities and protects the environment and natural capital for future generations.

 

B-154

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   60 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Shareholders may request general environmental reports or reports on a specific location/operation, often requesting that the company detail the environmental risks and potential liabilities of a specific project. Companies have begun to report on environmental and sustainability issues using the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards. The GRI was established in 1997 with the mission of developing globally applicable guidelines for reporting on economic, environmental, and social performance. The GRI was developed by the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (CERES) in partnership with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation:

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on the company’s environmental and social practices, and/or associated risks and liabilities.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a sustainability report.

Water Issues

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for on proposals requesting a company to report on, or to adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;

 

    Whether or not the company’s existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;

 

    The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and

 

    Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.

Equator Principles

The Equator Principles is the financial industry’s benchmark for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing. It was first launched in June 2003 at Washington DC and was ultimately adopted by over forty financial institutions during a three year implementation period. Later on, these principles were revised in July 2006 to take into account the new performance standards approved by the World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation (IFC). The third iteration of the Principles was launched in June 2013 and it amplified the banks’ commitments to social responsibility, including human rights, climate change, and transparency. Financial institutions adopt these principles to ensure that the projects they venture in are developed in a socially responsible manner and reflect sound environmental management practices.

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the Equator Principles.

General Corporate Issues

Charitable Contributions

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.

 

B-155

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   61 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:

 

    The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;

 

    Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;

 

    The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;

 

    Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and

 

    Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to environmental and social criteria (such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, or predatory lending).

Human Rights, Labor Issues, and International Operations

Investors, international human rights groups, and labor advocacy groups have long been making attempts to safeguard worker rights in the international marketplace. In instances where companies themselves operate factories in developing countries for example, these advocates have asked that the companies adopt global corporate human rights standards that guarantee sustainable wages and safe working conditions for their workers abroad. Companies that contract out portions of their manufacturing operations to foreign companies have been asked to ensure that the products they receive from those contractors have not been made using forced labor, child labor, or sweatshop labor. These companies are asked to adopt formal vendor standards that, among other things, include monitoring or auditing mechanism. Globalization, relocation of production overseas, and widespread use of subcontractors and vendors, often make it difficult to obtain a complete picture of a company’s labor practices in global markets. Many Investors believe that companies would benefit from adopting a human rights policy based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labor Organization’s Core Labor Standards. Efforts that seek greater disclosure on a company’s labor practices and that seek to establish minimum standards for a company’s operations will be supported. In addition, requests for independent monitoring of overseas operations will be supported.

The Sustainability Policy generally supports proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights; such as the use of slave, child, or prison labor; a government that is illegitimate; or there is a call by human rights advocates, pro-democracy organizations, or legitimately-elected representatives for economic sanctions. The use of child, sweatshop, or forced labor is unethical and can damage corporate reputations. Poor labor practices can lead to litigation against the company, which can be costly and time consuming.

 

B-156

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   62 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Human Rights Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation:

 

    Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to implement human rights standards and workplace codes of conduct.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the implementation and reporting on ILO codes of conduct, SA 8000 Standards, or the Global Sullivan Principles.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that call for independent monitoring programs in conjunction with local and respected religious and human rights groups to monitor supplier and licensee compliance with codes.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that seek publication of a “Code of Conduct” to the company’s foreign suppliers and licensees, requiring they satisfy all applicable standards and laws protecting employees’ wages, benefits, working conditions, freedom of association, and other rights.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on, or the adoption of, vendor standards including: reporting on incentives to encourage suppliers to raise standards rather than terminate contracts and providing public disclosure of contract supplier reviews on a regular basis.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards for foreign and domestic suppliers to ensure that the company will not do business with foreign suppliers that manufacture products for sale using forced labor, child labor, or that fail to comply with applicable laws protecting employee’s wages and working conditions.

 

    Vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process.

MacBride Principles

These resolutions have called for the adoption of the MacBride Principles for operations located in Northern Ireland. They request companies operating abroad to support the equal employment opportunity policies that apply in facilities they operate domestically. The principles were established to address the sectarian hiring problems between Protestants and Catholics in Northern Ireland. It is well documented that Northern Ireland’s Catholic community faced much higher unemployment figures than the Protestant community. In response to this problem, the U.K. government instituted the New Fair Employment Act of 1989 (and subsequent amendments) to address the sectarian hiring problems.

Many companies believe that the Act adequately addresses the problems and that further action, including adoption of the MacBride Principles, only duplicates the efforts already underway. In evaluating a proposal to adopt the MacBride Principles, shareholders must decide whether the principles will cause companies to divest, and therefore worsen the unemployment problem, or whether the principles will promote equal hiring practices. Proponents believe that the Fair Employment Act does not sufficiently address the sectarian hiring problems. They argue that the MacBride Principles serve to stabilize the situation and promote further investment.

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Support the MacBride Principles for operations in Northern Ireland that request companies to abide by equal employment opportunity policies.

 

B-157

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   63 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Community Social and Environmental Impact Assessments

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports outlining policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations considering:

 

    Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);

 

    The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and

 

    Scope of the resolution.

Operations in High Risk Markets

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

 

    Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

 

    Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

 

    Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.

Outsourcing/Offshoring

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:

 

    Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);

 

    The value of the requested report to shareholders;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and

 

    The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.

Weapons and Military Sales

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

Generally vote against proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

 

B-158

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   64 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Political Activities

Lobbying

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.

Political Contributions

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:

 

    The company’s policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities.

Vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

Political Ties

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:

 

    There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.

Vote against proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

 

B-159

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   65 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

7. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

Election of Directors

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance as a closed-end fund;

 

    Market in which the fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Proxy Contests

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance relative to its peers;

 

    Market in which fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

 

    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

    Independence of directors;

 

    Experience and skills of director candidates;

 

    Governance profile of the company;

 

    Evidence of management entrenchment.

Investment Advisory Agreements

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:

 

    Proposed and current fee schedules;

 

    Fund category/investment objective;

 

    Performance benchmarks;

 

    Share price performance as compared with peers;

 

    Resulting fees relative to peers;

 

    Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

    Stated specific financing purpose;

 

    Possible dilution for common shares;

 

    Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

 

B-160

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   66 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

1940 Act Policies

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Regulatory developments;

 

    Current and potential returns; and

 

    Current and potential risk.

Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

    The fund’s target investments;

 

    The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

 

    The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Name Change Proposals

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Political/economic changes in the target market;

 

    Consolidation in the target market; and

 

    Current asset composition.

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Current and potential returns;

 

    Risk of concentration;

 

    Consolidation in target industry.

Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

 

    The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

    The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and

 

B-161

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   67 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

 

    Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

 

    Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:

 

    Strategies employed to salvage the company;

 

    The fund’s past performance;

 

    The terms of the liquidation.

Changes to the Charter Document

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

    The degree of change implied by the proposal;

 

    The efficiencies that could result;

 

    The state of incorporation;

 

    Regulatory standards and implications.

Vote against any of the following changes:

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

    Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

 

    Regulations of both states;

 

    Required fundamental policies of both states;

 

    The increased flexibility available.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.

 

B-162

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   68 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Distribution Agreements

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

 

    The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

 

    The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

 

    The terms of the agreement.

Master-Feeder Structure

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Resulting fee structure;

 

    Performance of both funds;

 

    Continuity of management personnel;

 

    Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds

Establish Director Ownership Requirement

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.

Terminate the Investment Advisor

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

 

    Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

 

    The fund’s history of shareholder relations;

 

    The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

8. FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES

 

  Sustainability Policy Recommendation: Vote against (or withhold from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant Sustainability Advisory Services regional or market proxy voting guidelines

 

B-163

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   69 of 70


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 U.S. Sustainability Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

 

LOGO

 

 

The Global Leader In Corporate Governance

www.issgovernance.com

 

B-164

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   70 of 70


Table of Contents

Glenmede Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio

 

 

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Effective February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

B-165


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

  ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS      8  
    Adjourn Meeting      8  
    Amend Quorum Requirements      8  
    Amend Minor Bylaws      8  
    Change Company Name      8  
    Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting      8  
    Other Business      8  
    AUDIT-RELATED      8  
    Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability      8  
    Auditor Ratification      9  
    Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services      9  
    Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation      9  

2.

  BOARD OF DIRECTORS:      10  
    VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS      10  
   

1. Accountability

     10  
   

2. Responsiveness

     14  
   

3. Composition

     14  
   

4. Independence

     15  
    2017 Glenmede Policy Categorization of Directors      15  
    OTHER BOARD-RELATED PROPOSALS      18  
    Age/Term Limits      18  
    Board Size      18  
    Classification/Declassification of the Board      18  
    CEO Succession Planning      18  
    Cumulative Voting      19  
    Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection      19  
    Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications      19  
    Establish Other Board Committee Proposals      20  
    Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors      20  
    Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)      20  
    Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees      21  
    Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors      21  
    Proxy Access      21  
    Require More Nominees than Open Seats      22  
    Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)      22  
    Proxy Contests/Proxy Access -Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections      22  
    Vote-No Campaigns      22  

3.

  SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES      23  
    Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations      23  
    Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent      23  
    Control Share Acquisition Provisions      23  

 

B-166

 

 

 

   2 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Control Share Cash-Out Provisions      23  
    Disgorgement Provisions      24  
    Fair Price Provisions      24  
    Freeze-Out Provisions      24  
    Greenmail      24  
    Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)      24  
    Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments      25  
    POISON PILLS (SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS)      25  
    Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy      25  
    Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill      26  
    Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)      26  
    Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation      26  
    Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses      27  
    Reincorporation Proposals      27  
    Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent      27  
    Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings      28  
    Stakeholder Provisions      28  
    State Antitakeover Statutes      28  
    Supermajority Vote Requirements      28  

4.

  CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING      29  
    CAPITAL      29  
    Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock      29  
    Common Stock Authorization      29  
    Dual Class Structure      30  
    Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan      30  
    Preemptive Rights      30  
    Preferred Stock Authorization      30  
    Recapitalization Plans      31  
    Reverse Stock Splits      31  
    Share Repurchase Programs      31  
    Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends      31  
    Tracking Stock      31  
    RESTRUCTURING      32  
    Appraisal Rights      32  
    Asset Purchases      32  
    Asset Sales      32  
    Bundled Proposals      32  
    Conversion of Securities      32  
    Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans      33  
    Formation of Holding Company      33  
    Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)      33  

 

B-167

 

 

 

   3 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Joint Ventures      34  
    Liquidations      34  
    Mergers and Acquisitions      34  
    Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures      35  
    Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)      36  
    Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)      36  
    Spin-offs      37  
    Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals      37  

5.

  COMPENSATION      37  
    EXECUTIVE PAY EVALUATION      37  
    Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)      38  
   

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

     38  
   

Problematic Pay Practices

     39  
   

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

     40  
    Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)      41  
    Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale      41  
    EQUITY-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS      41  
    Plan Cost      42  
   

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

     42  
    Grant Practices      43  
   

Three-Year Burn Rate

     43  
    Egregious Factors      43  
   

Liberal Change in Control Definition

     43  
   

Repricing Provisions

     43  
   

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

     43  
    Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations      44  
   

Dividend Equivalent Rights

     44  
   

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

     44  
    OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS      44  
    401(k) Employee Benefit Plans      44  
    Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)      44  
    Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans      44  
    Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans      44  
    Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))      45  
    Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options      45  
    Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash      46  
    Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs      46  
    DIRECTOR COMPENSATION      47  
    Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs      47  
    Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors      47  
    Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans      48  
    SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS ON COMPENSATION      48  

 

B-168

 

 

 

   4 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy      48  
    Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”      48  
    Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization      48  
    Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors      48  
    Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits      49  
    Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time      49  
    Non-Deductible Compensation      49  
    Pay Disparity      49  
    Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards      49  
    Pay for Superior Performance      50  
    Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)      50  
    Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees      50  
    Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances      51  
    Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes      51  
    Share Buyback Holding Periods      51  
    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)      51  
    Tax Gross-Up Proposals      52  
    Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity      52  

6.

  SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES      52  
    OVERALL APPROACH      52  
    ANIMAL WELFARE      53  
    Animal Welfare Policies      53  
    Animal Testing      53  
    Animal Slaughter      53  
    CONSUMER ISSUES      53  
    Genetically Modified Ingredients      53  
    Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices      54  
    Consumer Lending      54  
    Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, Product Reimportation and Health Pandemics      54  
    Health Pandemics      55  
    Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials      55  
    Tobacco-Related Proposals      55  
    CLIMATE CHANGE      56  
    Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions      56  
    Energy Efficiency      56  
    Renewable Energy      56  
    DIVERSITY      56  
    Board Diversity      56  
    Equality of Opportunity      57  
    Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits      57  
    ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY      57  
    Facility and Workplace Safety      57  

 

B-169

 

 

 

   5 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Hydraulic Fracturing      57  
    Operations in Protected Areas      57  
    Recycling      58  
    Sustainability Reporting      58  
    Water Issues      58  
    Equator Principles      59  
    GENERAL CORPORATE ISSUES      59  
    Charitable Contributions      59  
    Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues      59  
    Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals      59  
    HUMAN RIGHTS, LABOR ISSUES, AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS      59  
    Human Rights Proposals      60  
    MacBride Principles      61  
    Community Social and Environmental Impact Assessments      61  
    Operations in High Risk Markets      61  
    Outsourcing/Offshoring      61  
    Weapons and Military Sales      62  
    POLITICAL ACTIVITIES      62  
    Lobbying      62  
    Political Contributions      62  
    Political Ties      63  

7.

  MUTUAL FUND PROXIES      63  
    Election of Directors      63  
    Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund      63  
    Proxy Contests      63  
    Investment Advisory Agreements      63  
    Approving New Classes or Series of Shares      64  
    Preferred Stock Proposals      64  
    1940 Act Policies      64  
    Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction      64  
    Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental      64  
    Name Change Proposals      64  
    Change in Fund’s Subclassification      65  
    Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value      65  
    Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation      65  
    Changes to the Charter Document      65  
    Changing the Domicile of a Fund      66  
    Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval      66  
    Distribution Agreements      66  
    Master-Feeder Structure      66  
    Mergers      66  
    SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS      66  

 

B-170

 

 

 

   6 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Establish Director Ownership Requirement      66  
    Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred      66  
    Terminate the Investment Advisor      67  

8.

  FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES      67  

 

B-171

 

 

 

   7 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

1. ROUTINE/MISCELLANEOUS

Adjourn Meeting

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Vote for proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

Change Company Name

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to change the corporate name unless there is compelling evidence that the change would adversely impact shareholder value.

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

Vote against shareholder proposals to change the date, time, or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

Other Business

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

Audit-Related

Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:

 

    The terms of the auditor agreement—the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;

 

    The motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure; and

 

    The company’s historical practices in the audit area.

 

B-172

 

 

 

   8 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against or withhold from members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Auditor Ratification

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors unless any of the following apply:

 

    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

 

    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

    Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or

 

    Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.

Non-audit fees are excessive if:

 

    Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees

Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns and refund claims, and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning, or consulting, should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

In circumstances where “Other” fees include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (such as initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees that are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit/audit-related fees/tax compliance and preparation for purposes of determining whether non-audit fees are excessive.

Shareholder Proposals Limiting Non-Audit Services

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

Shareholder Proposals on Audit Firm Rotation

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:

 

    The tenure of the audit firm;

 

    The length of rotation specified in the proposal;

 

    Any significant audit-related issues at the company;

 

    The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;

 

    The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and

 

    Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

 

B-173

 

 

 

   9 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Four fundamental principles apply when determining votes on director nominees:

 

  1. Accountability: Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition, and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors.

 

  2. Responsiveness: Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or non-binding), and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered.

 

  3. Composition: Companies should seek directors who can add value to the board through specific skills or expertise and who can devote sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively. While directors should not be constrained by arbitrary limits such as age or term limits, directors who are unable to attend board and committee meetings and/or who are overextended (i.e. serving on too many boards) raise concern regarding the director’s ability to effectively serve in shareholders’ best interests.

 

  4. Independence: Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) so as to ensure that they are able and motivated to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances:

1. Accountability

Vote against1 or withhold from the entire board of directors (except new nominees2, who should be considered case-by-case) for the following:

Problematic Takeover Defenses

Classified Board Structure:

 

  1.1. The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

 

1  In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.
2  A “new nominee” is any current nominee who has not already been elected by shareholders and who joined the board after the problematic action in question transpired. If Glenmede cannot determine whether the nominee joined the board before or after the problematic action transpired, the nominee will be considered a “new nominee” if he or she joined the board within the 12 months prior to the upcoming shareholder meeting.

 

B-174

 

 

 

   10 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Director Performance Evaluation:

 

  1.2. The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and operational metrics. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

 

    A classified board structure;

 

    A supermajority vote requirement;

 

    Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections;

 

    The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

 

    The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

 

    A dual-class capital structure; and/or

 

    A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.

Poison Pills:

 

  1.3. The company’s poison pill has a “dead-hand” or “modified dead-hand” feature. Vote against or withhold from nominees every year until this feature is removed;

 

  1.4. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of more than 12 months (“long-term pill”), or renews any existing pill, including any “short-term” pill (12 months or less), without shareholder approval. A commitment or policy that puts a newly adopted pill to a binding shareholder vote may potentially offset an adverse vote recommendation. Review such companies with classified boards every year, and such companies with annually elected boards at least once every three years, and vote against or withhold votes from all nominees if the company still maintains a non-shareholder-approved poison pill; or

 

  1.5. The board makes a material adverse change to an existing poison pill without shareholder approval.

Vote case-by-case on all nominees if:

 

  1.6. The board adopts a poison pill with a term of 12 months or less (“short-term pill”) without shareholder approval, taking into account the following factors:

 

    The date of the pill‘s adoption relative to the date of the next meeting of shareholders—i.e. whether the company had time to put the pill on the ballot for shareholder ratification given the circumstances;

 

    The issuer’s rationale;

 

    The issuer’s governance structure and practices; and

 

    The issuer’s track record of accountability to shareholders.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

 

  1.7. The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”);

 

B-175

 

 

 

   11 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  1.8. The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

 

  1.9. There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.10. Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices/Pay for Performance Misalignment

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

  1.11. There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

  1.12. The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

  1.13. The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders;

 

  1.14. The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; or

 

  1.15. The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment made to shareholders.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Management Say-on-Pay proposal if:

 

  1.16. The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures

 

  1.17. Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

 

    The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

 

    Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

 

B-176

 

 

 

   12 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The board’s track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

 

    The company’s ownership structure;

 

    The company’s existing governance provisions;

 

    The timing of the board’s amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and,

 

    Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case-by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

 

    Classified the board;

 

    Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter; or

 

    Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend bylaws.

For newly public companies, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company’s public offering, the company or its board adopted bylaw or charter provisions materially adverse to shareholder rights, or implemented a multi-class capital structure in which the classes have unequal voting rights considering the following factors

 

    The level of impairment of shareholders’ rights caused by the provision;

 

    The disclosed rationale;

 

    The ability to change the governance structure (e.g., limitations on shareholders’ right to amend the bylaws or charter, or supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter);

 

    The ability of shareholders to hold directors accountable through annual director elections, or whether the company has a classified board structure;

 

    Any reasonable sunset provision; and

 

    Other relevant factors.

Unless the adverse provision and/or problematic capital structure is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

 

  1.18. Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight3, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to adequately guard against or manage ESG risks;

 

  1.19. Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

3  Examples of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; significant environmental incidents including spills and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; hedging of company stock; or significant pledging of company stock.

 

B-177

 

 

 

   13 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  1.20. Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals

Generally vote against or withhold from members of the governance committee if:

The company’s charter imposes undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include, but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements or time holding requirement in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against on an ongoing basis.

2. Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

 

  2.1. The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

 

    Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

 

    Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

 

    The subject matter of the proposal;

 

    The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

 

    Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

 

    The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

 

    Other factors as appropriate.

 

  2.2. The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

 

  2.3. At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;

 

  2.4. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency; or

 

  2.5. The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received a plurality, but not a majority, of the votes cast at the most recent shareholder meeting at which shareholders voted on the say-on-pay frequency, taking into account:

 

    The board’s rationale for selecting a frequency that is different from the frequency that received a plurality;

 

    The company’s ownership structure and vote results;

 

    Glenmede’s analysis of whether there are compensation concerns or a history of problematic compensation practices; and

 

    The previous year’s support level on the company’s say-on-pay proposal.

3. Composition

Board Diversity

 

  3.1. Vote against/withhold from individual directors (except new nominees) who:

 

    Serve as members of the nominating committee and have failed to establish a board with at least 20% women. If the company does not have a formal nominating committee, vote against/withhold votes from all incumbent directors.

 

B-178

 

 

 

   14 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings:

 

  3.2. Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except new nominees, who should be considered case-by-case4) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

  3.3. If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors:

Vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

 

  3.4. Sit on more than five public company boards; or

 

  3.5. Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards5.

4. Independence

Vote against or withhold from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Categorization of Directors) when:

 

  4.1. The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

 

  4.2. The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

 

  4.3. The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee; or

 

  4.4. Independent directors make up less than a majority of the directors.

2017 Glenmede Policy Categorization of Directors

 

  1. Inside Director (I)

 

  1.1. Current employee or current officer[1] of the company or one of its affiliates[2].

 

  1.2. Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

 

  1.3. Director named in the Summary Compensation Table (excluding former interim officers).

 

  2. Affiliated Outside Director (AO)

  

 

4  For new nominees only, schedule conflicts due to commitments made prior to their appointment to the board are considered if disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing.
5 

Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Glenmede will not recommend a withhold vote from the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

 

B-179

 

 

 

   15 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Board Attestation

 

  2.1. Board attestation that an outside director is not independent.

Former CEO/Interim Officer

 

  2.2. Former CEO of the company.[3],[4]

 

  2.3. Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years[4].

 

  2.4. Former interim officer if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be made.[5]

Non-CEO Executives

 

  2.5. Former officer[1] of the company, an affiliate[2] or an acquired firm within the past five years.

 

  2.6. Officer [1] of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years.

 

  2.7. Officer[1], former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

Family Members

 

  2.8. Immediate family member[6] of a current or former officer[1] of the company or its affiliates[2] within the last five years.

 

  2.9. Immediate family member[6] of a current employee of company or its affiliates[2] where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role).

Transactional, Professional, Financial, and Charitable Relationships

 

  2.10. Currently provides (or an immediate family member[6] provides) professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.11. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an employee of, an organization which provides professional services[7] to the company, to an affiliate[2] of the company, or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year.

 

  2.12. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.13. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2] (excluding investments in the company through a private placement).

 

  2.14. Is (or an immediate family member[6] is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments[8] from the company or its affiliates[2].

Other Relationships

 

  2.15. Party to a voting agreement[9] to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote.

 

  2.16. Has (or an immediate family member[6] has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee[10].

 

  2.17. Founder[11] of the company but not currently an employee.

 

  2.18. Any material[12] relationship with the company.

 

3. Independent Outside Director (IO)

 

  3.1. No material[12] connection to the company other than a board seat.

 

B-180

 

 

 

   16 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Footnotes:

 

[1] The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider under 2.18: “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.
[2] “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Glenmede uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.
[3] Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).
[4] When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Glenmede will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.
[5] Glenmede will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. Glenmede will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time.
[6] “Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
[7] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.
[8] A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding standards, Glenmede will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
[9] Dissident directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent outsiders if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’ interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

 

B-181

 

 

 

   17 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

[10] Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
[11] The operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, Glenmede may deem him or her an independent outsider.
[12] For purposes of Glenmede’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Other Board-Related Proposals

Age/Term Limits

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against management and shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

Vote against management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.

Board Size

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to classify (stagger) the board.

Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

CEO Succession Planning

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure on a CEO succession planning policy, considering, at a minimum, the following factors:

 

    The reasonableness/scope of the request; and

 

    The company’s existing disclosure on its current CEO succession planning process.

 

B-182

 

 

 

   18 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Cumulative Voting

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against management proposals to eliminate cumulate voting, and for shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting, unless:

 

    The company has proxy access, thereby allowing shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and

 

    The company has adopted a majority vote standard, with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address failed elections.

Vote for proposals for cumulative voting at controlled companies (insider voting power > 50%).

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

Vote against proposals that would:

 

    Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

    Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

 

    Expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for, at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.

Vote for only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

 

    If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that s/he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and

 

    If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on the reasonableness of the criteria and the degree to which they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder resolutions seeking a director nominee who possesses a particular subject matter expertise, considering:

 

    The company’s board committee structure, existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers;

 

    The company’s existing board and management oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    The company’s disclosure and performance relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

 

B-183

 

 

 

   19 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Establish Other Board Committee Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals to establish a new board committee, as such proposals seek a specific oversight mechanism/structure that potentially limits a company’s flexibility to determine an appropriate oversight mechanism for itself. However, the following factors will be considered:

 

    Existing oversight mechanisms (including current committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Level of disclosure regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Company performance related to the issue for which board oversight is sought;

 

    Board committee structure compared to that of other companies in its industry sector; and

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal.

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The scope of the proposal;

 

    The company’s current board leadership structure;

 

    The company’s governance structure and practices;

 

    Company performance; and

 

    Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

Regarding the scope of the proposal, consider whether the proposal is precatory or binding and whether the proposal is seeking an immediate change in the chairman role or the policy can be implemented at the next CEO transition.

Under the review of the company’s board leadership structure, Glenmede may support the proposal under the following scenarios absent a compelling rationale: the presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO; a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair; and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair. Glenmede will also consider any recent transitions in board leadership and the effect such transitions may have on independent board leadership as well as the designation of a lead director role.

When considering the governance structure, Glenmede will consider the overall independence of the board, the independence of key committees, the establishment of governance guidelines, board tenure and its relationship to CEO tenure, and any other factors that may be relevant. Any concerns about a company’s governance structure will weigh in favor of support for the proposal.

 

B-184

 

 

 

   20 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

The review of the company’s governance practices may include, but is not limited to poor compensation practices, material failures of governance and risk oversight, related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk, corporate or management scandals, and actions by management or the board with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders. Any such practices may suggest a need for more independent oversight at the company thus warranting support of the proposal.

Glenmede’ performance assessment will generally consider one-, three, and five-year TSR compared to the company’s peers and the market as a whole. While poor performance will weigh in favor of the adoption of an independent chair policy, strong performance over the long-term will be considered a mitigating factor when determining whether the proposed leadership change warrants support.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Independent Committees

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by the Glenmede Policy’s definition of independent outsider. (See Categorization of Directors.)

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors unless they currently meet that standard.

Majority Vote Standard for the Election of Directors

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to adopt a majority of votes cast standard for directors in uncontested elections. Vote against if no carve-out for a plurality vote standard in contested elections is included.

Generally vote for precatory and binding shareholder resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also known as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.

Proxy Access

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals for proxy access with the following provisions:

 

    Ownership threshold: maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power;

 

    Ownership duration: maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group;

 

    Aggregation: minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group;

 

    Cap: cap on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board.

Review for reasonableness any other restrictions on the right of proxy access.

Generally vote against proposals that are more restrictive than these guidelines.

 

B-185

 

 

 

   21 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Require More Nominees than Open Seats

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against shareholder proposals that would require a company to nominate more candidates than the number of open board seats.

Shareholder Engagement Policy (Shareholder Advisory Committee)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board establish an internal mechanism/process, which may include a committee, in order to improve communications between directors and shareholders, unless the company has the following features, as appropriate:

 

    Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;

 

    Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;

 

    Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and

 

    The company has an independent chairman or a lead director, according to the Glenmede Policy definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access -Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

 

    Management’s track record;

 

    Background to the contested election;

 

    Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

 

    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

 

    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

 

    Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether or not there are more candidates than board seats).

Vote-No Campaigns

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

 

B-186

 

 

 

   22 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on advance notice proposals, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory, and shareholder review.

To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline. The submittal window is the period under which a shareholder must file his proposal/nominations prior to the deadline.

In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposals.

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

Vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

Vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

Control Share Cash-Out Provisions

Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.

 

B-187

 

 

 

   23 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Disgorgement Provisions

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

Fair Price Provisions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally vote against fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

Freeze-Out Provisions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.

Greenmail

Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

Vote case-by-case on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

Litigation Rights (including Exclusive Venue and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions)

Bylaw provisions impacting shareholders’ ability to bring suit against the company may include exclusive venue provisions, which provide that the state of incorporation shall be the sole venue for certain types of litigation, and fee-shifting provisions that require a shareholder who sues a company unsuccessfully to pay all litigation expenses of the defendant corporation.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bylaws which impact shareholders’ litigation rights, taking into account factors such as:

 

    The company’s stated rationale for adopting such a provision;

 

    Disclosure of past harm from shareholder lawsuits in which plaintiffs were unsuccessful or shareholder lawsuits outside the jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

B-188

 

 

 

   24 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The breadth of application of the bylaw, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and

 

    Governance features such as shareholders’ ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested elections.

Generally vote against bylaws that mandate fee-shifting whenever plaintiffs are not completely successful on the merits (i.e., in cases where the plaintiffs are partially successful).

Unilateral adoption by the board of bylaw provisions which affect shareholders’ litigation rights will be evaluated under Glenmede’s policy on Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments and Problematic Capital Structures.

Net Operating Loss (NOL) Protective Amendments

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a protective amendment for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the effective term of the protective amendment would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case, considering the following factors, for management proposals to adopt an NOL protective amendment that would remain in effect for the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of an existing 5-percent holder);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Shareholder Proposals to Put Pill to a Vote and/or Adopt a Pill Policy

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

 

    Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

 

    The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

If the shareholder proposal calls for a time period of less than 12 months for shareholder ratification after adoption, vote for the proposal, but add the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient implementation.

 

B-189

 

 

 

   25 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Management Proposals to Ratify a Poison Pill

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

 

    No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

 

    A term of no more than three years;

 

    No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

 

    Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.

Management Proposals to Ratify a Pill to Preserve Net Operating Losses (NOLs)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of protecting a company’s net operating losses (NOL) if the term of the pill would exceed the shorter of three years and the exhaustion of the NOL.

Vote case-by-case on management proposals for poison pill ratification, considering the following factors, if the term of the pill would be the shorter of three years (or less) and the exhaustion of the NOL:

 

    The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent);

 

    The value of the NOLs;

 

    Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs);

 

    The company’s existing governance structure including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance concerns; and

 

    Any other factors that may be applicable.

Proxy Voting Disclosure, Confidentiality, and Tabulation

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding proxy voting mechanics, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder rights. Specific issues covered under the policy include, but are not limited to, confidential voting of individual proxies and ballots, confidentiality of running vote tallies, and the treatment of abstentions and/or broker non-votes in the company’s vote-counting methodology.

 

    While a variety of factors may be considered in each analysis, the guiding principles are: transparency, consistency, and fairness in the proxy voting process. The factors considered, as applicable to the proposal, may include:

 

    The scope and structure of the proposal;

 

    The company’s stated confidential voting policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting;

 

    The company’s vote standard for management and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity of vote results;

 

    Whether the company’s disclosure regarding its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;

 

    Any recent controversies or concerns related to the company’s proxy voting mechanics;

 

    Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation of the proposal; and

 

    Any other factors that may be relevant.

 

B-190

 

 

 

   26 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.

When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote for the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:

 

    The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;

 

    One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;

 

    Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and

 

    The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated case-by-case, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:

 

    Reasons for reincorporation;

 

    Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and

 

    Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state.

Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to act by written consent.

Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to act by written consent;

 

    The consent threshold;

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

 

    An unfettered6 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

 

    A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

 

    No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

 

    An annually elected board.

 

 

6  “Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

 

B-191

 

 

 

   27 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

 

    Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

 

    Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10% preferred);

 

    The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

 

    Investor ownership structure; and

 

    Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Stakeholder Provisions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

State Antitakeover Statutes

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, and anti-greenmail provisions).

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements. However, for companies with shareholder(s) who have significant ownership levels, vote case-by-case, taking into account:

 

    Ownership structure;

 

    Quorum requirements; and

 

    Vote requirements.

 

B-192

 

 

 

   28 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

4. CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Capital

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock unless the action is being taken to facilitate an anti-takeover device or some other negative corporate governance action.

Vote for management proposals to eliminate par value.

Common Stock Authorization

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class of common stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote against proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares if a vote for a reverse stock split on the same ballot is warranted despite the fact that the authorized shares would not be reduced proportionally.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized shares during the last three years

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes of the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request; and

 

    The dilutive impact of the request as determined relative to an allowable increase calculated by Glenmede (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns.

Glenmede will apply the relevant allowable increase below to requests to increase common stock that are for general corporate purposes (or to the general corporate purposes portion of a request that also includes a specific need):

 

  A. Most companies: 100 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  B. Companies with less than 50 percent of existing authorized shares either outstanding or reserved for issuance: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  C. Companies with one- and three-year total shareholder returns (TSRs) in the bottom 10 percent of the U.S. market as of the end of the calendar quarter that is closest to their most recent fiscal year end: 50 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

  D. Companies at which both conditions (B and C) above are both present: 25 percent of existing authorized shares.

 

B-193

 

 

 

   29 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

If there is an acquisition, private placement, or similar transaction on the ballot (not including equity incentive plans) that Glenmede is recommending FOR, the allowable increase will be the greater of (i) twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and (ii) the allowable increase as calculated above.

Dual Class Structure

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock unless:

 

    The company discloses a compelling rationale for the dual-class capital structure, such as:

 

    The company’s auditor has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or

 

    The new class of shares will be transitory;

 

    The new class is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and

 

    The new class is not designed to preserve or increase the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder- approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

Preemptive Rights

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration:

 

    The size of the company;

 

    The shareholder base; and

 

    The liquidity of the stock.

Preferred Stock Authorization

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with a transaction on the same ballot that warrants support.

Vote against proposals at companies with more than one class or series of preferred stock to increase the number of authorized shares of the class or series of preferred stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:

 

    Past Board Performance:

 

    The company’s use of authorized preferred shares during the last three years;

 

    The Current Request:

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of the specific purposes for the proposed increase;

 

    Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request;

 

    In cases where the company has existing authorized preferred stock, the dilutive impact of the request as determined by an allowable increase calculated (typically 100 percent of existing authorized shares) that reflects the company’s need for shares and total shareholder returns; and

 

    Whether the shares requested are blank check preferred shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes.

 

B-194

 

 

 

   30 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Recapitalization Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:

 

    More simplified capital structure;

 

    Enhanced liquidity;

 

    Fairness of conversion terms;

 

    Impact on voting power and dividends;

 

    Reasons for the reclassification;

 

    Conflicts of interest; and

 

    Other alternatives considered.

Reverse Stock Splits

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

Vote against proposals when there is not a proportionate reduction of authorized shares, unless:

 

    A stock exchange has provided notice to the company of a potential delisting; or

 

    The effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with the Common Stock Authorization policy.

Share Repurchase Programs

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for stock split or stock dividend, provided that the effective increase in authorized shares is equal to or is less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Glenmede’s Common Stock Authorization policy.

Tracking Stock

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:

 

    Adverse governance changes;

 

    Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;

 

    Unfair method of distribution;

 

    Diminution of voting rights;

 

    Adverse conversion features;

 

    Negative impact on stock option plans; and

 

    Alternatives such as spin-off.

 

B-195

 

 

 

   31 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Restructuring

Appraisal Rights

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to restore or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal.

Asset Purchases

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Purchase price;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives for the business;

 

    Non-completion risk.

Asset Sales

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on asset sales, considering the following factors:

 

    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

 

    Potential elimination of diseconomies;

 

    Anticipated financial and operating benefits;

 

    Anticipated use of funds;

 

    Value received for the asset;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest.

Bundled Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

Conversion of Securities

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

Vote for the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

B-196

 

 

 

   32 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, after evaluating:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;

 

    Terms of the offer—discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy;

 

    Financial issues—company’s financial situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Control issues—change in management; change in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Conflict of interest—arm’s length transaction, managerial incentives.

Vote for the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Formation of Holding Company

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The reasons for the change;

 

    Any financial or tax benefits;

 

    Regulatory benefits;

 

    Increases in capital structure; and

 

    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend for the transaction, vote against the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

 

    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or

 

    Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

Going Private and Going Dark Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeeze-outs)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on going private transactions, taking into account the following:

 

    Offer price/premium;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    How the deal was negotiated;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives/offers considered; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

 

B-197

 

 

 

   33 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on going dark transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:

 

    Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);

 

    Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders, taking into account the following:

 

    Are all shareholders able to participate in the transaction?

 

    Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders following the transaction?

 

    Does the company have strong corporate governance?

 

    Will insiders reap the gains of control following the proposed transaction?

 

    Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring continued reporting that may benefit shareholders?

Joint Ventures

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:

 

    Percentage of assets/business contributed;

 

    Percentage ownership;

 

    Financial and strategic benefits;

 

    Governance structure;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Other alternatives; and

 

    Non-completion risk.

Liquidations

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on liquidations, taking into account the following:

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;

 

    Appraisal value of assets; and

 

    The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Vote for the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Negotiations and process—Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

 

B-198

 

 

 

   34 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding private placements, warrants, and convertible debentures taking into consideration:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position: The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur to trigger the dilutive event.

 

    Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy):

 

    The terms of the offer should be weighed against the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement.

 

    When evaluating the magnitude of a private placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry and anticipation of future performance.

 

    Financial issues:

 

    The company’s financial condition;

 

    Degree of need for capital;

 

    Use of proceeds;

 

    Effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital;

 

    Current and proposed cash burn rate;

 

    Going concern viability and the state of the capital and credit markets.

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger or sale of part or all of the company.

 

    Control issues:

 

    Change in management;

 

    Change in control;

 

    Guaranteed board and committee seats;

 

    Standstill provisions;

 

    Voting agreements;

 

    Veto power over certain corporate actions; and

 

    Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding minority discount or majority control premium

 

B-199

 

 

 

   35 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Conflicts of interest:

 

    Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the perspective of the company and the investor.

 

    Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests?

 

    Market reaction:

 

    The market’s response to the proposed deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the unaffected stock price.

Vote for the private placement, or for the issuance of warrants and/or convertible debentures in a private placement, if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

Reorganization/Restructuring Plan (Bankruptcy)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to common shareholders on bankruptcy plans of reorganization, considering the following factors including, but not limited to:

 

    Estimated value and financial prospects of the reorganized company;

 

    Percentage ownership of current shareholders in the reorganized company;

 

    Whether shareholders are adequately represented in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an Official Equity Committee);

 

    The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s);

 

    Existence of a superior alternative to the plan of reorganization; and

 

    Governance of the reorganized company.

Special Purpose Acquisition Corporations (SPACs)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on SPAC mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

    Valuation—Is the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally, a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price.

 

    Deal timing—A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date.

 

    Negotiations and process—What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors.

 

    Conflicts of interest—How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to pay a higher price for the target because of an 80% rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least equal to 80% of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe.

 

    Voting agreements—Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/ tender offers with shareholders who are likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights?

 

    Governance—What is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger?

 

B-200

 

 

 

   36 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Spin-offs

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on spin-offs, considering:

 

    Tax and regulatory advantages;

 

    Planned use of the sale proceeds;

 

    Valuation of spinoff;

 

    Fairness opinion;

 

    Benefits to the parent company;

 

    Conflicts of interest;

 

    Managerial incentives;

 

    Corporate governance changes;

 

    Changes in the capital structure.

Value Maximization Shareholder Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by:

 

    Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives;

 

    Selling the company; or

 

    Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders.

These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:

 

    Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;

 

    Signs of entrenched board and management (such as the adoption of takeover defenses);

 

    Strategic plan in place for improving value;

 

    Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and

 

    The company actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

5. COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

 

  1. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

 

  2. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

 

  3. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

 

B-201

 

 

 

   37 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  4. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Management Say-on-Pay)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Management Say-on-Pay—MSOP) if:

 

    There is a significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

 

    The company maintains significant problematic pay practices;

 

    The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

 

    There is no MSOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an MSOP is warranted due to pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

 

    The board fails to respond adequately to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

 

    The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, including option repricing or option backdating; or

 

    The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

Glenmede annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the Russell 3000 or Russell 3000E Indices7, this analysis considers the following:

 

  1. Peer Group8 Alignment:

 

 

7  The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.
8  The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company’s selected peers’ GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market cap bucket that is reflective of the company’s. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.

 

B-202

 

 

 

   38 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

  2. Absolute Alignment9 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, misaligned pay and performance are otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to evaluating how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

 

    The ratio of performance- to time-based equity awards;

 

    The overall ratio of performance-based compensation;

 

    The completeness of disclosure and rigor of performance goals;

 

    The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;

 

    Actual results of financial/operational metrics, such as growth in revenue, profit, cash flow, etc., both absolute and relative to peers;

 

    Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

 

    Realizable pay10 compared to grant pay; and

 

    Any other factors deemed relevant.

Problematic Pay Practices

The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

 

    Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

 

    Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking; and

 

    Options Backdating.

Problematic Pay Practices related to Non-Performance-Based Compensation Elements

Pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company’s overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. Please refer to ISS’ Compensation FAQ document for detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as potentially problematic and may lead to negative recommendations if they are deemed to be inappropriate or unjustified relative to executive pay best practices. The list below highlights the problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

 

    Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

 

    Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups, including any gross-up related to a secular trust or restricted stock vesting;

 

    New or extended agreements that provide for:

 

    CIC payments exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus;

 

9  Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.
10  Glenmede research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.

 

B-203

 

 

 

   39 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);

 

    CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups);

 

    Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally- managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives is not possible.

Incentives that may Motivate Excessive Risk-Taking

 

    Multi-year guaranteed bonuses;

 

    A single or common performance metric used for short- and long-term plans;

 

    Lucrative severance packages;

 

    High pay opportunities relative to industry peers;

 

    Disproportionate supplemental pensions; or

 

    Mega annual equity grants that provide unlimited upside with no downside risk.

Factors that potentially mitigate the impact of risky incentives include rigorous claw-back provisions and robust stock ownership/holding guidelines.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

 

    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

 

    Duration of options backdating;

 

    Size of restatement due to options backdating;

 

    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

 

    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

 

    Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

 

    Failure to adequately respond to the company’s previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

 

    The company’s response, including:

 

    Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Specific actions taken to address the issues that contributed to the low level of support;

 

    Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

 

    Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

 

    The company’s ownership structure; and

 

    Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

 

B-204

 

 

 

   40 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for annual advisory votes on compensation, which provide the most consistent and clear communication channel for shareholder concerns about companies’ executive pay programs.

Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on say on Golden Parachute proposals, including consideration of existing change-in-control arrangements maintained with named executive officers rather than focusing primarily on new or extended arrangements.

Features that may result in an “against” recommendation include one or more of the following, depending on the number, magnitude, and/or timing of issue(s):

 

    Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;

 

    Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity awards;

 

    Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and bonus);

 

    Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable (as opposed to a provision to provide excise tax gross-ups);

 

    Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or

 

    Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or

 

    The company’s assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.

Recent amendment(s) that incorporate problematic features will tend to carry more weight on the overall analysis. However, the presence of multiple legacy problematic features will also be closely scrutinized.

In cases where the golden parachute vote is incorporated into a company’s advisory vote on compensation (management say-on-pay), the say-on-pay proposal will be evaluated in accordance with these guidelines, which may give higher weight to that component of the overall evaluation.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans11 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “equity plan scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

 

    Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

 

    SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

 

    SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

 

    Plan Features:

 

    Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

 

    Discretionary vesting authority;

 

11  Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors.

 

B-205

 

 

 

   41 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Liberal share recycling on various award types;

 

    Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

 

    Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

 

    Grant Practices:

 

    The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

 

    Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);

 

    The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

 

    The proportion of the CEO’s most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

 

    Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;

 

    Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders’ interests, or if any of the following egregious factors apply:

 

    Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

 

    The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies — or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies);

 

    The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; or

 

    Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

Plan Cost

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For non-employee director plans, vote for the plan if certain factors are met (see Director Compensation section).

Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT)

The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised (using two measures, in the case of plans subject to the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, as noted above). All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.

Except for proposals subject to Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation, Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below a company-specific benchmark. The benchmark is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard: GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s benchmark.12

 

12  For plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors.

 

B-206

 

 

 

   42 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Grant Practices

Three-Year Burn Rate

Burn rate benchmarks (utilized in Equity Plan Scorecard evaluations) are calculated as the greater of: (1) the mean (µ) plus one standard deviation ( LOGO ) of the company’s GICS group segmented by S&P 500, Russell 3000 index (less the S&P500) and non-Russell 3000 index; and (2) two percent of weighted common shares outstanding. In addition, year-over-year burn-rate benchmark changes will be limited to a maximum of two (2) percentage points plus or minus the prior year’s burn-rate benchmark.

Egregious Factors

Liberal Change in Control Definition

Generally vote against equity plans if the plan has a liberal definition of change in control and the equity awards could vest upon such liberal definition of change-in-control, even though an actual change in control may not occur. Examples of such a definition include, but are not limited to, announcement or commencement of a tender offer, provisions for acceleration upon a “potential” takeover, shareholder approval of a merger or other transactions, or similar language.

Repricing Provisions

Vote against plans that expressly permit the repricing or exchange of underwater stock options/stock appreciate rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval. “Repricing” includes the ability to do any of the following:

 

    Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs;

 

    Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs.

Also, vote against or withhold from members of the Compensation Committee who approved and/or implemented a repricing or an option/SAR exchange program, by buying out underwater options/SARs for stock, cash or other consideration or canceling underwater options/SARs and regranting options/SARs with a lower exercise price, without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.

Vote against plans if the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.

Problematic Pay Practices or Significant Pay-for-Performance Disconnect

If the equity plan on the ballot is a vehicle for problematic pay practices, vote against the plan.

If a significant portion of the CEO’s misaligned pay is attributed to non-performance-based equity awards, and there is an equity plan on the ballot with the CEO as one of the participants, Glenmede may recommend a vote against the equity plan. Considerations in voting against the equity plan may include, but are not limited to:

 

    Magnitude of pay misalignment;

 

    Contribution of non–performance-based equity grants to overall pay; and

 

    The proportion of equity awards granted in the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer level.

 

B-207

 

 

 

   43 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations

Dividend Equivalent Rights

Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.

Operating Partnership (OP) Units in Equity Plan Analysis of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

For Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS), include the common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Operating Partnership (OP) units in the share count for the purposes of determining: (1) market capitalization in the Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) analysis and (2) shares outstanding in the burn rate analysis.

Other Compensation Plans

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Qualified Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less; and

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is 10 percent or less of the outstanding shares.

Vote against qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or

 

    Offering period is greater than 27 months; or

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote for nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:

 

    Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

 

    Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;

 

B-208

 

 

 

   44 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

 

    No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

Vote against nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.

Amending Cash and Equity Plans (including Approval for Tax Deductibility (162(m))

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on amendments to cash and equity incentive plans.

Generally vote for proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Addresses administrative features only; or

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent outsiders, per Glenmede’s Categorization of Directors. Note that if the company is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below).

Vote against such proposals to amend executive cash, stock, or cash and stock incentive plans if the proposal:

 

    Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent outsiders, per Glenmede’ Categorization of Directors.

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend cash incentive plans. This includes plans presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO and/or proposals that bundle material amendment(s) other than those for Section 162(m) purposes

Vote case-by-case on all other proposals to amend equity incentive plans, considering the following:

 

    If the proposal requests additional shares and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments.

 

    If the plan is being presented to shareholders for the first time after the company’s IPO, whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments.

 

    If there is no request for additional shares and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.

Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:

 

    Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;

 

    Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?

 

    Is this a value-for-value exchange?

 

    Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?

 

    Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?

 

    Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;

 

B-209

 

 

 

   45 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;

 

    Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.

If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.

In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential against vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.

Vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on plans that provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.

Vote for non-employee director-only equity plans that provide a dollar-for-dollar cash-for-stock exchange.

Vote case-by-case on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, no adjustments will be made to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.

Transfer Stock Option (TSO) Programs

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: One-time Transfers: Vote against or withhold from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers to shareholders for approval.

Vote case-by-case on one-time transfers. Vote for if:

 

    Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;

 

    Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models;

 

    There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.

Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred to a third-party institution and whether the events leading up to a decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.

Ongoing TSO program: Vote against equity plan proposals if the details of ongoing TSO programs are not provided to shareholders. Since TSOs will be one of the award types under a stock plan, the ongoing TSO program, structure and mechanics must be disclosed to shareholders. The specific criteria to be considered in evaluating these proposals include, but not limited, to the following:

 

    Eligibility;

 

    Vesting;

 

B-210

 

 

 

   46 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Bid-price;

 

    Term of options;

 

    Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on company’s total option expense

 

    Option repricing policy.

Amendments to existing plans that allow for introduction of transferability of stock options should make clear that only options granted post-amendment shall be transferable.

Director Compensation

Shareholder Ratification of Director Pay Programs

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals seeking ratification of non-employee director compensation, based on the following factors:

 

    If the equity plan under which non-employee director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and

 

    An assessment of the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

Equity Plans for Non-Employee Directors

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on:

 

    The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants;

 

    The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers; and

 

    The presence of any egregious plan features (such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk).

On occasion, director stock plans will exceed the plan cost or burn rate benchmarks when combined with employee or executive stock plans. In such cases, vote case-by-case on the plan taking into consideration the following qualitative factors:

 

    The relative magnitude of director compensation as compared to companies of a similar profile;

 

    The presence of problematic pay practices relating to director compensation;

 

    Director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements;

 

    Equity award vesting schedules;

 

    The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;

 

    Meaningful limits on director compensation;

 

    The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites; and

 

    The quality of disclosure surrounding director compensation.

 

B-211

 

 

 

   47 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Adopt Anti-Hedging/Pledging/Speculative Investments Policy

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits named executive officers from engaging in derivative or speculative transactions involving company stock, including hedging, holding stock in a margin account, or pledging stock as collateral for a loan. However, the company’s existing policies regarding responsible use of company stock will be considered.

Bonus Banking/Bonus Banking “Plus”

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking deferral of a portion of annual bonus pay, with ultimate payout linked to sustained results for the performance metrics on which the bonus was earned (whether for the named executive officers or a wider group of employees), taking into account the following factors:

 

    The company’s past practices regarding equity and cash compensation;

 

    Whether the company has a holding period or stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and

 

    Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy in place.

Compensation Consultants—Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the Company, Board, or Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s), and fees paid.

Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

Vote against shareholder proposals seeking to eliminate stock options or any other equity grants to employees or directors.

Vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Vote case-by-case on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

 

B-212

 

 

 

   48 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals that the broad-based employee population is eligible.

Hold Equity Past Retirement or for a Significant Period of Time

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring senior executive officers to retain a portion of net shares acquired through compensation plans. The following factors will be taken into account:

 

    The percentage/ratio of net shares required to be retained;

 

    The time period required to retain the shares;

 

    Whether the company has equity retention, holding period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements;

 

    Whether the company has any other policies aimed at mitigating risk taking by executives;

 

    Executives’ actual stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing requirements; and

Non-Deductible Compensation

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking disclosure of the extent to which the company paid non-deductible compensation to senior executives due to Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), while considering the company’s existing disclosure practices.

Pay Disparity

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case on proposals calling for an analysis of the pay disparity between corporate executives and other non-executive employees.

Pay for Performance/Performance-Based Awards

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:

 

    First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

 

    Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.

 

B-213

 

 

 

   49 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

In general, vote for the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.

Pay for Superior Performance

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. These proposals generally include the following principles:

 

    Set compensation targets for the plan’s annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median;

 

    Deliver a majority of the plan’s target long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards;

 

    Provide the strategic rationale and relative weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan;

 

    Establish performance targets for each plan financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies;

 

    Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds peer group median performance.

Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:

 

    What aspects of the company’s annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven?

 

    If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?

 

    Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?

 

    What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?

Pre-Arranged Trading Plans (10b5-1 Plans)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals calling for certain principles regarding the use of prearranged trading plans (10b5-1 plans) for executives. These principles include:

 

    Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1 Plan must be disclosed within two business days in a Form 8-K;

 

    Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan is allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board;

 

    Ninety days must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan;

 

    Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan;

 

    An executive may not trade in company stock outside the 10b5-1 Plan.

 

    Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive.

Prohibit CEOs from Serving on Compensation Committees

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals seeking a policy to prohibit any outside CEO from serving on a company’s compensation committee, unless the company has demonstrated problematic pay practices that raise concerns about the performance and composition of the committee.

 

B-214

 

 

 

   50 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Recoupment of Incentive or Stock Compensation in Specified Circumstances

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to recoup incentive cash or stock compensation made to senior executives if it is later determined that the figures upon which incentive compensation is earned turn out to have been in error, or if the senior executive has breached company policy or has engaged in misconduct that may be significantly detrimental to the company’s financial position or reputation, or if the senior executive failed to manage or monitor risks that subsequently led to significant financial or reputational harm to the company. Many companies have adopted policies that permit recoupment in cases where an executive’s fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation. However, such policies may be narrow given that not all misconduct or negligence may result in significant financial restatements. Misconduct, negligence or lack of sufficient oversight by senior executives may lead to significant financial loss or reputational damage that may have long-lasting impact.

In considering whether to support such shareholder proposals, the following factors will be taken into consideration:

 

    If the company has adopted a formal recoupment policy;

 

    The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation;

 

    Whether the company has chronic restatement history or material financial problems;

 

    Whether the company’s policy substantially addresses the concerns raised by the proponent;

 

    Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or

 

    Any other relevant factors.

Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals requiring that golden parachutes or executive severance agreements be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Vote case-by-case on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;

 

    The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs);

 

    Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.

Share Buyback Holding Periods

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote for the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

 

B-215

 

 

 

   51 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Generally vote for shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan’s definition of covered compensation used to establish such benefits.

Tax Gross-Up Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals calling for companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except in situations where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.

Termination of Employment Prior to Severance Payment/Eliminating Accelerated Vesting of Unvested Equity

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals seeking a policy requiring termination of employment prior to severance payment and/or eliminating accelerated vesting of unvested equity.

The following factors will be considered:

 

    The company’s current treatment of equity in change-of-control situations (i.e. is it double triggered, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment of performance shares, etc.);

 

    Current employment agreements, including potential poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements.

Generally vote for proposals seeking a policy that prohibits acceleration of the vesting of equity awards to senior executives in the event of a change in control (except for pro rata vesting considering the time elapsed and attainment of any related performance goals between the award date and the change in control).

6. SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Overall Approach

Socially responsible shareholder resolutions receive a great deal more attention from institutional shareholders today than in the past. While focusing on value enhancement through risk mitigation and exposure to new sustainability-related opportunities, these resolutions also seek standardized reporting on ESG issues, request information regarding an issuer’s adoption of, or adherence to, relevant norms, standards, codes of conduct or universally recognized international initiatives to promote disclosure and transparency. The Glenmede Policy generally supports standards-based ESG shareholder proposals that enhance long-term shareholder and stakeholder value while aligning the interests of the company with those of society at large. In particular, the policy will focus on resolutions seeking greater transparency and/or adherence to internationally recognized standards and principles.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: In determining our vote recommendation on standardized ESG reporting shareholder proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

 

    Whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

    Whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

 

    The percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

 

    Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

 

    Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

B-216

 

 

 

   52 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;

 

    Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

 

    The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing.

Animal Welfare

Animal Welfare Policies

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking a report on a company’s animal welfare standards, or animal welfare-related risks, unless:

 

    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;

 

    The company’s standards are comparable to industry peers; and

 

    There are no recent significant fines, litigation, or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals.

Animal Testing

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, unless:

 

    The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

 

    The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or

 

    There are recent, significant fines or litigation related to the company’s treatment of animals.

Animal Slaughter

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting the implementation of Controlled Atmosphere Killing (CAK) methods at company and/or supplier operations unless such methods are required by legislation or generally accepted as the industry standard.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting a report on the feasibility of implementing CAK methods at company and/or supplier operations considering the availability of existing research conducted by the company or industry groups on this topic and any fines or litigation related to current animal processing procedures at the company.

Consumer Issues

Genetically Modified Ingredients

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that a company voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in its products. The labeling of products with GE ingredients is best left to the appropriate regulatory authorities.

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients, taking into account:

 

    The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s business;

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and

 

    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling.

 

B-217

 

 

 

   53 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organism (GMOs).

Generally vote against proposals to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products, or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such decisions are more appropriately made by management with consideration of current regulations.

Reports on Potentially Controversial Business/Financial Practices

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on a company’s potentially controversial business or financial practices or products, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abuses;

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the products/practices in question;

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of related laws or serious controversies; and

 

    Peer companies’ policies/practices in this area.

Consumer Lending

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports on the company’s lending guidelines and procedures taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abusive lending practices;

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of the lending products in question;

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or serious lending controversies; and

 

    Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, Product Reimportation and Health Pandemics

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing practices.

Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting that a company report on its product pricing or access to medicine policies, considering:

 

    The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory risk exposure;

 

    Existing disclosure of relevant policies;

 

    Deviation from established industry norms;

 

    Relevant company initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions;

 

    The potential burden and scope of the requested report; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, litigation, or fines at the company.

Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on the financial and legal impact of its prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.

Generally vote against proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.

 

B-218

 

 

 

   54 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Health Pandemics

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for reports outlining the impact of health pandemics (such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis, and avian flu) on the company’s operations and how the company is responding to the situation, taking into account:

 

    The scope of the company’s operations in the affected/relevant area(s);

 

    The company’s existing healthcare policies, including benefits and healthcare access; and

 

    Company donations to relevant healthcare providers.

Vote against proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report on a standard of response to health pandemics (such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis, and avian flu), unless the company has significant operations in the affected markets and has failed to adopt policies and/or procedures to address these issues comparable to those of industry peers.

Product Safety and Toxic/Hazardous Materials

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives/procedures, and oversight mechanisms related to toxic/hazardous materials or product safety in its supply chain.

Generally vote for resolutions requesting that companies develop a feasibility assessment to phase-out of certain toxic/hazardous materials, or evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain materials.

Generally vote against resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products.

Tobacco-Related Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on resolutions regarding the advertisement of tobacco products, considering:

 

    Recent related fines, controversies, or significant litigation;

 

    Whether the company complies with relevant laws and regulations on the marketing of tobacco;

 

    Whether the company’s advertising restrictions deviate from those of industry peers;

 

    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and

 

    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.

Vote case-by-case on proposals regarding second-hand smoke, considering;

 

    Whether the company complies with all laws and regulations;

 

    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and

 

    The risk of any health-related liabilities.

Generally vote against resolutions to cease production of tobacco-related products, to avoid selling products to tobacco companies, to spin-off tobacco-related businesses, or prohibit investment in tobacco equities. Such business decisions are better left to company management or portfolio managers.

Generally vote against proposals regarding tobacco product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

 

B-219

 

 

 

   55 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Climate Change

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

Climate change has emerged as the most significant environmental threat to the planet to date. Scientists agree that gases released by chemical reactions including the burning of fossil fuels contribute to a “greenhouse effect” that traps the planet’s heat. Environmentalists claim that the greenhouse gases produced by the industrial age have caused recent weather crises such as heat waves, rainstorms, melting glaciers, rising sea levels and receding coastlines. With notable exceptions, business leaders have described the rise and fall of global temperatures as naturally occurring phenomena and depicted corporate impact on climate change as minimal. Shareholder proposals asking a company to issue a report to shareholders, “at reasonable cost and omitting proprietary information,” on greenhouse gas emissions ask that the report include descriptions of efforts within companies to reduce emissions, their financial exposure and potential liability from operations that contribute to global warming, their direct or indirect efforts to promote the view that global warming is not a threat and their goals in reducing these emissions from their operations. Proponents argue that there is scientific proof that the burning of fossil fuels causes global warming, that future legislation may make companies financially liable for their contributions to global warming, and that a report on the company’s role in global warming can be assembled at reasonable cost.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation:

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking disclosure of liabilities or preparation of a report pertaining to global warming and climate change-related risks, such as financial, physical, or regulatory risks.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the reduction of GHG emissions.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on responses to regulatory and public pressures surrounding climate change, and for disclosure of research that aided in setting company policies around climate change.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a report/disclosure of goals on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products.

Energy Efficiency

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its energy efficiency policies.

Renewable Energy

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy resources

Generally vote for proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy resources.

Diversity

Board Diversity

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on a company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The gender and racial minority representation of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company.

 

B-220

 

 

 

   56 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to increase the gender and racial minority representation on its board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of existing gender and racial minority diversity on the company’s board and among its executive officers;

 

    The level of gender and racial minority representation that exists at the company’s industry peers;

 

    The company’s established process for addressing gender and racial minority board representation;

 

    Whether the proposal includes an overly prescriptive request to amend nominating committee charter language;

 

    The independence of the company’s nominating committee;

 

    Whether the company uses an outside search firm to identify potential director nominees; and

 

    Whether the company has had recent controversies, fines, or litigation regarding equal employment practices.

Equality of Opportunity

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting a company disclose its diversity policies or initiatives, or proposals requesting disclosure of a company’s comprehensive workforce diversity data, including requests for EEO-1 data.

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers.

Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would be unduly burdensome.

Generally vote FOR proposals to extend company benefits to domestic partners.

Environment and Sustainability

Facility and Workplace Safety

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on resolutions requesting that a company report on safety and/or security risks associated with its operations and/or facilities, considering:

 

    The company’s compliance with applicable regulations and guidelines;

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and

 

    The existence of recent, significant violations, fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities.

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s (natural gas) hydraulic fracturing operations, including measures the company has taken to manage and mitigate the potential community and environmental impacts of those operations.

Operations in Protected Areas

 

B-221

 

 

 

   57 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports on potential environmental damage as a result of company operations in protected regions, unless:

 

    Operations in the specified regions are not permitted by current laws or regulations;

 

    The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or

 

    The company’s disclosure of its operations and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers.

Recycling

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote FOR proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business;

 

    The current level of disclosure of the company’s existing related programs;

 

    The timetable and methods of program implementation prescribed by the proposal;

 

    The company’s ability to address the issues raised in the proposal; and

 

    How the company’s recycling programs compare to similar programs of its industry peers.

Sustainability Reporting

The concept of sustainability is commonly understood as meeting the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Indeed, the term sustainability is complex and poses significant challenges for companies on many levels. Many in the investment community have termed this broader responsibility the “triple bottom line,” referring to the triad of performance goals related to economic prosperity, social responsibility and environmental quality. In essence, the concept requires companies to balance the needs and interests of their various stakeholders while operating in a manner that sustains business growth for the long-term, supports local communities and protects the environment and natural capital for future generations.

Shareholders may request general environmental reports or reports on a specific location/operation, often requesting that the company detail the environmental risks and potential liabilities of a specific project. Companies have begun to report on environmental and sustainability issues using the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards. The GRI was established in 1997 with the mission of developing globally applicable guidelines for reporting on economic, environmental, and social performance. The GRI was developed by the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (CERES) in partnership with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation:

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater disclosure on the company’s environmental and social practices, and/or associated risks and liabilities.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies to report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to prepare a sustainability report.

Water Issues

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for on proposals requesting a company to report on, or to adopt a new policy on, water-related risks and concerns, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics;

 

    Whether or not the company’s existing water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;

 

    The potential financial impact or risk to the company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and

 

    Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers.

 

B-222

 

 

 

   58 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Equator Principles

The Equator Principles is the financial industry’s benchmark for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing. It was first launched in June 2003 at Washington DC and was ultimately adopted by over forty financial institutions during a three year implementation period. Later on, these principles were revised in July 2006 to take into account the new performance standards approved by the World Bank Group’s International Finance Corporation (IFC). The third iteration of the Principles was launched in June 2013 and it amplified the banks’ commitments to social responsibility, including human rights, climate change, and transparency. Financial institutions adopt these principles to ensure that the projects they venture in are developed in a socially responsible manner and reflect sound environmental management practices.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement the Equator Principles.

General Corporate Issues

Charitable Contributions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals restricting a company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which, and if, contributions are in the best interests of the company.

Data Security, Privacy, and Internet Issues

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting the disclosure or implementation of data security, privacy, or information access and management policies and procedures, considering:

 

    The level of disclosure of company policies and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship;

 

    Engagement in dialogue with governments or relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet;

 

    The scope of business involvement and of investment in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications;

 

    Applicable market-specific laws or regulations that may be imposed on the company; and

 

    Controversies, fines, or litigation related to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Compensation-Related Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to link, or report on linking, executive compensation to environmental and social criteria (such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, or predatory lending).

Human Rights, Labor Issues, and International Operations

Investors, international human rights groups, and labor advocacy groups have long been making attempts to safeguard worker rights in the international marketplace. In instances where companies themselves operate factories in developing countries for example, these advocates have asked that the companies adopt global corporate human rights standards that guarantee sustainable wages and safe working conditions for their workers abroad. Companies that contract out portions of their manufacturing operations to foreign companies have been asked to ensure that the products they receive from those contractors have not been made using forced labor, child labor, or sweatshop labor.

 

B-223

 

 

 

   59 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

These companies are asked to adopt formal vendor standards that, among other things, include monitoring or auditing mechanism. Globalization, relocation of production overseas, and widespread use of subcontractors and vendors, often make it difficult to obtain a complete picture of a company’s labor practices in global markets. Many Investors believe that companies would benefit from adopting a human rights policy based on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labor Organization’s Core Labor Standards. Efforts that seek greater disclosure on a company’s labor practices and that seek to establish minimum standards for a company’s operations will be supported. In addition, requests for independent monitoring of overseas operations will be supported.

The Glenmede Policy generally supports proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights; such as the use of slave, child, or prison labor; a government that is illegitimate; or there is a call by human rights advocates, pro-democracy organizations, or legitimately-elected representatives for economic sanctions. The use of child, sweatshop, or forced labor is unethical and can damage corporate reputations. Poor labor practices can lead to litigation against the company, which can be costly and time consuming.

Human Rights Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation:

 

    Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to implement human rights standards and workplace codes of conduct.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the implementation and reporting on ILO codes of conduct, SA 8000 Standards, or the Global Sullivan Principles.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that call for the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that call for independent monitoring programs in conjunction with local and respected religious and human rights groups to monitor supplier and licensee compliance with codes.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals that seek publication of a “Code of Conduct” to the company’s foreign suppliers and licensees, requiring they satisfy all applicable standards and laws protecting employees’ wages, benefits, working conditions, freedom of association, and other rights.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports on, or the adoption of, vendor standards including: reporting on incentives to encourage suppliers to raise standards rather than terminate contracts and providing public disclosure of contract supplier reviews on a regular basis.

 

    Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor standards for foreign and domestic suppliers to ensure that the company will not do business with foreign suppliers that manufacture products for sale using forced labor, child labor, or that fail to comply with applicable laws protecting employee’s wages and working conditions.

 

    Vote for proposals requesting that a company conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment process.

 

B-224

 

 

 

   60 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

MacBride Principles

These resolutions have called for the adoption of the MacBride Principles for operations located in Northern Ireland. They request companies operating abroad to support the equal employment opportunity policies that apply in facilities they operate domestically. The principles were established to address the sectarian hiring problems between Protestants and Catholics in Northern Ireland. It is well documented that Northern Ireland’s Catholic community faced much higher unemployment figures than the Protestant community. In response to this problem, the U.K. government instituted the New Fair Employment Act of 1989 (and subsequent amendments) to address the sectarian hiring problems.

Many companies believe that the Act adequately addresses the problems and that further action, including adoption of the MacBride Principles, only duplicates the efforts already underway. In evaluating a proposal to adopt the MacBride Principles, shareholders must decide whether the principles will cause companies to divest, and therefore worsen the unemployment problem, or whether the principles will promote equal hiring practices. Proponents believe that the Fair Employment Act does not sufficiently address the sectarian hiring problems. They argue that the MacBride Principles serve to stabilize the situation and promote further investment.

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Support the MacBride Principles for operations in Northern Ireland that request companies to abide by equal employment opportunity policies.

Community Social and Environmental Impact Assessments

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for requests for reports outlining policies and/or the potential (community) social and/or environmental impact of company operations considering:

 

    Current disclosure of applicable policies and risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    The impact of regulatory non-compliance, litigation, remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including the management of relevant community and stakeholder relations;

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s operations in the specific region(s);

 

    The degree to which company policies and procedures are consistent with industry norms; and

 

    Scope of the resolution.

Operations in High Risk Markets

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on requests for a report on a company’s potential financial and reputational risks associated with operations in “high-risk” markets, such as a terrorism-sponsoring state or politically/socially unstable region, taking into account:

 

    The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption;

 

    Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s) and risk management procedures;

 

    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws;

 

    Consideration of other international policies, standards, and laws; and

 

    Whether the company has been recently involved in recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets.

Outsourcing/Offshoring

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing/plant closures, considering:

 

    Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant market(s);

 

    The value of the requested report to shareholders;

 

B-225

 

 

 

   61 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The company’s current level of disclosure of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and

 

    The company’s existing human rights standards relative to industry peers.

Weapons and Military Sales

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

Generally vote against proposals asking a company to cease production or report on the risks associated with the use of depleted uranium munitions or nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Such contracts are monitored by government agencies, serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

Political Activities

Lobbying

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying (including direct, indirect, and grassroots lobbying) activities, policies, or procedures, considering:

 

    The company’s current disclosure of relevant lobbying policies, and management and board oversight;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding trade associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities.

Political Contributions

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals requesting greater disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending policies and activities, considering:

 

    The company’s policies, and management and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used for political purposes;

 

    The company’s disclosure regarding its support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and

 

    Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities.

Vote against proposals barring a company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level; barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Vote against proposals to publish in newspapers and other media a company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

 

B-226

 

 

 

   62 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Political Ties

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against proposals asking a company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace, so long as:

 

    There are no recent, significant controversies, fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and

 

    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion.

Vote against proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

7. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

Election of Directors

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance as a closed-end fund;

 

    Market in which the fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

Proxy Contests

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proxy contests, considering the following factors:

 

    Past performance relative to its peers;

 

    Market in which fund invests;

 

    Measures taken by the board to address the issues;

 

    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;

 

    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

    Independence of directors;

 

    Experience and skills of director candidates;

 

    Governance profile of the company;

 

    Evidence of management entrenchment.

Investment Advisory Agreements

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:

 

    Proposed and current fee schedules;

 

    Fund category/investment objective;

 

    Performance benchmarks;

 

    Share price performance as compared with peers;

 

    Resulting fees relative to peers;

 

    Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).

 

B-227

 

 

 

   63 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of new classes or series of shares.

Preferred Stock Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:

 

    Stated specific financing purpose;

 

    Possible dilution for common shares;

 

    Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.

1940 Act Policies

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Regulatory developments;

 

    Current and potential returns; and

 

    Current and potential risk.

Generally vote for these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.

Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:

 

    The fund’s target investments;

 

    The reasons given by the fund for the change; and

 

    The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.

Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.

Name Change Proposals

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on name change proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Political/economic changes in the target market;

 

    Consolidation in the target market; and

 

    Current asset composition.

 

B-228

 

 

 

   64 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Change in Fund’s Subclassification

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors:

 

    Potential competitiveness;

 

    Current and potential returns;

 

    Risk of concentration;

 

    Consolidation in target industry.

Business Development Companies—Authorization to Sell Shares of Common Stock at a Price below Net Asset Value

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for proposals authorizing the board to issue shares below Net Asset Value (NAV) if:

 

    The proposal to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

    The sale is deemed to be in the best interests of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who have no financial interest in the issuance; and

 

    The company has demonstrated responsible past use of share issuances by either:

 

    Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or

 

    Providing disclosure that its past share issuances were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.

Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:

 

    Strategies employed to salvage the company;

 

    The fund’s past performance;

 

    The terms of the liquidation.

Changes to the Charter Document

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:

 

    The degree of change implied by the proposal;

 

    The efficiencies that could result;

 

    The state of incorporation;

 

    Regulatory standards and implications.

Vote against any of the following changes:

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;

 

    Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;

 

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.

 

B-229

 

 

 

   65 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Changing the Domicile of a Fund

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:

 

    Regulations of both states;

 

    Required fundamental policies of both states;

 

    The increased flexibility available.

Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisers Without Shareholder Approval

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against proposals authorizing the board to hire or terminate subadvisers without shareholder approval if the investment adviser currently employs only one subadviser.

Distribution Agreements

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;

 

    The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;

 

    The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;

 

    The terms of the agreement.

Master-Feeder Structure

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote for the establishment of a master-feeder structure.

Mergers

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on merger proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Resulting fee structure;

 

    Performance of both funds;

 

    Continuity of management personnel;

 

    Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds

Establish Director Ownership Requirement

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Generally vote against shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote for the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.

 

B-230

 

 

 

   66 of 67


Table of Contents
   2017 Glenmede Women in Leadership Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Terminate the Investment Advisor

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

 

    Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

 

    The fund’s history of shareholder relations;

 

    The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

8. FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES

 

  Glenmede Policy Recommendation: Vote against (or withhold from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. Otherwise, they, and all other voting items, will be evaluated using the relevant Glenmede regional or market proxy voting guidelines.

 

B-231

 

 

 

   67 of 67


Table of Contents

LOGO

Europe

Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

2017 Benchmark Policy Recommendations

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2017    

Published January 18, 2017

 

LOGO

B-232

www.issgovernance.com

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

COVERAGE UNIVERSE

     4  

DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS

     4  

1.

  OPERATIONAL ITEMS      4  
 

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

     4  
 

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

     4  
 

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

     5  
 

Allocation of Income

     5  
 

Amendments to Articles of Association

     5  
 

Change in Company Fiscal Term

     5  
 

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

     5  
 

Amend Quorum Requirements

     6  
 

Transact Other Business

     6  

2.

  BOARD OF DIRECTORS      6  
 

Non-Contested Director Elections

     6  
 

Director Terms

     7  
 

Bundling of Proposal to Elect Directors

     7  
 

Board Independence

     7  
 

Disclosure of Names of Nominees

     8  
 

Combined Chairman/CEO

     8  
 

Election of a Former CEO as Chairman of the Board

     9  
 

Overboarded Directors

     9  
 

Voto di Lista (Italy)

     9  
 

One Board Seat per Director

     10  
 

Composition of Committees

     10  
 

Composition Nomination Committee (Sweden, Norway, and Finland)

     11  
 

Election of Censors (France)

     11  
 

ISS Classification of Directors - European Policy

     11  
 

Contested Director Elections

     13  
 

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

     13  
 

Committee of Representatives and Corporate Assembly Elections (Denmark and Norway)

     13  
 

Discharge of Directors

     13  
 

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

     14  
 

Board Structure

     14  

3.

  CAPITAL STRUCTURE      14  
 

CAPITAL SYSTEMS

     14  
 

SHARE ISSUANCE REQUESTS

     15  
 

General Issuances

     15  
 

Specific Issuances

     15  

 

 

B-233

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   2 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

 

Increases in Authorized Capital

     15  
 

Reduction of Capital

     15  
 

Capital Structures

     16  
 

Florange Act- Double Voting Rights (France)

     16  
 

Preferred Stock

     16  
 

Debt Issuance Requests

     16  
 

Pledging of Assets for Debt

     17  
 

Increase in Borrowing Powers

     17  
 

Share Repurchase Plans

     17  
 

Market-Specific Exceptions

     18  
 

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

     18  
 

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

     18  

4.

  COMPENSATION      18  
 

COMPENSATION GUIDELINES

     18  
 

Preamble

     18  
 

Executive compensation-related proposals

     19  
 

Non-Executive Director Compensation

     20  
 

Equity-based Compensation Guidelines

     20  
 

French Burn Rate Table for 2017

     21  
 

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

     22  
 

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

     22  
 

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

     22  

5.

  ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES      23  
 

Voting on Social and Environmental Proposals

     23  

6.

  OTHER ITEMS      23  
 

Reorganizations/Restructurings

     23  
 

Mergers and Acquisitions

     23  
 

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

     24  
 

Reincorporation Proposals

     24  
 

Expansion of Business Activities

     24  
 

Related-Party Transactions

     24  
 

Antitakeover Mechanisms

     24  
 

Shareholder Proposals

     25  
 

Authority to Reduce Minimum Notice Period for Calling a Meeting

     25  
 

Auditor Report Including Related Party Transactions (France)

     26  

 

B-234

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   3 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

COVERAGE UNIVERSE

The following is a condensed version of the proxy voting recommendations contained in ISS’ European Proxy Voting Manual.

ISS’ European Policy applies to Member States of the European Union (EU) or the European Free Trade Association (EFTA), with the exception of the United Kingdom and Ireland, which are subject to the UK and Ireland policy which is based on the National Association of Pension Funds (NAPF) Corporate Governance Policy and Voting Guidelines. In both cases, European territories that are politically associated with a given Member State are subject to the same policy as that Member State. Other European territories are subject to either ISS’ separate, market-specific policies, or ISS’ EMEA Regional Policy.

Specifically, ISS’ European Policy applies to companies incorporated in the following territories: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, the Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, the Faroe Islands, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Greenland, Hungary, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sweden, and Switzerland.

ISS’ approach is not “one-size-fits-all” and takes relevant market-specific factors into account in our research and recommendations. Therefore this document distinguishes in various places between different markets and on the basis of other differentiating factors. These distinctions are based on different market practices and best practice recommendations throughout Europe.

DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS

The term “widely held” refers to companies that ISS designates as such based on their membership in a major index and/or the number of ISS clients holding the securities.

For stylistic purposes, this document may use the adjectival form of country names to refer to companies incorporated or listed in a given market.

1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

    There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

    The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to ratify auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

    There are serious concerns about the procedures used by the auditor;

 

    There is reason to believe that the auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

 

B-235

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   4 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    External auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company;

 

    Name of the proposed auditors has not been published;

 

    The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

    For widely-held companies, fees for non-audit services exceed either 100 percent of standard audit-related fees or any stricter limit set in local best practice recommendations or law.

In circumstances where fees for non-audit services include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events: initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergence, and spinoffs; and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees which are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit fees.

For concerns relating to the audit procedures, independence of auditors, and/or name of auditors, ISS will focus on the auditor election. For concerns relating to fees paid to the auditors, ISS will focus on remuneration of auditors if this is a separate voting item, otherwise ISS would focus on the auditor election.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:

 

    There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used; or

 

    Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

    The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

    The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

    The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

Amendments to Articles of Association

 

    General Recommendation: Vote amendments to the articles of association on a case-by-case basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

 

 

B-236

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   5 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a case-by-case basis.

Transact Other Business

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against other business when it appears as a voting item.

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Non-Contested Director Elections

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

    Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

    There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

    There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

    There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests;

 

    The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards;

 

    There are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities; and

 

    Repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

In addition to these general factors, ISS may recommend against due to concerns related to at least one of the following specific factors, which are presented below as separate subsections:

 

  I. Director Terms

 

  II. Bundling of Proposals to Elect Directors

 

  III. Board independence

 

  IV. Disclosure of Names of Nominees

 

  V. Combined Chairman/CEO

 

  VI. Election of a Former CEO as Chairman of the Board

 

  VII. Overboarded Directors

 

  VIII. Voto di Lista (Italy)

 

  IX. One Board Seat per Director

 

  X. Composition of Committees

 

  XI. Composition Nominating Committee (Sweden and Norway)

 

  XII. Election of Censors (France)

This policy is distinct from ISS’ policy on contested director elections, which is presented as a separate policy item.

Note also that this policy is complemented by three additional policies: “Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions” and “Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions,” which both address a comparatively rare set of additional circumstances, and “Corporate Assembly and Committee of Representatives Elections,” which states how ISS applies its director election policy in Norway and Denmark in cases where the board is not directly elected by shareholders.

 

 

B-237

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   6 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Director Terms

For Belgium, France, Italy, Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland, vote against the election or re-election of any director when his/her term is not disclosed or when it exceeds four years and adequate explanation for non-compliance has not been provided. In these markets, the maximum board terms are either recommended best practice or required by legislation. Under best practice recommendations, companies should shorten the terms for directors when the terms exceed the limits suggested by best practices. The policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled as well as unbundled items.

Clients will also be advised to vote against article amendment proposals to extend board terms. In cases where a company’s articles provide for a shorter limit and where the company wishes to extend director terms from three or fewer years to four years, for example, ISS will recommend a vote against, based on the general principle that director accountability is maximized by elections with a short period of renewal.

Bundling of Proposal to Elect Directors

Bundling together proposals that could be presented as separate voting items is not considered good market practice, because bundled resolutions leave shareholders with an all-or-nothing choice, skewing power disproportionately towards the board and away from shareholders. As director elections are one of the most important voting decisions that shareholders make, directors should be elected individually.

For the markets of Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, France, Germany, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, and Spain vote against the election or reelection of any directors if individual director elections are an established market practice and the company proposes a single slate of directors.

Board Independence

Independence will be determined according to ISS’ European Classification of Directors. If a nominee cannot be categorized, ISS will consider that person non-independent and include that nominee in the calculation.

The following policies would be applied to all widely held companies1, unless there is a majority shareholder:

 

    For all markets (except Greece or Portugal), vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if:

 

    Fewer than 50 percent of the board members elected by shareholders, excluding, where relevant, employee shareholder representatives, would be independent, or

 

    Fewer than one-third of all board members, including those who, in accordance with local law(s) requiring their mandatory board membership, are not elected by shareholders, would be independent.

 

    In Italy, at least half of the board should be independent (50 percent). Issuers with a controlling shareholder will be required to have a board consisting of at least one-third independent members (33 percent). This applies to individual director appointments (co-options). In the case of complete board renewals that are regulated by the Italian slate system (“voto di lista”), board independence will be one of the factors for determining which list of nominees ISS considers best suited to add value for shareholders based, as applicable, on ISS European policies.

 

1  Widely held companies are interpreted as:

 

    Generally, based on their membership in a major index and/or the number of ISS clients holding the securities;

 

    For Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Finland, and Luxembourg: based on local blue chip market index and/or MSCI EAFE companies;

 

    For Portugal, based on their membership in the PSI-20 and/or MSCI-EAFE index

 

B-238

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   7 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    For companies incorporated in Portugal or Greece, at least one-third of the board will be required to be independent. ISS will recommend a vote against the entire slate of candidates (in the case of bundled elections), or a vote against the election of any non-independent directors (in the case of unbundled elections) if board independence level does not meet the minimum recommended one-third threshold.

For companies with a majority shareholder (excluding Italy and Portugal):

 

    Generally vote against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if the level of independence on the board will be lower than minority shareholders’ percentage of equity ownership, or, in any case, if the board will be less than one-third independent (whichever is higher).

 

    Minority shareholders’ ownership percentage is calculated by subtracting the majority shareholder’s equity ownership percentage from 100 percent. Majority control is defined in terms of economic interest and not voting rights, and is considered to be any shareholder or group of shareholders acting collectively that control at least 50 percent + 1 share of the company’s equity capital. This independence threshold is applied to controlled widely held companies or main index-listed/MSCI-EAFE member companies which would otherwise fall under a 50-percent independence guideline as described in the Board Independence Policy.

 

    However, in markets where the local corporate governance code addresses board independence at controlled companies, ISS will generally recommend against the election or reelection of any non-independent directors (excluding the CEO) if the level of independence on the board is lower than the local code recommendation, but in any case, if the level of board independence will be less than one-third.

Disclosure of Names of Nominees

Vote against the election or reelection of any and all director nominees when the names of the nominees are not available at the time the ISS analysis is being written. This policy will be applied to all companies in these markets, for bundled and unbundled items.

Combined Chairman/CEO

Generally, vote against (re)election of combined chair/CEOs at widely held European companies. However, when the company provides assurance that the chair/CEO would only serve in the combined role on an interim basis (no more than two years), with the intent of separating the roles within a given time frame, considerations should be given to these exceptional circumstances. In this respect, the vote recommendation would be made on a case-by-case basis. In order for ISS to consider a favorable vote recommendation for a combined chair/CEO to serve on an interim basis, the company would need to provide adequate control mechanisms on the board (such as a lead independent director, a high overall level of board independence, and a high level of independence on the board’s key committees).

This policy will be applied to all widely held European companies that propose the (re)election of a combined chair/CEO to the board, including cases where the chair/CEO is included in an election by slate.

 

B-239

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   8 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Election of a Former CEO as Chairman of the Board

Generally vote against the election or reelection of a former CEO as chairman to the supervisory board or board of directors at widely held companies in Germany, Austria, and the Netherlands. In markets such as Germany, where the general meeting only elects the nominees and, subsequently, the new board’s chairman, ISS will generally recommend a vote against the election or reelection of a former CEO, unless the company has publicly confirmed prior to the general meeting that he will not proceed to become chairman of the board.

Considerations should be given to any of the following exceptional circumstances on a case-by-case basis if:

 

    There are compelling reasons that justify the election or reelection of a former CEO as chairman; or

 

    The former CEO is proposed to become the board’s chairman only on an interim or temporary basis; or

 

    The former CEO is proposed to be elected as the board’s chairman for the first time after a reasonable cooling-off period; or

Overboarded Directors

In Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland, at widely held companies, ISS will generally recommend a vote against a candidate when s/he holds an excessive number of board appointments, as referenced by the more stringent of the provisions prescribed in local law or best practice governance codes, or as defined by the following guidelines:

 

    Directors who hold more than five non-chair non-executive director positions.

 

    A non-executive chairman who, in addition to this role, holds (i) more than three non-chair non-executive director positions, (ii) more than one other non-executive chair position and one non-chair non-executive director position, or (iii) any executive position.

 

    Executive directors or those in comparable roles holding (i) more than two non-chair non-executive director positions, (ii) any other executive positions, or (iii) any non-executive chair position.

An adverse vote recommendation will not be applied to a director within a company where he/she serves as CEO; instead, any adverse vote recommendations will be applied to his/her additional seats on other company boards. The same is also valid for non-executive chairmen, except (i) where they exclusively hold other non-executive chair and/or executive positions or (ii) where they are elected as non-executive chairman for the first time.

ISS will take into account board positions held in global publicly listed companies outside the same group, defined as a group of companies in which a common parent company controls at least 50 percent + 1 share of equity capital, alone or in concert.

For directors standing for (re)election at French companies, ISS will take into account board appointments as censors in French publicly listed companies.

Executive directors or those in comparable roles within investment holding companies will generally be treated similar to non-executive directors when applying this policy.

Voto di Lista (Italy)

In Italy, director elections generally take place through the voto di lista mechanism (similar to slate elections). Since the Italian implementation of the European Shareholder Rights Directive (effective since Nov. 1, 2010), issuers must publish the various lists 21 days in advance of the meeting.

 

 

B-240

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   9 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Since shareholders only have the option to support one such list, where lists are published in sufficient time, ISS will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis, determining which list of nominees it considers is best suited to add value for shareholders based, as applicable, on ISS European policies for Director Elections and for Contested Director Elections.

Those companies that are excluded from the provisions of the European Shareholder Rights Directive publish lists of nominees 10 days before the meeting. In the case where nominees are not published in sufficient time, ISS will recommend a vote against the director elections before the lists of director nominees are disclosed. Once the various lists of nominees are disclosed, ISS will issue an alert to its clients and, if appropriate, change its vote recommendation to support one particular list.

One Board Seat per Director

In cases where a director holds more than one board seat on a single board and the corresponding votes, manifested as one seat as a physical person plus an additional seat(s) as a representative of a legal entity, vote against the election/reelection of such legal entities and in favor of the physical person.

However, an exception is made if the representative of the legal entity holds the position of CEO. In such circumstances, ISS will typically recommend a vote in favor of the legal entity and against the election/reelection of the physical person.

While such occurrences are rare, there have been cases where a board member may have multiple board seats and corresponding votes. Holding several board seats concurrently within one board increases this person’s direct influence on board decisions and creates an inequality among board members.

This situation has manifested in Belgium, Luxembourg, and France. This is not a good corporate governance practice, as it places disproportionate influence and control in one person.

Composition of Committees

In Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland, vote against the (re)election of executives who serve on the company’s audit or remuneration committee. ISS may recommend against if the disclosure is too poor to determine whether an executive serves or will serve on a committee. If a company does not have an audit or a remuneration committee, ISS may consider that the entire board fulfills the role of a committee. In such case, ISS may recommend against the executives, including the CEO, up for election to the board.

For Belgium, the Netherlands, and Switzerland, vote against the (re)election of non-independent members of the audit committee and/or the remuneration committee if their (re)election would lead to a non-independent majority on the respective committee.

These policies apply only to companies for which ISS includes overall board independence as a factor in its analysis of board elections.

Markets where local corporate governance codes prescribe specific composition requirements are assessed in accordance with compliance with their local codes. More stringent requirements are applied to those markets where local corporate governance codes prescribe more robust composition requirements.

 

B-241

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   10 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Composition Nomination Committee (Sweden, Norway, and Finland)

Vote for proposals in Sweden, Norway, and Finland to elect or appoint a nominating committee consisting mainly of non-board members.

Vote for shareholder proposals calling for disclosure of the names of the proposed candidates at the meeting, as well as the inclusion of a representative of minority shareholders in the committee.

The above policy notwithstanding, vote against proposals in Sweden to elect or appoint such a committee if the company is on the MSCI-EAFE or local main index and the following conditions exist:

1. A member of the executive management would be a member of the committee;

2. More than one board member who is dependent on a major shareholder would be on the committee; or

3. The chair of the board would also be the chair of the committee.

In cases where the principles for the establishment of the nominating committee, rather than the election of the committee itself, are being voted on, vote against the adoption of the principles if any of the above conditions are met for the current committee, and there is no publicly available information indicating that this would no longer be the case for the new nominating committee.

Election of Censors (France)

For widely held companies, ISS will generally recommend a vote against proposals seeking shareholder approval to elect a censor, to amend bylaws to authorize the appointment of censors, or to extend the maximum number of censors to the board. However, ISS will recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis when the company provides assurance that the censor would serve on a short-term basis (maximum one year) with the intent to retain the nominee before his/her election as director. In this case, consideration shall also be given to the nominee’s situation (notably overboarding or other factors of concern).

In consideration of the principle that censors should be appointed on a short-term basis, vote against any proposal to renew the term of a censor or to extend the statutory term of censors.

ISS Classification of Directors—European Policy

Executive Director

 

    Employee or executive of the company;

 

    Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

    Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

    Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

    Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

    Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder unless there is a clear lack of material4 connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

 

B-242

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   11 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., members of a family that beneficially own less than 10 percent individually, but collectively own more than 10 percent), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

    Government representative;

 

    Currently provides (or a relative¹ provides) professional services2 to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

    Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains a transactional/commercial relationship (unless the company discloses information to apply a materiality test3);

 

    Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

    Relative¹ of a current or former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

    A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the general meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

    Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

    Former executive (five-year cooling off period);

 

    Excessive years of service from date of first appointment, as determined by the EC Recommendation 2005/162/EC, local corporate governance codes, or local best practice, is generally a determining factor in evaluating director independence.4 ;

 

    Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

    Not classified as non-independent by ISS (see above);

 

    No material5 connection, either direct or indirect, to the company (other than a board seat) or to a significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

    Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” and considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes

 

1 “Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
2 Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.
3 A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated; or
A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) compared to the company’s total assets is more than 5 percent.
4 For example, the EC recommendation 2005/162/EC’s definition of independence provides that in order to remain independent, a non-executive director shall have served on the [supervisory] board for no more than 12 years. For countries governed by ISS’ European policy, ISS will follow the EC recommendation and apply stricter tenure limits where recommended by local corporate governance codes or established by local best practice.

 

 

B-243

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   12 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

5 For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal, or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Contested Director Elections

 

    General Recommendation: For contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, ISS will make its recommendation on a case-by-case basis, determining which directors are considered best suited to add value for shareholders.

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

 

    Company performance relative to its peers;

 

    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

    Independence of directors/nominees;

 

    Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

    Governance profile of the company;

 

    Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

    Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

    Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed;

 

    Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, ISS will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the proponents proved that board change is warranted? And if so, (2) Are the proponent board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value).

Voting on Directors for Egregious Actions

 

    General Recommendation: Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, on a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

    Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

    Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

    Egregious actions related to the director(s)’service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

Committee of Representatives and Corporate Assembly Elections (Denmark and Norway)

 

    General Recommendation: For Norwegian and Danish companies where shareholders vote on elections for members of the corporate assembly or committee of representatives, but not directly on the board of directors, vote case-by-case on corporate assembly and committee of representative elections based on the board of directors’ compliance with ISS’ director election policy.

Discharge of Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling concerns that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties, warranted on a case-by-case basis, by:

 

B-244

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   13 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest;

 

    Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged action yet to be confirmed (and not only in the fiscal year in question) such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions;

 

    Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a case-by-case basis.

Vote against proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for routine proposals to fix board size.

Vote against the introduction of classified boards and/or mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote against proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Capital Systems

European capital systems can be broadly defined as either authorized or conditional. Both systems provide companies with the means to finance business activities, but they are considerably different in structure. Which system is used by a company is determined by the economic and legal structure of the market in which it operates. However, many capital systems display slight variations on the two systems, and some systems bear features from both systems, if only on a cosmetic level.

Under the conditional capital system, companies seek authorizations for pools of capital, which typically have fixed periods of availability. For example, if a company seeks to establish a pool of capital for general issuance purposes, it requests the creation of a certain number of shares with or without preemptive rights, issuable piecemeal at the discretion of the board, generally for a fixed period of time. This type of authority would be used to carry out a general rights issue or small issuances without preemptive rights.

The authorized capital system sets a limit in a company’s articles on the total number of shares that can be issued by the company’s board. The system allows companies to issue shares from this preapproved limit, although in many markets shareholder approval must be obtained prior to an issuance. Companies also request shareholder approval for increases in authorization when the amount of shares contained in the articles is inadequate for issuance authorities.

 

B-245

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   14 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for issuance authorities with pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital and as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

Vote for issuance authorities without pre-emptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent (or a lower limit if local market best practice recommendations provide) of currently issued capital as long as the share issuance authorities’ periods are clearly disclosed (or implied by the application of a legal maximum duration) and in line with market-specific practices and/or recommended guidelines (e.g. issuance periods limited to 18 months for the Netherlands).

For French companies:

 

    Vote for general issuance requests with preemptive rights, or without preemptive rights but with a binding “priority right,” for a maximum of 50 percent over currently issued capital.

 

    Generally vote for general authorities to issue shares without preemptive rights up to a maximum of 10 percent of share capital. When companies are listed on a regulated market, the maximum discount on share issuance price proposed in the resolution must, in addition, comply with the legal discount (i.e., a maximum of 5 percent discount to the share listing price) for a vote for to be warranted.

Specific Issuances

 

    General Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote for specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

    The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

    The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote against proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a case-by-case basis.

 

B-246

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   15 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Capital Structures

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for resolutions that seek to maintain, or convert to, a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

Vote against requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Florange Act- Double Voting Rights (France)

For French companies that:

 

    Did not have a bylaw allowing for double voting rights before the enactment of the Law of 29 March 2014 (Florange Act); and

 

    Do not currently have a bylaw prohibiting double-voting rights; and either

 

    Do not have on their ballot for shareholder approval a bylaw amendment to prohibit double-voting, submitted by either management or shareholders; or

 

    Have not made a public commitment to submit such a bylaw amendment to shareholder vote before April 3, 2016;

Then, on a case-by-case basis, ISS may recommend against the following types of proposals:

 

    The reelection of directors or supervisory board members; or

 

    The approval of the discharge of directors; or

 

    If neither reelection of directors/supervisory board members nor approval of discharge is considered appropriate, then the approval of the annual report and accounts.

Preferred Stock

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote against the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Vote against the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a case-by-case basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

 

    General Recommendation: Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a case-by-case basis, with or without pre-emptive rights.

 

B-247

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   16 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS’ guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote for proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a case-by-case basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a case-by-case basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will generally recommend for market repurchase authorities (share repurchase programs) if the terms comply with the following criteria:

 

    A repurchase limit of up to 10 percent of outstanding issued share capital;

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    Duration of no more than 5 years, or such lower threshold as may be set by applicable law, regulation, or code of governance best practice.

Authorities to repurchase shares in excess of the 10 percent repurchase limit will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. ISS may support such share repurchase authorities under special circumstances, which are required to be publicly disclosed by the company, provided that, on balance, the proposal is in shareholders’ interests. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    Duration of no more than 18 months.

In markets where it is normal practice not to provide a repurchase limit, ISS will evaluate the proposal based on the company’s historical practice. However, ISS expects companies to disclose such limits and, in the future, may recommend a vote against companies that fail to do so. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    Duration of no more than 18 months.

In addition, ISS will recommend against any proposal where:

 

    The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

    There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

    There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;

 

    Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

 

B-248

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   17 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Market-Specific Exceptions

For Italy and Germany, vote for share-repurchase plans and share reissuance plans that would use call and put options if the following criteria are met:

 

    The duration of the authorization is limited in time to no more than 18 months;

 

    The total number of shares covered by the authorization is disclosed;

 

    The number of shares that would be purchased with call options and/or sold with put options is limited to a maximum of 5 percent of currently outstanding capital (or half of the total amounts allowed by law in Italy and Germany);

 

    A financial institution, with experience conducting sophisticated transactions, is indicated as the party responsible for the trading; and

 

    The company has a clean track record regarding repurchases.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

4. COMPENSATION

Compensation Guidelines

Preamble

The assessment of compensation follows the ISS Global Principles on Executive and Director Compensation which are detailed below. These principles take into account global corporate governance best practice.

The ISS Global Principles on Compensation underlie market-specific policies in all markets:

 

  1. Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures;

 

  2. Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment with emphasis on long-term shareholder value;

 

  3. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure;”

 

  4. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee;

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

In line with European Commission Recommendation 2004/913/EC, ISS believes that seeking annual shareholder approval for a company’s compensation policy is a positive corporate governance provision.

In applying the Five Global Principles, ISS has formulated European Compensation Guidelines which take into account local codes of governance, market best practice, and the Recommendations published by the European Commission. ISS analyzes compensation-related proposals based on the role of the beneficiaries and has therefore divided its executive and director compensation policy into two domains:

 

 

B-249

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   18 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  I. Executive compensation-related proposals; and

 

  II. Non-executive director compensation-related proposals

Executive compensation-related proposals

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will evaluate management proposals seeking ratification of a company’s executive compensation-related items on a case-by-case basis, and where relevant, will take into account the European Pay for Performance Model2 outcomes within a qualitative review of a company’s remuneration practices. ISS will generally recommend a vote against a company’s compensation-related proposal if such proposal fails to comply with one or a combination of several of the global principles and their corresponding rules:

 

  1. Provide shareholders with clear and comprehensive compensation disclosures:

 

  1.1. Information on compensation-related proposals shall be made available to shareholders in a timely manner;

 

  1.2. The level of disclosure of the proposed compensation policy shall be sufficient for shareholders to make an informed decision and shall be in line with what local market best practice standards dictate;

 

  1.3. Companies shall adequately disclose all elements of the compensation, including:

 

  1.3.1. Any short- or long-term compensation component must include a maximum award limit.

 

  1.3.2. Long-term incentive plans must provide sufficient disclosure of (i) the exercise price/strike price (options); (ii) discount on grant; (iii) grant date/period; (iv) exercise/vesting period; and, if applicable, (v) performance criteria.

 

  1.3.3. Discretionary payments, if applicable.

 

  2. Maintain appropriate pay structure with emphasis on long-term shareholder value:

 

  2.1. The structure of the company’s short-term incentive plan shall be appropriate.

 

  2.1.1. The compensation policy must notably avoid guaranteed or discretionary compensation.

 

  2.2. The structure of the company’s long-term incentives shall be appropriate, including, but not limited to, dilution, vesting period, and, if applicable, performance conditions.

 

  2.2.1. Equity-based plans or awards that are linked to long-term company performance will be evaluated using ISS’ general policy for equity-based plans; and

 

  2.2.2. For awards granted to executives, ISS will generally require a clear link between shareholder value and awards, and stringent performance-based elements.

 

  2.3. The balance between short- and long-term variable compensation shall be appropriate

 

  2.3.1. The company’s executive compensation policy must notably avoid disproportionate focus on short-term variable element(s)

 

  3. Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”:

 

  3.1. The board shall demonstrate good stewardship of investor’s interests regarding executive compensation practices (principle being supported by Pay for Performance Evaluation2).

 

  3.1.1. There shall be a clear link between the company’s performance and variable awards.

 

 

2  Definition of Pay-for-Performance Evaluation:

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to measure the alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the European Main Indices, this analysis considers the following:

 

    Peer Group Alignment:

 

    The degree of alignment between the company’s annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

 

    The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative to the peer group median.

 

    Absolute Alignment – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

 

B-250

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   19 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  3.1.2. There shall not be significant discrepancies between the company’s performance and real executive payouts.

 

  3.1.3. The level of pay for the CEO and members of executive management should not be excessive relative to peers, company performance, and market practices.

 

  3.1.4. Significant pay increases shall be explained by a detailed and compelling disclosure.

 

  3.2. Severance pay agreements must not be in excess of (i) 24 months’ pay or of (ii) any more restrictive provision pursuant to local legal requirements and/or market best practices.

 

  3.3. Arrangements with a company executive regarding pensions and post-mandate exercise of equity-based awards must not result in an adverse impact on shareholders’ interests or be misaligned with good market practices.

 

  4. Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee:

 

  4.1. No executives may serve on the compensation committee.

 

  4.2. In certain markets the compensation committee shall be composed of a majority of independent members, as per ISS policies on director election and board or committee composition.

In addition to the above, ISS will generally recommend a vote against a compensation-related proposal if such proposal is in breach of any other supplemental market-specific ISS voting policies.

Non-Executive Director Compensation

 

  5. Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors.

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will generally recommend a vote for proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors, and will otherwise:

Recommend a vote against where:

 

    Documents (including general meeting documents, annual report) provided prior to the general meeting do not mention fees paid to non-executive directors.

 

    Proposed amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

 

    The company intends to increase the fees excessively in comparison with market/sector practices, without stating compelling reasons that justify the increase.

 

    Proposals provide for the granting of stock options, performance-based equtiy compensation (including stock appreciation rights and performance-vesting restricted stock), and performance-based cash to non-executive directors.

 

    Proposals introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

And recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis where:

 

    Proposals include both cash and share-based components to non-executive directors.

 

    Proposals bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution.

Equity-based Compensation Guidelines

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will generally recommend a vote for equity based compensation proposals for employees if the plan(s) are in line with long-term shareholder interests and align the award with shareholder value. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, the following factors:

The volume of awards transferred to participants must not be excessive: the potential volume of fully diluted issued share capital from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed the following ISS guidelines:

 

 

B-251

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   20 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The shares reserved for all share plans may not exceed 5 percent of a company’s issued share capital, except in the case of high-growth companies or particularly well-designed plans, in which case we allow dilution of between 5 and 10 percent: in this case, we will need to have performance conditions attached to the plans which should be acceptable under ISS criteria (challenging criteria);

 

    The plan(s) must be sufficiently long-term in nature/structure: the minimum vesting period must be no less than three years from date of grant;

 

    The awards must be granted at market price. Discounts, if any, must be mitigated by performance criteria or other features that justify such discount.

 

    If applicable, performance standards must be fully disclosed, quantified, and long-term, with relative performance measures preferred.

Market-specific provisions for France:

 

    The potential volume from equity-based compensation plans must not exceed 10 percent of fully diluted issued share capital.

 

    In addition, for companies that refer to the AFEP-MEDEF Code, all awards (including stock options and warrants) to executives shall be conditional upon challenging performance criteria or premium pricing. For companies referring to the Middlenext Code (or not referring to any code) at least part of the awards to executives shall be conditional upon performance criteria or premium pricing. In both cases, free shares shall remain subject to performance criteria for all beneficiaries.

Finally, for large- and mid-cap companies, the company’s average three year unadjusted burn rate (or, if lower, the maximum volume per year implied by the proposal made at the general meeting) must not exceed the mean plus one standard deviation of its sector. If necessary, these sector-specific caps are adjusted so that they do not change by more than one percentage point from year to year.

In 2016, the GICS methodology was amended. Real Estate is now a separate sector rather than an industry group within the Financials sector. ISS has computed caps for the new Real Estate sector and for the new Financials sector (i.e. excluding the Real Estate group). It has also computed a cap based on the old definition of the Financials sector (i.e. including the Real Estate group). In 2017, ISS will compare the average burn rate of companies in these sectors with the appropriate cap according to the new sector definitions and with the cap computed based on the old definition of the Financials sector. The less stringent of these caps will be used in formulating recommendations. Starting in 2018, the caps calculated according to the new sector definitions will be the only ones affecting the recommendations.

French Burn Rate Table for 2017

 

GICS

 

SECTOR

  Mean     Standard Deviation     Burn Rate Cap  

1010

  ENERGY     0.51     0.39     0.91

1510

  MATERIALS     0.26     0.16     0.42

2010-2030

  INDUSTRIALS     0.33     0.27     0.60

2510-2550

  CONSUMER DISCRETIONARY     0.46     0.56     1.02

3010-3030

  CONSUMER STAPLES     0.13     0.09     0.22

3510-3520

  HEALTHCARE     0.75     1.29     2.04

4510-5010

  TECHNOLOGY & TELECOM     0.47     0.53     1.00

5510

  UTILITIES     0.12     0.11     0.23

4010-4030 (NEW)

  FINANCIALS (EXCLUDING REAL ESTATE)     0.32     0.45     0.77

6010 (NEW)

  REAL ESTATE     0.26     0.28     0.54

4010-4030/6010 (OLD)

  FINANCIALS (INCLUDING REAL ESTATE)     0.30     0.39     0.69

B-252

 

 

B-252

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   21 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Compensation-Related Voting Sanctions

 

    General Recommendation: Should a company be deemed to have egregious remuneration practices (as a result of one or a combination of several factors highlighted above) and has not followed market practice by submitting a resolution on executive compensation, vote against other “appropriate” resolutions as a mark of discontent against such practices.

An adverse vote recommendation could be applied to any of the following on a case-by case basis:

1. The (re)election of members of the remuneration committee;

2. The discharge of directors; or

3. The annual report and accounts.

Failure to propose a resolution on executive compensation to shareholders in a market where this is routine practice may, by itself, lead to one of the above adverse vote recommendations regardless of the companies remuneration practices.

Stock Option Plans – Adjustment for Dividend (Nordic Region)

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against stock option plans in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden if evidence is found that they contain provisions that may result in a disconnect between shareholder value and employee/executive reward.

This includes one or a combination of the following:

 

    Adjusting the strike price for future ordinary dividends AND including expected dividend yield above 0 percent when determining the number of options awarded under the plan;

 

    Having significantly higher expected dividends than actual historical dividends;

 

    Favorably adjusting the terms of existing options plans without valid reason; and/or

 

    Any other provisions or performance measures that result in undue award.

This policy applies to both new plans and amendments to introduce the provisions into already existing stock option plans. ISS will make an exception if a company proposes to reduce the strike price by the amount of future special (extraordinary) dividends only.

Generally vote against if the potential increase of share capital amounts to more than 5 percent for mature companies or 10 percent for growth companies or if options may be exercised below the market price of the share at the date of grant, or that employee options do not lapse if employment is terminated.

Share Matching Plans (Sweden and Norway)

 

    General Recommendation: ISS considers the following factors when evaluating share matching plans:

 

    For every share matching plan, ISS requires a holding period.

 

    For plans without performance criteria, the shares must be purchased at market price.

 

    For broad-based share matching plans directed at all employees, ISS accepts an arrangement up to a 1:1 ratio, i.e. no more than one free share is awarded for every share purchased at market value.

 

    In addition, for plans directed at executives, we require that sufficiently challenging performance criteria be attached to the plan. Higher discounts demand proportionally higher performance criteria.

 

B-253

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   22 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

The dilution of the plan when combined with the dilution from any other proposed or outstanding employee stock purchase/stock matching plans, must comply with ISS’ guidelines.

5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

Voting on Social and Environmental Proposals

Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short-term or long-term.

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will generally recommend a vote on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will be considered:

 

    If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

    If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

    Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, timeframe, or cost) or overly prescriptive;

 

    The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

6. OTHER ITEMS

Reorganizations/Restructurings

 

    General Recommendation: Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Acquisitions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

For every M&A analysis, ISS reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, ISS places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause ISS to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

B-254

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   23 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? ISS will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote against if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to allow shareholders to make an informed voting decision.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Expansion of Business Activities

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

 

    General Recommendation: In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related-party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    The parties on either side of the transaction;

 

    The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

    The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

    The views of independent directors (where provided);

 

    The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

    Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

    The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

If there is a transaction that ISS deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, ISS may recommend against the election of the director involved in the related-party transaction or the full board.

Antitakeover Mechanisms

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

For the Netherlands, vote recommendations regarding management proposals to approve protective preference shares will be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, ISS will recommend voting for protective preference shares (PPS) only if:

 

    The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares and the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of ISS’ categorization rules (ISS’ European Director Independence Guidelines) and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (i.e. a maximum of one member can be non-independent);

 

    No call / put option agreement exists between the company and a foundation for the issuance of PPS;

 

B-255

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   24 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months;

 

    The board of the company-friendly foundation is fully independent;

 

    There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools;

 

    The company states specifically that the issue of PPS is not meant to block a takeover, but will only be used to investigate alternative bids or to negotiate a better deal;

 

    The foundation buying the PPS does not have as a statutory goal to block a takeover; and

 

    The PPS will be outstanding for a period of maximum 6 months (an EGM must be called to determine the continued use of such shares after this period).

As of Feb. 1, 2016, for French companies listed on a regulated market, generally vote against any general authorities impacting the share capital (i.e. authorities for share repurchase plans and any general share issuances with or without preemptive rights, including by capitalization of reserves) if they can be used for antitakeover purposes without shareholders’ prior explicit approval.

Shareholder Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote all shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Vote for proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Vote against proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

Policies dealing with environmental and social themes are covered by their own dedicated policy, presented separately in this document.

Authority to Reduce Minimum Notice Period for Calling a Meeting

 

    General Recommendation: A recommendation to approve the “enabling” authority proposal would be on the basis that ISS would generally expect companies to call EGMs/GMs using a notice period of less than 21 days only in limited circumstances where a shorter notice period will be to the advantage of shareholders as a whole, for example, to keep a period of uncertainty about the future of the company to a minimum. This is particularly true of capital raising proposals or other price sensitive transactions. By definition, AGMs, being regular meetings of the company, should not merit a notice period of less than 21 days.

In a market where local legislation permits an EGM/GM to be called at no less than 14-days’ notice, ISS will generally recommend in favor of a resolution to approve the enabling authority if the company discloses that the shorter notice period of between 20 and 14 days would not be used as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only when the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting. Where the proposal(s) at a given EGM/GM is (are) not time-sensitive, such as the approval of incentive plans, ISS would not expect a company to invoke the shorter notice notwithstanding any prior approval of the enabling authority proposal by shareholders.

In evaluating an enabling authority proposal, ISS would first require that the company make a clear disclosure of its compliance with any hurdle conditions for the authority imposed by applicable law, such as the provision of an electronic voting facility for shareholders. In addition, with the exception of the first AGM at which approval of the enabling authority is sought following implementation of the European Shareholder Rights Directive, when evaluating an enabling authority proposal ISS will take into consideration the company’s use (if any) of shorter notice periods in the preceding year to ensure that such shorter notice periods were invoked solely in connection with genuinely time-sensitive matters. Where the company has not limited its use of the shorter notice periods to such time sensitive-matters and fails to provide a clear explanation for this, ISS will consider a vote against the enabling authority for the coming year.

 

 

B-256

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   25 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Auditor Report Including Related Party Transactions (France)

 

    General Recommendation: ISS will review all auditor reports on related-party transactions and screen for and evaluate agreements with respect to the following issues:

 

    Director Remuneration (including Severance Packages and Pension Benefits)

 

    Consulting Services

 

    Liability Coverage

 

    Certain Business Transactions

In general, ISS expects companies to provide the following regarding related-party transactions:

 

    Adequate disclosure of terms under listed transactions (including individual details of any severance, consulting, or other remuneration agreements with directors and for any asset sales and/or acquisitions);

 

    Sufficient justification on transactions that appear to be unrelated to operations and/or not in shareholders’ best interests;

 

    Fairness opinion (if applicable in special business transactions); and

 

    Any other relevant information that may affect or impair shareholder value, rights, and/or judgment.

In the event that the company fails to provide an annual report in a timely manner, generally at least 21 days prior to the meeting, ISS will recommend votes against these proposals.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

 

B-257

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   26 of 27


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Europe Summary Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

LOGO
 
The Global Leader In Corporate Governance

www.issgovernance.com

 

B-258

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2017 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   27 of 27


Table of Contents

LOGO

Asia-Pacific Region

Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

2017 Benchmark Policy Recommendations

Effective for Meetings on or after February 1, 2017

Published December 23, 2016

 

LOGO

www.issgovernance.com

© 2016 ISS  ï  Institutional Shareholder Services

 

B-259


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

COVERAGE UNIVERSE

     4  
1.    OPERATIONAL ITEMS      4  
  

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

     4  
  

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

     4  
  

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

     4  
  

Allocation of Income

     4  
  

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

     5  
  

Amendments to Articles of Association

     5  
  

Change in Company Fiscal Term

     5  
  

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

     5  
  

Amend Quorum Requirements

     5  
  

Transact Other Business

     5  
2.    BOARD OF DIRECTORS      5  
  

Director Elections

     5  
  

ISS Classification of Directors – Asia-Pacific Region Policy

     7  
  

Contested Director Elections

     9  
  

Discharge of Directors

     9  
  

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

     9  
  

Board Structure

     9  
3.    CAPITAL STRUCTURE      10  
  

Share Issuance Requests

     10  
  

Increases in Authorized Capital

     10  
  

Reduction of Capital

     10  
  

Capital Structures

     10  
  

Preferred Stock

     11  
  

Debt Issuance Requests

     11  
  

Pledging of Assets for Debt

     11  
  

Increase in Borrowing Powers

     11  
  

Share Repurchase Plans

     11  
  

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

     12  
  

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

     12  
4.    COMPENSATION      12  
  

Compensation Plans

     12  
  

Director Compensation

     12  
5.    REORGANIZATIONS/RESTRUCTURINGS      13  
6.    MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS      13  
7.    MISCELLANEOUS AND OTHER PROPOSALS      13  
  

Expansion of Business Activities

     13  

 

B-260

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   2 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

  

Related-Party Transactions

     13  
  

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

     14  
  

Reincorporation Proposals

     14  
8.    ANTITAKEOVER MECHANISMS      14  
9.    SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS      14  
10.    SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES      14  
  

Global Approach

     14  
11.    FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES      15  

 

B-261

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   3 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

COVERAGE UNIVERSE

This document applies to all Asian Pacific markets (excluding Australia, New Zealand China, Japan, Hong Kong, Singapore, India, and Korea, which have separate market policies). Currently this includes Thailand, Malaysia, the Philippines, Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, and Papua New Guinea. Any Asian Pacific markets added to ISS coverage would likely be included under this regional policy.

 

1. OPERATIONAL ITEMS

Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:

 

    There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or

 

    The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.

Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for the (re)election of auditors and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:

 

    There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;

 

    The auditors are being changed without explanation; or

 

    Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.

In circumstances where fees for non-audit services include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events (initial public offerings, bankruptcy emergencies, and spinoffs) and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees, which are an exception to the standard “non-audit fee” category, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining the ratio of non-audit to audit fees.

For concerns related to the audit procedures, independence of auditors, and/or name of auditors, ISS may recommend against the auditor (re)election. For concerns related to fees paid to the auditors, ISS may recommend against remuneration of auditors if this is a separate voting item; otherwise ISS may recommend against the auditor election.

Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for the appointment or (re)election of statutory auditors, unless:

 

    There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;

 

    Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

 

    The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.

Allocation of Income

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for approval of the allocation of income, unless:

 

    The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or

 

    The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.

 

B-262

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   4 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

Vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

Amendments to Articles of Association

 

    General Recommendation: Vote amendments to the articles of association on a case-by-case basis.

Change in Company Fiscal Term

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.

Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a case-by-case basis.

Transact Other Business

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Director Elections

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for management nominees in the election of directors, unless:

 

    Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;

 

    There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;

 

    There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;

 

    There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or

 

    The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.

Generally vote for individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.

Vote against individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).

 

B-263

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   5 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

For Malaysia and Thailand, vote for the election of a board-nominated candidate unless:

 

    He/she has attended less than 75 percent of board and key committee meetings over the most recent year, without satisfactory explanation. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies;

 

    The director has served on the board for less than a year; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

    He/she is an executive director serving on the audit, remuneration, or nomination committees; or

 

    He/she is a non-independent director nominee and the board is less than one-third independent under ISS classification of directors.

In making these recommendations, ISS generally will not recommend against the election of a CEO, managing director, executive chairman, or founder who is integral to the company.

For Bangladesh and Pakistan, vote for the election of a board-nominated candidate unless:

 

    The nominee has attended less than 75 percent of board meetings over the most recent fiscal year, without a satisfactory explanation. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies;

 

    The director has served on the board for less than a year; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

    He/ she is an executive director serving on the audit, remuneration, or nomination committees.

For Sri Lanka, vote for the election of a board-nominated candidate unless:

 

    The nominee has attended less than 75 percent of board meetings over the most recent fiscal year, without a satisfactory explanation. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies;

 

    The director has served on the board for less than a year; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

    He/ she is an executive director serving on the audit, remuneration, or nomination committees; or

 

    He/ she is a non-independent director nominee and independent directors represent less than the higher of two independent directors or one-third of the board.

For Philippines, vote for the election of a board-nominated candidate unless:

 

    He/ she has attended less than 75 percent of board and key committee meetings over the most recent year, without satisfactory explanation. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

 

    Medical issues/illness;

 

    Family emergencies;

 

    The director has served on the board for less than a year; and

 

    Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

 

    He/she is a non-independent director nominee and independent directors represent less than the higher of three independent directors or 30 percent of the board.

 

B-264

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   6 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

In accordance with local standards, in determining whether the required percentage of independent directors is satisfied, the total number of directors is multiplied by 30 percent and the product is rounded down to the nearest whole number. For example, a thirteen-director board with three independent satisfies the board independent requirement, even though the board is only 23.1-percent independent.

In making these recommendations, ISS generally will not recommend against the election of a CEO/president, executive chairman, or founder who is integral to the company.

Vote on a case-by-case basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

Vote for employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote against employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

Vote against the election of directors at all companies if the name(s) of the nominee(s) is not disclosed in a timely manner prior to the meeting.

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against individual directors, members of a committee, or the entire board, due to:

 

    Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

 

    Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

 

    Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

[Please see the ISS Asia-Pacific Regional Classification of Directors on the following page.]

ISS Classification of Directors – Asia-Pacific Region Policy

 

Executive Director

 

    Employee or executive of the company;

 

    Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.

Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)

 

    Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;

 

    Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

    Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;

 

    Any director who is nominated by a dissenting significant shareholder, unless there is a clear lack of material[5] connection with the dissident, either currently or historically;

 

    Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10 percent of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10 percent individually, but collectively own more than 10 percent), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);

 

    Government representative;

 

    Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;

 

B-265

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   7 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which the company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);

 

    Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;

 

    Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;

 

    Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;

 

    A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

 

    Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;

 

    Former executive (five-year cooling off period);

 

    Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]

 

    Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance.

Independent NED

 

    No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company (other than a board seat) or the dissenting significant shareholder.

Employee Representative

 

    Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).

Footnotes:

 

[1] “Relative” follows the definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.
[3] A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding transactions) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is equivalent to either 1 percent of the company’s turnover or 1 percent of the turnover of the company or organization with which the director is associated. OR, A business relationship may be material if the transaction value (of all outstanding financing operations) entered into between the company and the company or organization with which the director is associated is more than 10 percent of the company’s shareholder equity or the transaction value, (of all outstanding financing operations), compared to the company’s total assets, is more than 5 percent.
[4] For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom, Ireland, Hong Kong and Singapore, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.
[5] For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal, or otherwise that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

 

B-266

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   8 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Contested Director Elections

 

    General Recommendation: For contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, ISS will make its recommendation on a case-by-case basis, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.

The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:

 

    Company performance relative to its peers;

 

    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;

 

    Independence of directors/nominees;

 

    Experience and skills of board candidates;

 

    Governance profile of the company;

 

    Evidence of management entrenchment;

 

    Responsiveness to shareholders;

 

    Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed;

 

    Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.

When analyzing a contested election of directors, ISS will generally focus on two central questions: (1) Have the dissidents proved that board change is warranted? And (2) if so, are the dissident board nominees likely to effect positive change (i.e., maximize long-term shareholder value).

Discharge of Directors

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies as to whether the board is fulfilling its fiduciary duties, as evidenced by:

 

    A lack of oversight or actions by board members that invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or

 

    Any legal proceedings (either civil or criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

 

    Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.

For markets that do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.

Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a case-by-case basis.

Vote against proposals to indemnify external auditors.

Board Structure

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to fix board size.

Vote against the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.

Vote against proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.

 

B-267

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   9 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

3. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Share Issuance Requests

General Issuances

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.

Vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Malaysia:

For companies listed on the Main Market and ACE Market of the Bursa Malaysia Securities Bhd (Exchange), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 10 percent of currently issued capital.

For real estate investment trusts (REITs), vote for issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.

Specific Issuances

 

    General Recommendation: Vote on a case-by-case basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.

Increases in Authorized Capital

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

Vote for specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:

 

    The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet ISS guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or

 

    The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.

Vote against proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.

Reduction of Capital

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.

Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a case-by-case basis.

Capital Structures

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.

 

B-268

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   10 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Vote against requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.

Preferred Stock

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.

Generally vote for the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Generally vote against the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.

Generally vote against the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.

Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a case-by-case basis.

Debt Issuance Requests

 

    General Recommendation: Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a case-by-case basis, with or without preemptive rights.

Vote for the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets ISS guidelines on equity issuance requests.

Vote for proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

Pledging of Assets for Debt

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a case-by-case basis.

Increase in Borrowing Powers

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a case-by-case basis.

Share Repurchase Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for market repurchase authorities (share repurchase programs) if the terms comply with the following criteria:

 

    A repurchase limit of up to 10 percent of outstanding issued share capital;

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    A duration of no more than five years, or such lower threshold as may be set by applicable law, regulation or code of governance best practice.

 

B-269

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   11 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

Authorities to repurchase shares in excess of the 10 percent repurchase limit will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. ISS may support such share repurchase authorities under special circumstances, which are required to be publicly disclosed by the company, provided that, on balance, the proposal is in shareholders’ interests. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    A duration of no more than 18 months.

In markets where it is normal practice not to provide a repurchase limit, ISS will evaluate the proposal based on the company’s historical practice. However, ISS expects companies to disclose such limits and, in the future, may recommend a vote against companies that fail to do so. In such cases, the authority must comply with the following criteria:

 

    A holding limit of up to 10 percent of a company’s issued share capital in treasury (“on the shelf”); and

 

    A duration of no more than 18 months.

In addition, vote against any proposal where:

 

    The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;

 

    There is clear evidence of abuse;

 

    There is no safeguard against selective buybacks; and/or

 

    Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.

Reissuance of Repurchased Shares

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.

Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.

 

4. COMPENSATION

Compensation Plans

 

    General Recommendation: Vote compensation plans on a case-by-case basis.

Director Compensation

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.

Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a case-by-case basis.

Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a case-by-case basis.

Generally vote against proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.

 

B-270

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   12 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

5. REORGANIZATIONS/RESTRUCTURINGS

 

    General Recommendation: Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a case-by-case basis.

 

6. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

For every M&A analysis, ISS reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

 

    General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following:

 

    Valuation—Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, ISS places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

 

    Market reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause ISS to scrutinize a deal more closely.

 

    Strategic rationale—Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

 

    Conflicts of interest—Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? ISS will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.

 

    Governance—Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

Vote against if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS AND OTHER PROPOSALS

Expansion of Business Activities

 

    General Recommendation: Vote for resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.

Related-Party Transactions

 

    General Recommendation: In evaluating resolutions that seek shareholder approval on related-party transactions (RPTs), vote on a case-by-case basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    The parties on either side of the transaction;

 

    The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;

 

    The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);

 

    The views of independent directors (where provided);

 

    The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);

 

    Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and

 

    The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.

 

B-271

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   13 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

If there is a transaction that ISS deemed problematic and that was not put to a shareholder vote, ISS may recommend against the election of the director(s) involved in the related-party transaction or against the full board.

Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers

 

    General Recommendation: Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Reincorporation Proposals

 

    General Recommendation: Vote reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis.

 

8. ANTITAKEOVER MECHANISMS

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote against all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.

 

9. SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

    General Recommendation: Vote shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Generally vote for proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.

Generally vote against proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

 

10. SOCIAL/ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Global Approach

Issues covered under the policy include a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor covered standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short term or long term.

 

    General Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case, taking into consideration whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value, and in addition the following will be considered:

 

    If the issues presented in the proposal are more appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

 

    If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

 

    Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope, timeframe, or cost) or overly prescriptive;

 

    The company’s approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

 

B-272

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   14 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

 

    If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether or not implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

11. FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUERS LISTED ON U.S. EXCHANGES

Foreign private issuers (“FPIs”) are defined as companies whose business is administered principally outside the U.S., with more than 50 percent of assets located outside the U.S.; a majority of whose directors/officers are not U.S. citizens or residents; and a majority of whose outstanding voting shares are held by non-residents of the U.S.

Companies that are incorporated outside of the U.S. and listed solely on U.S. exchanges, where they qualify as FPIs, will be subject to the following policy:

 

    General Recommendation: Vote against (or withhold from) non-independent director nominees at companies which fail to meet the following criteria: a majority-independent board, and the presence of an audit, a compensation, and a nomination committee, each of which is entirely composed of independent directors.

Where the design and disclosure levels of equity compensation plans are comparable to those seen at U.S. companies, U.S. compensation policy will be used to evaluate the compensation plan proposals. In all other cases, equity compensation plans will be evaluated according to ISS’ Asia-Pacific Regional Proxy Voting Guidelines.

All other voting items will be evaluated using the relevant ISS regional or market proxy voting guidelines.

This document and all of the information contained in it, including without limitation all text, data, graphs, and charts (collectively, the “Information”) is the property of Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (ISS), its subsidiaries, or, in some cases third party suppliers.

The Information has not been submitted to, nor received approval from, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body. None of the Information constitutes an offer to sell (or a solicitation of an offer to buy), or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial product or other investment vehicle or any trading strategy, and ISS does not endorse, approve, or otherwise express any opinion regarding any issuer, securities, financial products or instruments or trading strategies.

The user of the Information assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information.

ISS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS for A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE INFORMATION.

Without limiting any of the foregoing and to the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall ISS have any liability regarding any of the Information for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential (including lost profits), or any other damages even if notified of the possibility of such damages. The foregoing shall not exclude or limit any liability that may not by applicable law be excluded or limited.

 

B-273

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   15 of 16


Table of Contents
LOGO    2017 Asia Pacific Region Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

 

 

LOGO

 

The Global Leader In Corporate Governance

www.issgovernance.com

 

B-274

 

 

 

Enabling the financial community to manage governance risk for the benefit of shareholders.

© 2016 ISS | Institutional Shareholder Services

   16 of 16


Table of Contents

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

PART C. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28. Exhibits

 

(a)   (1)    Articles of Amendment and Restatement, dated October 12, 1988, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on December 29, 1995 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 17”).
  (2)    Articles Supplementary, dated August 16, 1989, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (3)    Articles Supplementary, dated February 28, 1991, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (4)    Articles Supplementary, dated March 3, 1992, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (5)    Articles Supplementary, dated June 2, 1992, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (6)    Articles Supplementary, dated September 30, 1994, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (7)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 30, 1994, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(g) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
  (8)    Articles Supplementary, dated February 26, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) as filed with the SEC on June 7, 1997 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 21”).
  (9)    Articles Supplementary, dated September 24, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on October 31, 1997 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 24”).
  (10)    Articles of Amendment, dated September 24, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24.
  (11)    Articles of Amendment, dated September 24, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(k) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24.
  (12)    Articles Supplementary, dated September 26, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(l) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24.
  (13)    Articles of Amendment, dated December 23, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(m) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on March 2, 1998 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 26”).


Table of Contents
  (14)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 23, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 26.
  (15)    Articles of Amendment, dated August 20, 1998, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on December 23, 1998 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 27”).
  (16)    Articles Supplementary, dated October 11, 1999, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on October 15, 1999 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 29”).
  (17)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 13, 1999, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on December 15, 1999 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 30”).
  (18)    Articles of Amendment, dated February 1, 2000, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(18) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 31 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2000 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 31”).
  (19)    Articles Supplementary, dated September 25, 2001, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on November 29, 2001 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 33”).
  (20)    Articles Supplementary dated, March 18, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 27, 2003 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 35”).
  (21)    Articles of Amendment, dated March 18, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(21) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 35.
  (22)    Articles Supplementary, dated July 30, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 35.
  (23)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 10, 2003, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on December 12, 2003 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 36”).
  (24)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 8, 2004, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(24) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 25, 2005 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 39”).
  (25)    Articles Supplementary, dated February 7, 2005, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(25) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39.


Table of Contents
  (26)    Articles of Amendment, dated February 7, 2005, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(26) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39.
  (27)    Articles of Amendment, dated June 14, 2005, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(27) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos.33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on December 15, 2005 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 40”).
  (28)    Articles Supplementary, dated June 15, 2006, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(28) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on June 29, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 42”).
  (29)    Articles Supplementary, dated September 13, 2006, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(29) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on September 28, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 43”).
  (30)    Articles Supplementary, dated January 12, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(30) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 23, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 44”).
  (31)    Articles Supplementary, dated July 24, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(31) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 45”).
  (32)    Articles of Amendment, dated September 17, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(32) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45.
  (33)    Articles Supplementary, dated December 28, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(33) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45.
  (34)    Articles Supplementary, dated March 3, 2008 to the Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(34) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 46”).
  (35)    Articles Supplementary to the Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(35) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on June 30, 2010 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 50”).
  (36)    Articles Supplementary to the Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(36) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 52 filed with the SEC on December 29, 2010 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 52”).
  (37)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(37) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 55 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 55”).


Table of Contents
  (38)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(38) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 58 filed with the SEC on September 28, 2012 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 58”).
  (39)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(39) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 62 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2014 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 62”).
  (40)    Articles of Amendment, dated February 12, 2014, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(40) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (41)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(41) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 filed with the SEC on July 18, 2014 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 64”).
  (42)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(42) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 65 filed with the SEC on September 30, 2014 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 65”).
  (43)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(43) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (44)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(44) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 75 filed with the SEC on May 1, 2015 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 75”).
  (45)    Articles of Amendment, dated April 21, 2015, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(45) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 75.
  (46)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(46) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 76 filed with the SEC on June 25, 2015 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 76”).
  (47)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(47) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 78 filed with the SEC on October 8, 2015 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 78”).
  (48)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(48) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 79 filed with the SEC on December 22, 2015 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 79”).
  (49)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(49) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 83 filed with the SEC on April 15, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 83”).
  (50)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(50) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 86 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 86”).


Table of Contents
   (51)    Articles of Amendment, dated June 16, 2016, to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(51) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 86.
   (52)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(52) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 89 filed with the SEC on October 7, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 89”).
   (53)    Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(53) of Post-Effective Amendment of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-05577) No. 90 filed with the SEC on December 21, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 90”).
(b)   

(1)

   By-Laws of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
   (2)    Amendment No. 1 to the By-Laws of Registrant adopted on September 15, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on December 20, 2004 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 38”).
   (3)    Amendment No. 2 to the By-Laws of Registrant adopted on September 11, 2006 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (4)    By-Laws of Registrant as amended on June 5, 2013 are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (b)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
(c)       See: Article Fifth, Articles of Amendment and Restatement, dated October 12, 1988, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary, dated August 16, 1989, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(b) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary, dated February 28, 1991, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary dated March 3, 1992 to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary dated June 2, 1992 to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(e) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary, dated September 30, 1994, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(f) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary, dated December 30, 1994, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(g) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17; Articles Supplementary, dated February 26, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(h) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21; Articles Supplementary, dated September 24, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(i) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24; Articles Supplementary, dated September 26, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1(l) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 24; Articles Supplementary, dated December 23, 1997, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 1(n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 26; Articles Supplementary, dated October 11, 1999, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 29; Articles Supplementary, dated December 13, 1999, to Articles of Incorporation which are


Table of Contents
    incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 30; Articles Supplementary, dated September 25, 2001, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33; Articles Supplementary, dated March 18, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 35; Articles Supplementary, dated July 30, 2002, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 35; Articles Supplementary, dated December 10, 2003, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36; Articles Supplementary, dated December 8, 2004, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(24) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39; Articles Supplementary, dated February 7, 2005, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(25) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39; Articles Supplementary, dated June 15, 2006, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(28) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42; Articles Supplementary, dated September 13, 2006, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(29) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43; Articles Supplementary, dated January 12, 2007 to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(30) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 44; Articles Supplementary, dated July 24, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(31) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45; Articles of Amendment, dated September 17, 2007, to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(32) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45; Articles Supplementary, dated December 28, 2007 to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(33) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45; Articles Supplementary, dated March 3, 2008 to Articles of Incorporation which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(34) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46; Articles Supplementary, dated April 14, 2010, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(35) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50; Articles Supplementary, dated December 15, 2010, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(36) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(37) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 55; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(38) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(39) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(41) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 64; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(42) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(43) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(44) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 75; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(46) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(47) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(48) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(49) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 83; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(50) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 86; Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(52) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 89; Articles


Table of Contents
      Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(53) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90; and Sections (7) and (11) of Article II, Article VII and Section (3) of Article VIII of Registrant’s By-Laws which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
(d)    (1)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, dated October 25, 1988, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(a) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
   (2)    Amendment No. 1, dated September 13, 1994, to Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(c) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
   (3)    Supplement, dated November 1, 1992, to Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, relating to the International Fixed Income and Large Cap Value Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 17.
   (4)    Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the Small Cap Equity Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Equity Portfolio), dated January 1, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 27.
   (5)    Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(12) to of Post-Effective Amendment No. 31.
   (6)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement among the Registrant, The Glenmede Trust Company and Winslow Capital Management, Inc. relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 31.
   (7)    Assumption and Guarantee, dated September 1, 2000, between The Glenmede Trust Company and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the Government Cash, Tax-Exempt Cash, Core Fixed Income, Strategic Equity, International and Large Cap Value Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2001 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 32”).
   (8)    Assumption and Guarantee, dated September 1, 2000, between The Glenmede Trust Company and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the Small Cap Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32.
   (9)    Assumption and Guarantee, dated September 1, 2000, between The Glenmede Trust Company and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32.


Table of Contents
   (10)    Assumption and Guarantee, dated September 1, 2000, between The Glenmede Trust Company and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement among Registrant, The Glenmede Trust Company and TCW Investment Management Company (formerly, TCW Funds Management, Inc.) relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32.
   (11)    Assumption and Guarantee, dated September 1, 2000, between The Glenmede Trust Company and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. with respect to the Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement among Registrant, The Glenmede Trust Company and Winslow Capital Management, Inc. relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 32.
   (12)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated July 6, 2001, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and TCW Investment Management Company relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33.
   (13)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Fund (formerly, the Institutional International Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on January 29, 2002 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 34”).
   (15)    Amendment No. 1 to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2003, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and Winslow Capital Management, Inc. relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.
   (16)    Amendment No. 1 to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2003, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and TCW Investment Management relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(18) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.
   (17)    Amendment No. 1 to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2003, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.
   (18)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and Sterling Johnston Capital Management, L.P. relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, the Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.
   (19)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2004, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to Large Cap 100 Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39.


Table of Contents
   (20)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2004, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to Large Cap Growth Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39.
   (21)    Amendment No. 2 to Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2005, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to Core Fixed Income Portfolio, International Portfolio, Large Cap Value Portfolio and Strategic Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(21) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 40.
   (22)    Amendment No. 1 to Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2005, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 40.
   (23)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 26, 2006, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to Total Market Long/Short Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(25) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (24)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 26, 2006, between Registrant and Glenmede Advisers, Inc. relating to Absolute Return Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(24) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (25)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated January 1, 2002, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 34.
   (26)    Amendment No. 2 to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2005, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc. and Philadelphia International Advisors LP. relating to International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 40.
   (27)    Amendment No. 3 to Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, among Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc., Glenmede Investment Management, LP, Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(27) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 44.
   (28)    Amendment to Investment Advisory Agreements, dated as of January 1, 2007, among the Registrant, Glenmede Advisers, Inc., and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Government Cash, Tax-Exempt Cash, Core Fixed Income (formerly, Intermediate Government), Strategic Equity (formerly, Equity), International, Large Cap Value (formerly, Model Equity), U.S. Emerging Growth (formerly, Small Capitalization Growth), Small Cap Equity (formerly, Small Capitalization Equity), Large Cap Growth, Large Cap 100, Absolute Return and Total Market Long/Short Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(28) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 44.
   (29)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 15, 2007, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Absolute Return and Total Market Long/Short Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(29) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 44.
  

(30)

   Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 20, 2008, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(30) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45.


Table of Contents
   (31)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 3, 2010, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(31) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 48.
   (32)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(32) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
   (33)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP, relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(33) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (34)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP, relating to Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(34) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53
   (35)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(35) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (36)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(36) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (37)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 10, 2011, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(33) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (38)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(38) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
   (39)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(39) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
   (40)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management, L.P. relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(40) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
   (41)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(41) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
   (42)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(42) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.


Table of Contents
   (43)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 28, 2012, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the International Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(43) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (44)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 28, 2012, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to International Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(44) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (45)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2013, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management, L.P. relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(45) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.
   (46)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2013, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(46) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.
   (47)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2013, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(47) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.
   (48)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2013, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to International Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(48) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.
   (49)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated November 15, 2013, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management, L.P. relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(49) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
   (50)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated November 15, 2013, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(50) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
   (51)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management, L.P. relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(51) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
   (52)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(52) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
   (53)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(53) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.


Table of Contents
  (54)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to International Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(54) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (55)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management, L.P. relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(55) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
 

(56)

   Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 1, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(56) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (57)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 30, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(57) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (58)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 17, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(58) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (59)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 17, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(59) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (60)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 17, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(60) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (61)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 17, 2014, between Registrant and Philadelphia International Advisors LP relating to Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(61) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (62)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated September 30, 2014, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(62) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (63)    Interim Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(63) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (64)    Interim Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(64) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (65)    Interim Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(65) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.


Table of Contents
  (66)    Interim Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(66) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (67)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(67) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (68)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(68) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (69)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(69) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (70)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, among the Registrant, Glenmede Investment Management LP and Capital Guardian Trust Company, relating to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(70) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (71)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(71) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (72)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(72) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (73)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(73) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (74)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 29, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(74) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (75)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated October 29, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(75) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (76)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated October 29, 2015, between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(76) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.


Table of Contents
  (77)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated October 29, 2015 between Registrant and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC, relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(77) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (78)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 26, 2016, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(78) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 81”).
  (79)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 26, 2016, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(79) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81.
  (80)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 26, 2016, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP relating to the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(80) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81.
  (81)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 29, 2016, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(81) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on June 29, 2016 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 84”).
  (82)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated June 29, 2016, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(82) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
  (83)    Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(83) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
  (84)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(84) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
  (85)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(85).
  (86)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(86).
  (87)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the International Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(87).


Table of Contents
  (88)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(88).
  (89)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Long/Short and Total Market Portfolios is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(89).
  (90)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(90).
  (91)    Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, between Registrant and Glenmede Investment Management LP, relating to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio is filed herein by as Exhibit (d)(91).
(e)   (1)    Distribution Agreement, dated July 1, 2008, among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP is incorporated by herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 46.
  (2)    Distribution Agreement, dated July 1, 2008, among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Philadelphia International Advisors LP is incorporated by herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 46.
  (3)    Amendment No. 1 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP adding the Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
  (4)    Amendment No. 1 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Philadelphia International Advisors LP adding the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
  (5)    Amendment No. 2 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP adding the International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
  (6)    Amendment No. 3 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (7)    Distribution Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (8)    Distribution Agreement, dated September 10, 2015, among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (9)    Amendment No. 1 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP adding the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.


Table of Contents
  (10)    Amendment No. 2 to the Distribution Agreement among the Registrant, Quasar Distributors, LLC and Glenmede Investment Management LP adding the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (e)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
(f)      Not Applicable.
(g)   (1)    Custody Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33.
  (2)    Delegation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33.
  (3)    Amendment to Custody Agreement, effective March 28, 2003, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.
  (4)    First Amendment to Custody Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2003, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N1-A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) filed with the SEC on February 27, 2004 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 37”).
  (5)    Second Amendment to Custody Agreement, dated September 19, 2006, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
  (6)    Transfer Agency Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33.
  (7)    First Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2003, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 37.
  (8)    Second Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement, dated September 19, 2006, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
  (9)    Third Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
  (10)    Third Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
  (11)    Fourth Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.


Table of Contents
   (12)    Fourth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (13)    Fifth Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (14)    Fifth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (15)    Sixth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
   (16)    Sixth Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (17)    Seventh Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (18)    Seventh Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and High Yield Municipal Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(18) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
   (19)    Eighth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and High Yield Municipal Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
   (20)    Eighth Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
   (21)    Ninth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(21) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
   (22)    Ninth Amendment to Custody Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.


Table of Contents
   (23)    Tenth Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (g)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
(h)    (1)    Administration Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 33.
   (2)    First Amendment to Administration Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2003, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 37.
   (3)    Second Amendment to Administration Agreement, dated September 26, 2006, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (4)    Amended and Restated Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, dated September 26, 2006, between the Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company N.A. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (5)    Securities Lending Agency Agreement, dated September 1, 2001, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (6)    Amendment No. 1 to Securities Lending Agency Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2004, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (7)    Amendment No. 2 to Securities Lending Agency Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2006, between Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
  

(8)

   Securities Lending Authorization Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2007, between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45.
   (9)    Termination and Renewal Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2007, between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 45.
   (10)    First Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2009, between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(10) of Post-Effective No. 47.
   (11)    Securities Lending and Services Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2009, between the Registrant, on behalf of its Long/Short Portfolio and Total Market Portfolio and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(11) of Post-Effective No. 47.
   (12)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.


Table of Contents
   (13)    Third Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
   (14)    Second Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(14) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
   (15)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(15) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (16)    Fourth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(16) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (17)    Third Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(17) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (18)    Purchasing Fund Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(18) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 53.
   (19)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(19) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (20)    Fifth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(20) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (21)    Fourth Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(21) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (22)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(22) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (23)    Sixth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(23) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (24)    Fifth Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(24) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (25)    Seventh Amendment to the Administration Agreement, dated July 14, 2015, between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(25) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.


Table of Contents
  (26)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(26) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (27)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(27) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (28)    Eighth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio, Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio and High Yield Municipal Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(28) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (29)    Sixth Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio and Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(29) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (30)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(30) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
  (31)    Ninth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(31) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
  (32)    Seventh Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(32) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 89.
  (33)    Amended and Restated Amended Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(33) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
  (34)    Tenth Amendment to Administration Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(34) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
  (35)    Eighth Amendment to Securities Lending Authorization Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company adding the Equity Income Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (h)(35) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
(i)   (1)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Nos. 33-22884/811-5577) as filed with the SEC on December 30, 1997 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 25”).
  (2)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 29.
  (3)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 36.


Table of Contents
   (4)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 42.
   (5)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.
   (6)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 52.
   (7)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
   (8)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
   (9)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.
   (10)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
   (11)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
   (12)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 86.
   (13)    Opinion of Counsel as to Legality of Securities Being Registered is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (i)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
(j)    (1)    Consent of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP is filed herein as Exhibit (j)(1).
      (2) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is filed herein as Exhibit (j)(2).
(k)       Not Applicable.
(l)    (1)    Purchase Agreement, dated December 28, 1999, between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the U.S. Emerging Growth Portfolio (formerly, Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (1)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 31.
   (2)    Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2004, between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company relating to the Large Cap 100 Portfolio and Large Cap Growth Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 39.
   (3)    Purchase Agreement, dated September 26, 2006, between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. relating to the Absolute Return Portfolio and Total Market Long/Short Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 43.
   (4)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A. relating to the Secured Options Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50.


Table of Contents
  (5)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Philadelphia International Advisors LP, relating to the Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
  (6)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Philadelphia International Advisors LP, relating to the Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(6) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55.
  (7)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the International Secured Options Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(7) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.
  (8)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(8) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (9)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the Women in Leadership U.S. Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(9) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (10)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the Responsible ESG U.S. Equity Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(10) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (11)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(11) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (12)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A., relating to the Short Term Tax Aware Fixed Income Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(12) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 84.
  (13)    Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Glenmede Corporation, relating to the Equity Income Portfolio, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (l)(13) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90.
(m)      Not Applicable.
(n)   (1)    Amended and Restated Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System dated September 18, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (2)    Amended and Restated Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System adding the Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, dated September 17, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 65.
  (3)    Amended and Restated Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System adding the Large Cap Core Portfolio and Large Cap Growth Portfolio, dated June 11, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.
  (4)    Amended and Restated Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 for Operation of a Multi-Class System adding the Secured Options Portfolio, dated June 16, 2016, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(4) of Post-effective Amendment No. 86.


Table of Contents
(o)      Reserved.

(p)

  (1)    Revised Code of Ethics of The Glenmede Fund, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(1) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79.
  (2)    Amended Code of Ethics of Glenmede Investment Management LP is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (3)    Amended Personal Trading Guidelines of Philadelphia International Advisors LP as Advisor to the Philadelphia International Fund, Philadelphia International Emerging Markets Fund and Philadelphia International Small Cap Fund and Sub-Advisor to the International Portfolio is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(3) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.
  (4)    Code of Ethics of Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(4) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.
  (5)    Code of Ethics of Capital Guardian Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (p)(5) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 81.
  (6)    Code of Ethics of Capital Guardian Trust Company is filed herein.
(q)   (1)    Powers of Attorney for H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D., Susan W. Catherwood, William L. Cobb, Jr., Gail E. Keppler, Francis J. Palamara, G. Thompson Pew, Jr. and Harry Wong are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(1) of Post-Effective No. 47.

 

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

Registrant is not controlled by or under common control with any person. Registrant is controlled by its Board of Directors.

 

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article Ten of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Article of Incorporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


Table of Contents
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor

 

  (a) Glenmede Investment Management LP

Reference is made to the caption of “Investment Advisor” in the Prospectuses in Part A of this Registration Statement and “Investment Advisory and Other Services” in Part B of this Registration Statement.

Set forth below is a list of all of the directors, senior officers and those officers primarily responsible for Registrant’s affairs and, with respect to each such person, the name and business address of the Company (if any) with which such person has been connected at any time since October 31, 2014, as well as the capacity in which such person was connected.

 

Name and Position with Glenmede Investment
Management LP

  

Business Address

of other Company

  

Connection with

other Company

Gordon B. Fowler, Managing Director

Chief Investment Officer

   The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Board Member
   Church Pension Fund    Board Member
   Curtis Institute of Music    Board Member
   Widows Corporation    Board Member
   St. James School    Board Member

Mary Ann B. Wirts, Managing Director

Chief Administrative Officer

   The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer
   Morris Animal Refuge    Board Member
   The Acorn Club    Board Member

James R. Belanger, Managing Director

Corporate Counsel

   The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    Managing Director, Corporate Counsel and Managing Director of Business Assurance
   Covenant House Pennsylvania    Board Member
   A Better Chance – Strath Haven    Board Member

Peter Zuleba, Managing Director

President

   The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    Managing Director and Director of Investment Management
Laura Williamson, Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer    The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer
   Philadelphia Futures    President of the Board
   Barra Foundation    Board Member

Maria McGarry

Chief Compliance Officer

   The Glenmede Trust Company, N.A.    Vice President

 

  (b) Capital Guardian Trust Company

Reference is made to the caption of “Investment Advisor” in the Prospectuses in Part A of this Registration Statement and “Investment Advisory and Other Services” in Part B of this Registration Statement.


Table of Contents

None*.

 

* Capital Guardian Trust Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Capital Group International, Inc. which is owned by Capital Research and Management Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. Officers of Capital Guardian Trust Company may also be directors or officers of other corporate entities that are also direct or indirect subsidiaries of The Capital Group Companies, Inc. The Capital Group code of ethics discourages associates from serving on the board of directors of any unaffiliated private or public company and the senior officers listed above have not served as a director or officer of any unaffiliated company since October 31, 2014.

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

 

  (a) In addition to The Glenmede Fund, Inc., Quasar Distributors, LLC (“Quasar Distributors”) currently acts as distributor for The Glenmede Portfolios. Quasar Distributors also acts as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

 

1919 Funds    
Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund    
Academy Fund Trust    
AC One China Fund    
Academy Asset ETF Funds    
ACSI Funds    
Advantus Mutual Funds    
Advisors Asset Management Funds    
Aegis Funds    
Akre Funds    
Allied Asset Advisors Funds    
AlphaClone ETF Fund    
AlphaMark ETFs    
Alpha Architect Funds    
Alpine Equity Trust    
Alpine Income Trust    
Alpine Series Trust    
Altair Smaller Companies Fund    
American Trust    
Amplify ETFs    
Angel Oak Funds    
Appleton Partners Inc    
Aptus ETF    
Ballantyne ETF    
Barrett Growth Fund    
Barrett Opportunity Fund    
Becker Value Equity Fund    
Bogle Investment Management    
Boston Common Funds    
Boston Partners Funds    
Bramshill Funds    
Bridge Builder Trust    
Bridge City Capital    
Bridges Investment Fund, Inc.    
Bright Rock Funds    


Table of Contents
Brookfield Investment Funds    
Brown Advisory Funds    
Bryn Mawr Trust    
Buffalo Funds    
Campbell Funds    
CAN SLIM Select Growth Fund    
Capital Advisors Funds    
CG Funds Trust    
Chase Funds    
Clearbrook ETF    
Coho Partners    
Coldstream Funds    
Collins Capital Funds    
Congress Funds    
Convergence Funds    
Cove Street Capital Funds    
Cushing Funds    
Davidson Funds    
Dearborn Funds    
Diamond Hill    
DoubleLine Funds    
Edgar Lomax Value Fund    
Empowered ETF Trust Funds    
Evercore Equity Fund    
Evermore Global Investors Trust    
Fiera Capital Funds    
First American Funds, Inc.    
FSI Funds    
Fort Pitt Capital Group, Inc.    
Fulcrum Funds    
Fund X Funds    
Geneva Advisors Funds    
Gerstein Fisher Funds    
Glenmede Fund, Inc.    
Glenmede Portfolios    
GoodHaven Funds    
Great Lakes Funds    
Greenspring Fund    
Green Square Capital    
Harding Loevner Funds    
Hennessy Funds Trust    
Highmore Funds    
Hodges Funds    
Hood River Funds    
Horizon Investment Funds    
Hotchkis & Wiley Funds    
Huber Funds    
Infinity Q Funds    
Infusive Funds    
Intrepid Capital Management    
IronBridge Funds    


Table of Contents
Jackson Square Partners    
Jacob Funds, Inc.    
Jensen Funds    
Kellner Funds    
Kensho ETFs    
Kirr Marbach Partners Funds, Inc    
Lawson Kroeker Funds    
LKCM Funds    
LoCorr Investment Trust    
Logan Capital Funds    
Loncar ETFs    
Lyxor Asset Management Funds    
MainGate MLP Funds    
Marketfield Fund    
Mar Vista Funds    
Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc.    
Matson Money Funds    
MD Sass    
Miller Value Funds    
Monetta Trust    
Morgan Dempsey Funds    
Muhlenkamp Fund    
Muzinich Funds    
Nicholas Funds    
Nuance Funds    
Oakhurst Funds    
Oaktree Funds    
Orinda Funds    
O’Shaughnessy Funds    
Osterweis Funds    
Otter Creek Funds    
Parker Global Strategies Fund    
Pension Partners Funds    
Permanent Portfolio Funds    
Permberwick Funds    
Perritt Funds, Inc.    
PIA Funds    
Poplar Forest Fund    
Port Street Funds    
Premise Capital ETFs    
Primecap Odyssey Funds    
Prospector Funds    
Provident Mutual Funds, Inc.    
Pzena Funds    
Rainier Funds    
Rareview Funds    
RBC Funds Trust    
Reinhart Funds    
RiverNorth Funds    
Rockefeller Funds    
Scharf Funds    


Table of Contents
Schooner Investment Group    
Schneider Funds    
Semper Funds    
SerenityShares    
Shenkman Funds    
SIMS Total Return Fund    
Smith Group Funds    
Snow Capital Family of Funds    
Soundwatch Fund    
Stone Ridge Trust I    
Stone Ridge Trust II    
Stone Ridge Trust III    
Stone Ridge Trust IV    
Stone Ridge Trust V    
Summit Global Funds    
Thomas White Funds    
Thompson IM Funds, Inc.    
Tiedemann Funds    
Torray Funds    
TorrayResolute Funds    
Tortoise Funds    
Trillium Funds    
TrimTabs ETF    
Trust and Fiduciary Management Services ETF    
Tygh Capital Management    
USA Mutuals Funds    
USCA Shield Fund    
US Global ETFs    
Validea Funds    
Victory Portfolios II    
Vident Funds    
Villere & Co.    
Wasmer Schroeder Funds    
WBI Funds    
Weiss Multi-Strategy Funds    
Welton Partners    
Westchester Capital Funds    
Wisconsin Capital Funds, Inc.    
YCG Funds    
Zevenbergen Capital Investment Funds    

Quasar Distributors is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Quasar Distributors is located at 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

 

  (b) Information regarding Quasar Distributors is described in Schedule A of its Form BD as currently on file with the SEC, the text of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

The business address for each of the executive officers and directors of Quasar Distributors, except Mr. Kern and Mr. Falkeis, is US Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202. The business address for Mr. Kern and Mr. Falkeis is US Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202.


Table of Contents

CRD # on Form BD

103848

 

Name and Principal

Business Address

  

Positions and Offices with

Principal Underwriter

  

Positions and Officers

With Fund

James Robert Schoenike    President and Board Member    None
Joe Redwine    Board Member    None
Joseph Bree    Chief Financial Officer    None
Robert Kern    Board Member    None
Eric Walter Falkeis    Board Member    None
Andrew M. Strnad    Secretary    None
Teresa Cowan    Assistant Secretary    None
Susan LaFond    Treasurer    None
John Kinsella    Assistant Treasurer    None
Brett Scribner    Assistant Treasurer    None

©    Not applicable

 

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:

 

  (b) Glenmede Investment Management LP

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street, Suite 1200

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

(records relating to its functions as investment advisor)

 

  (2)     Capital Guardian Trust Company

333 South Hope Street

Los Angeles, CA 90071

(records relating to its functions as sub-investment advisor to the High Yield Municipal Portfolio)

 

  (3)     State Street Bank and Trust Company

100 Summer Street, Floor 7

SUM0703

Boston, MA 02111

(records relating to its functions as custodian, administrator, transfer agent,

dividend disbursing agent, securities lending agent and short sales lending agent)

 

  (c) Quasar Distributors, LLC

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

(records relating to its functions as distributor)

 

  (d) Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

One Logan Square

Suite 2000

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996

(Registrant’s minute books)


Table of Contents
Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 35. Undertaking

 

  (a) Registrant undertakes to comply with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act in regard to shareholders’ right to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting on the removal of directors and to assist in shareholder communications in such matters, to the extent required by law. Specifically, the Registrant will, if requested to do so by the holders of at least 10% of the Registrant’s outstanding shares, call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of the removal of directors, and the Registrant will assist in shareholder communications as required by Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act.

 

  (e) Registrant undertakes to furnish to each person to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of Registrant’s latest annual report to shareholders, upon request and without charge.

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 92 to its Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 92 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Philadelphia, and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 28th day of February, 2017.

 

THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.

By

 

/s/ Mary Ann B. Wirts

 

Mary Ann B. Wirts

 

President

 

(Chief Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 92 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 28th day of February, 2017.

 

Signature    Title   Date

*

   Chairman   February 28, 2017
G. Thompson Pew, Jr.     

/s/ Mary Ann B. Wirts

   President   February 28, 2017
Mary Ann B. Wirts    (Chief Executive Officer)  

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.     

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
Susan W. Catherwood     

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
William L. Cobb, Jr.     

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
Gail E. Keppler     

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
Francis J. Palamara     

*

   Director   February 28, 2017
Harry Wong     

/s/ Kent E. Weaver

   Treasurer   February 28, 2017
Kent E. Weaver    (Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer)  

 

*By  

/s/ Michael P. Malloy

  Michael P. Malloy, Attorney-in-fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

(d)    (85)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (86)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (87)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (88)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (89)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (90)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(d)    (91)   

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

(j)    (1)   

Consent of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

(j)    (2)   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLC

(p)

   (6)    Code of Ethics of Capital Guardian Trust Company